8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 1
/
Cable Fastening Systems
Ty-Rap® /Ty-Fast® Cable Tying System
Overview ......................................................... 2 - 3
Ty-Rap® Cable Ties............................................ 4 - 8
Cable Ties for Special Environments............ 9 - 10
Cable Ties for Special Applications ................... 11
Stainless Steel Cable Ties and
Accessories ................................................ 12 - 13
Multi-Lok Stainless Steel
Self-Locking Cable Ties ..................................... 14
Reusable Stainless Steel Cable Ties .................... 15
Stainless Steel Ties ....................................... 17 - 19
Free-End ............................................................ 16
m
Customized Embossed Tags
Stainless Steel Tape Embossing ....................... 20
co
Stainless Steel I.D. Tag ........................................ 21
Self-Locking Ties ........................................... 22 - 23
Deltec® Cable Ties ......................................... 24 - 25
s.
Hook and Loop Fasteners..................................... 26
Lashing Straps ............................................... 27 - 28
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
Cables – Materials Selection
Ordering Guide ........................................... 29 - 33
on
l
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
Ty-Fast® Cable Ties ....................................... 34 - 45
46
Ty-Fast® Double Loop Cable Tie...........................
NEW
Ty-Fast® Low-Profile In-Line Fasteners................. 47
48
Ty-Fast® Badge Holder..........................................
NEW
T&B Cable Tie Mounting Bases..................... 49 - 56
T&B Cable Clamps and Clips ........................ 57 - 66
T&B Harnessing Accessories ........................ 67 - 68
T&B Mounting Bases for Heavy-Duty
Applications ................................................ 69 - 70
T&B Wire Protection Products ....................... 71 - 74
T&B Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving ....... 75 - 77
T&B Cable Tie Installation Tools ................... 78 - 81
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 2
/
Cable Tying System
m
Installers prefer the ease of use and
exceptional durability of genuine
Ty-Rap® cable ties. Engineered for
labor savings and high performance,
Ty-Rap® cable ties are commonly used
in a variety of applications. Standoffs,
bulkhead mounting bases, adhesive
mounting bases and a wide variety of
clamping devices will meet or exceed
any requirements. Weatherable and
special material Ty-Rap® cable ties are
exceptionally suited for years of
service in extreme environments.
on
l
Harnessing
• Harness Board pre-wiring prior to
installation.
• Large OEMs - Automotive,
Aerospace, Computers, Electronics,
Copiers, Appliances and other
Durable Goods.
harnessing aids to meet your
application requirements. Accessories
include various harnessing aids,
retainers, supports, posts, pins and
guides that allow the wire to be quickly
routed with or without the use of nails.
Point-to-point and Long
Distance Wiring
• Bundling & fastening cables between
equipment.
• Panel & Machine Tool Builders.
• Industrial & Commercial
Applications, Refineries, Office
Buildings.
2
• HVAC
• Recreational
• Telecom & Utility
• Packaging
Ty-Rap® and Ty-Fast® cable ties are
remarkably well suited for a variety of
other non-electrical applications.
Ty-Rap® cable ties exceed UL
requirements for smoke developed
and heat release for use in air handling
spaces. Ty-Rap® cable ties meet
international standards such as CSA
and CE as well as UL,
, Belcor,
ADC and military specifications in
North America. T&B also offers a
complete stainless steel and Deltec
cable fastening system for demanding
and weather-resistant applications.
Choose genuine Ty-Rap® cable ties for
the rugged “Grip of Steel” or
economical Ty-Fast® cable ties for
lighter-duty service.
s.
nt
ne
po
in
ec
Wire bundling is an integral part of
modern electrical and electronic
installations. To finish your harnessing
and bundling project as reliably and
economically as possible, choose
genuine Ty-Rap® and Ty-Fast® cable
ties. These fastening systems include a
full range of cable ties, identification
ties, clamps, bases, harnessing aids
and installing tools. Using T&B
fastening systems for all wiring jobs,
large and small, will speed and
improve the reliability of harnessing
and wire bundling while saving you
money.
T&B fastening systems for large
volume cable tying combine highspeed ergonomically designed
automatic and semi-automatic tools,
along with a wide selection of ties and
om
Installers Know and Trust
Fastening Products from
Thomas & Betts
co
Other Applications
Choose Genuine Ty-Rap® and
Ty-Fast® Cable Ties from
Thomas & Betts
When you choose a cable tie from
T&B, you can count on quality,
performance and innovation to make
your work easier. Depending on your
application, choose genuine Ty-Rap®
Cable ties or Ty-Fast® Cable Ties,
along with our wide assortment of
quality accessories and installing tools
to make installation hassle-free.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 3
/
Cable Tying System
Genuine Ty-Rap® Cable Ties provide industrial strength for
the most demanding work.
m
cause brittle breakage especially in
cold and dry conditions. Smooth
edges won’t snag while pulling
through bulkheads. There are no
sharp edges to be the source of
installation injuries or to damage the
wire insulation. The smooth surface
design also adds an attractive finish
to your wiring project.
• Mechanic’s Grip - No-slip tail for
easy grasping and tensioning.
• Ribbed and stippled inner body –
Prevents slipping on the bundle.
• Turned-up Tail - Orients tail to
head for easy assembly, easier to
pick up on flat surface.
T&B also offers all-stainless steel,
hook and loop and specialty material
Ty-Rap® cable ties in a large variety
of styles, colors and sizes for all your
fastening applications.
po
ne
nt
s.
co
T&B’s Ty-Rap® Cable Ties feature
these important advantages:
• Stainless steel locking device in
the head. Ty-Rap® cable ties are
infinitely adjustable within their
bundle range. You get the right
bundle tightness every time. The
316 stainless steel locking device in
the nylon head secures the tie with
the longer-lasting, corrosionresistant “grip of steel,™ ” exceeding
the minimum pullout strength
requirements specified in
MIL-S-23190.
• Rounded head – Reduces snags,
makes pulling bundles through tight
spaces easier.
• Smooth body design with smooth
rounded edges and uniform
cross sections. The ties have no
notches, thereby reducing stress
areas that can weaken the tie and
Ty-Fast® Cable Ties fit the needs of OEMs from start to finish.
• Turned-up Tail - Orients tail to
head for quick assembly, easier to
pick up on flat surface.
• Quick, Easy Pull-Through –
Reduces operator fatigue,
increases productivity.
• Competitively Priced – Ideal for
high volume jobs, lowers installation
costs for OEMs.
T&B also offers a low-profile
contoured version of Ty-Fast® cable
ties, along with a fully automated reelfed fastening system.
Cable Fastening Accessories
Tools
Choose from one of the largest
assortments of mounting bases, clips
and clamps, spacers, lashing straps,
harness board accessories, braided
wire sleeve, and accessories for
heavy-duty lashing. Use Thomas &
Betts cable fastening accessories for
the finishing touch on your next wiring
project.
Ty-Rap® and Ty-Fast® installing tools
finish the installation of the cable tie.
Ties are cinched to the proper
tension and the excess tail is cut off
precisely flush with the head, leaving
no sharp corners or ragged edges.
Ty-Rap® and Ty-Fast® installing tools
have narrow noses and slim profiles
for work in tight spaces or between
harness board nails. The operation is
quick, reliable and cost effective.
on
l
in
ec
om
T&B’s Ty-Fast® Cable Ties feature
these important advantages:
• Smooth Edges - Designed to
prevent cable insulation damage.
• Integrally formed nylon pawl –
Combines low insertion force and
high locking strength.
• Two-sided Finger Grip Design –
Helps the installer grasp and pull
the tie snug.
• “Sure-grip” Tab in center of the
Tail – Keeps the tail from popping
out while being threaded and holds
it securely for final tightening.
3
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 4
Cable Ties
®
®
Standard Nylon 6/6 Cable Ties
Bulk
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Military
Standard
Part No.
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
TY523M
TY52315M
TY5232M
TY5234M
TY23M
TYB2315M
TY232M
TY234M
.093
.092
.086
.086
3.62
7.00
8.00
14.00
.625
1.500
2.000
4.000
MS3367-4
–
–
–
TY524M
TY5242M
TY526M
TY5244M
TY24M
TY242M
TY26M
TY244M
.140
.140
.140
.140
5.50
8.19
11.10
14.50
1.125
2.000
3.000
4.000
TY525M
TY5253M
TY528M
TY25M
TY253M
TY28M
.185
.187
.187
7.31
11.6
14.20
1.750
3.000
4.000
TY5272M
TY527M†
TY5275M
TY5277M
TY272M*
TY27M*†
TY275M
TY277M
.270
.270
.270
.270
8.75
13.40
18.00
24.30
2.000
3.500
5.000
7.000
TY529M
TY29M
.270
30.00
TY53510M†
TY54513M†
–
–
.320
.320
35.00
45.00
TY525M
Tie body width .184"
TY5272M
Actual size body width .270"
Bulk
Pkg.
18
18
18
18
100
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
1000
MS3367-5
–
–
–
30
30
30
30
100
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
1000
MS3367-1
MS3367-7
MS3367-2
50
50
50
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
–
MS3367-3
–
–
120
120
120
120
50
50
50
50
500
500
500
500
MS3367-6
120
50
500
–
–
175
175
50
50
–
–
m
TY524
Tie body width .140"
Std.
Pkg.
co
Tie body width .091"
9.000
s.
Std.
Cat. No.
TY523M
10.000
13.000
nt
Cable ties made from natural nylon 6/6 are excellent performers in most applications. Nylon 6/6 is recommended for use in temperatures
ranging from 185°F to -40°F.
†
Recognized Models.
• CSA Certified Natural 6/6 Nylon Cable Ties are suitable for use in air handling spaces in
accordance with rules 12-010 (3), (4) and (5), and 12-020 of the CEC.
®
* Not CSA Certified
po
ne
®
®
Nylon 6/6 Weather Resistant
TY523MX
Tie body width .091"
TY524MX
TY525MX
on
l
TY5272MX
Actual size body width .270"
The MX series cable ties are
ULTRAVIOLET
recommended for outdoor use.
RESISTANT
The addition of carbon black
provides good ultraviolet resistance and
prolongs the useful life of the cable tie.
NEW
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Military
Standard
Part No.
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TY523MX
TY52315MX
TY5232MX
TY5234MX
TY23MX
TYB2315MX
TY232MX
TY234MX
.093
.092
.086
.086
3.62
7.00
8.00
14.00
.625
1.500
2.000
4.000
MS3367-4
–
–
–
18
18
18
18
100
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
1000
TY524MX
TY5242MX
TY526MX
TY5244MX
TY24MX
TY242MX
TY26MX
TY244MX
.140
.140
.140
.140
5.50
8.19
11.10
14.50
1.125
2.000
3.000
4.000
MS3367-5
–
–
–
30
30
30
30
100
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
1000
TY525MX
TY5253MX
TY528MX
TY25MX
TY253MX
TY28MX
.185
.187
.187
7.31
11.6
14.20
1.750
3.000
4.000
MS3367-1
MS3367-7
MS3367-2
50
50
50
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
TY5272MX†
TY527MX†
TY5275MX
TY5277MX
TY272MX(1)
TY27MX*(1)
TY275MX**
TY277MX**
.270
.270
.270
.270
8.75
13.40
18.00
24.30
2.000
3.500
5.000
7.000
–
MS3367-3
–
–
120
120
120
120
50
50
50
50
500
500
500
500
TY529MX
TY29MX*
.270
30.00
9.000
MS3367-6
120
50
500
TY53510MX†
TY54513MX†
–
–
.320
.320
35.00
45.00
10.000
13.000
–
–
175
175
50
50
–
–
in
ec
Tie body width .140"
Tie body width .184"
Bulk
Cat. No.
om
Std.
Cat. No.
* For military compliance of weather resistant black 120 lbs. ties, replace suffix X with O (ie. TY27M-0).
Not
Listed or Recognized Models. / (1) Not CSA Certified
**
• CSA Certified Natural 6/6 Nylon Cable Ties are suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with rules 12-010 (3), (4) and
(5), and 12-020 of the CEC.
†
®
Ty-Rap® Nylon 6/6 Cable Tie – Color Assortment
Std.
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Military
Standard
Part No.
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
TY525M-CLRS
0.184
7.31
1.75
–
50
10
Cable ties are same size as TY525M shown above. 10 ties in each color (black, brown, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, purple,
gray & white) are packaged. 100 total cable ties per package.
4
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 5
Cable Ties
Ty-Rap® Mounting Head Cable Ties
Std.
Cat. No.
TY534M
TY535M
TY5354M
Bulk
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Mounting
Hole
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TY533M
TY33M
.091
4.00
.625
#4
18
100
1000
TY534M
TY34M
.140
6.00
1.125
#8
40
100
1000
TY535M
TY5354M
TY35M
TY354M
.184
.184
7.80
14.60
1.750
4.000
#10
#10
50
50
100
100
1000
1000
TY1435M
TY635M
TYF535M
–
–
TYF35M
.189
.189
.189
7.8
7.8
7.24
1.77
1.77
1.77
.248
.138
.138
50
50
50
–
–
100
1000
1000
1000
TY537M
TY37M
.301
13.90
3.500
b
120
50
500
m
TY533M
TY537M
co
Cable ties made from natural nylon 6/6 are excellent performers in most applications. Nylon 6/6 is recommended for use in temperatures
ranging from 185°F to -40°F.
nt
s.
• Great for use with screws, nuts and bolts for
secure fastening to surfaces.
Ty-Rap® Push Mount Cable Ties
For use in i" and b" pre-drilled holes. Thickness panel .094 max. (TY554M)
Range .04 - .156 (TY538M)
po
ne
TY554M
Std.
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Mounting
Hole
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TY554M
TY54M
.140
5.96
1.125
i
40
100
1000
TY538M
TY38M*
.184
7.80
1.750
b
50
100
1000
om
TY538M
Bulk
Cat. No.
in
ec
Cable ties made from natural nylon 6/6 are excellent performers in most applications. Nylon 6/6 is recommended for use in temperatures
ranging from 185°F to -40°F.
* Nylon 6/6 UV weather resistant version available (TY38MX).
on
l
Nylon 6/6 Weather Resistant
TY533MX
TY534MX
TY535MX
TY5354MX
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Mounting
Hole
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TY533MX
TY33MX
.091
4.00
.625
#4
18
100
1000
TY534MX
TY34MX
.140
6.00
1.125
#8
40
100
1000
TY535MX
TY5354MX
TY538MX
TY35MX
TY354MX
TY38MX
.184
.184
.184
7.80
14.60
7.80
1.750
4.000
1.750
#10
#10
1
⁄4
50
50
50
100
100
–
1000
1000
1000
TY537MX
TY37MX
.301
13.90
3.500
1
120
50
500
⁄4
How to Order Color-Coded Ty-Rap® Ties and Accessories
Color
TY537MX
ULTRAVIOLET
RESISTANT
The MX series cable ties are recommended for
outdoor use. The addition of carbon black
provides good ultraviolet resistance and
prolongs the useful life of the cable tie.
Black (outdoor)
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Suffix No.
X
1
2
3
4
Color
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
Suffix No.
5
6
7
8
9
Natural nylon is standard. For colored Ty-Rap® ties, add the following suffix numbers to catalog numbers.
Example: TY25M-2 would be red TY25M. (Consult customer service for ordering information.)
5
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 6
Cable Ties
Ty-Rap® Identification Cable Ties
TY546M
TY548M
Military
Standard
Part No.
Marking
Pad Size
(in.)
WxH
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
TY551M
TY5512M
TY51M
TY512M
.093
.090
3.60
8.30
0.625
2
MS3368-5
–
1 x .313
1 x .313
18
18
50
100
500
1000
TY553M
TY5532M
–
TY53M
TY532M
TY153M
.093
.090
.097
4.00
8.40
4.35
0.625
2
0.625
–
–
–
.813 x .359
.813 x .359
.781 x 1
18
18
18
50
100
–
500
1000
500
TY546M
TY46M
.184
7.1
1.75
MS3368-1
.5 x .875
50
100
1000
TY548M
TY48M*
.187
14.2
4
MS3368-2
.5 x 2.125
50
100
1000
TY546MD
TY46MD*
.185
7.25
1.75
MS3368-3
1.172 x 1
50
50
500
TY546MT
TY46MT8
.185
7.25
1.75
MS3368-4
1.210 x 1
50
100
500
TY546MF
TY46MF
.185
7.25
1.75
–
2.48 x 1
50
–
500
TY546MD
®
m
TY553M
TY5532M
TY153M
Total Max. Wire
Length Bundle Dia.
(in.)
(in.)
Body
Width
(in.)
co
TY551M
TY5512M
po
ne
TY546MT
nt
s.
Self-locking Ty-Rap identification ties are available in both single and multiple configurations. They may be marked with the special
Thomas & Betts black or red marking pen which produces a permanent legend, or they can be heat stamped. Because the ties serve the
dual purpose of tying and identifying, you will achieve extra economies. They can be applied with the standard Ty-Rap® tying tools used
for regular ties.
* Nylon 6/6 UV weather resistant version available (add suffix “-x”).
on
l
in
ec
om
TY546MF
Custom Heat Stamping
Thomas & Bett’s Custom Heat
Stamping provides an economical way
to fasten and identify cable bundles.
Mark nylon cable ties, identification
cable ties, and identification plates to
suit your application.
• h". a". i" characters available.
• Standard Type: Gothic Capitol.
• Character sizes can be mixed from
line to line on Identification cable ties.
• Alphanumeric and Sequential
numbering available.
• Six digit sequential numbering
available in a" characters.
• Eight digit sequential numbering
available in h" and i" characters.
• The following colors of heat stamping
are available – Black, Blue, Green,
Red, Yellow, Orange and White.
• Special logos and different type
styles can be accommodated when
camera ready artwork is provided.
• Minimum order quantity is 2500
pieces per part number and message.
Contact your Regional Sales Office for Pricing, Availability,
Quotation and Order Entry.
6
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 7
Cable Ties
L
Identification Plates
Bulk
Cat. No.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Thickness
(in.)
Max. Cable Tie
Width
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
TC123-TB
TC124-TB
TC125-TB
TC126-TB
TC128-TB
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
.010
.010
.010
.010
.010
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
TC223-TB
TCZ223
.75
.75
1.28
1.28
.015
.015
.190
.190
1000
1000
TC224-TB
TC225-TB
TC226-TB
TC228-TB
.75
.75
.75
.75
1.28
1.75
2.00
2.50
.015
.015
.015
.015
.190
.190
.190
.190
1000
1000
1000
1000
TC223-TB
co
TC224-TB
m
W
TC123-TB
nt
s.
Ranging in length from 1b" to 2d", the identification plates are secured to the cable with Ty-Rap® ties. They are composed of .010"- and
.015"-thick nylon, and have a surface which can be marked easily. Thomas & Betts offers custom heat stamping of your plates at the
factory. Other materials are available. Contact customer service. Tefzel® is a registered trademark of Dupont.
ne
Snap-On Identification Marker Tag
Std.
Cat. No.
on
l
in
ec
Snaps onto the head of a conventional cable tie
to convert it to an identification tie.
• When snapped onto the tie head, the tag is
conveniently held in place until it is
permanently fastened.
• Offers maximized inventory control because
the I.D. tag will accommodate different tie
lengths and materials.
om
po
• Allows marking and bundling to be
done in one operation.
• The marking can be made with a
Thomas & Betts permanent marking
pen (black or red); catalog numbers:
WT163M-1 (black), WT163M-3 (red).
Bulk
Cat. No.
• The identification tags are sold
separately and can be conveniently
snapped on the cable ties at the
assembly location just before being
installed on the bundle.
Description
Marking
Pad Size
(in.)
WxH
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC523
TC23
Snaps onto the heads of all miniature 18 lbs. series cable ties
1" x .35"
100
1000
TC524
TC24
Snaps on to the heads of all intermediate 30 & 40 lbs. series cable ties
1" x .50"
100
1000
TC525
TC25
Snaps onto the heads of all standard 50 lbs. series cable ties
1" x .50"
100
1000
Note: Made of natural nylon 6/6.
Ty-Rap® Marking Pens
.
Cat. No.
WT163M-1
WT163M-3
Color Ink
Std.
Pkg.
Black
Red
1
1
• Permanent, fine point.
7
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 8
Cable Ties
Reusable Ty-Rap® Cable Ties
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
Std.
Pkg.
TYR505
TYR508
.184
.184
7.50
14.30
1.75
4.00
50
50
100
100
m
Cable ties made from natural nylon 6/6 are excellent performers in most applications. Nylon 6/6 is recommended for use in temperatures
ranging from 185°F to -40°F.
Plug-Ty® Cable Tie for Masonry Surfaces
TY544MX
.184
1.75
Masonry
Hole
Size
co
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Pullout
Force
Std.
Pkg.
25
50
1
nt
s.
⁄4
po
ne
This Ty-Rap® brand cable tie lets you secure wire
bundles up to 1 3⁄4 inches in diameter to all
masonry surfaces. It is equipped with a masonry
plug which is driven into the drilled hole. Once
installed, the tail is looped through the head to
provide a neat, safe, low-profile installation. It is
made of black, weather-resistant nylon.
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Drive-Ty® Cable Tie
Pullout
Force
Std.
Pkg.
TY545MX
.184
1.5
50
50
om
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
in
ec
The Drive-Ty® cable tie gives you a fast, safe
means of securing cables to wood surfaces.
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
on
l
Universal Button Head Cable Tie
• One-piece design, fast and convenient to use.
• Lowers your installed cost.
• Clamping range of 1⁄16 to 2 3⁄8 inches reduces
your inventory – one clamp replaces many.
• Visually attractive – head resembles rivet.
• Locking grooves maintain tight grip.
8
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
TY541M
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Hole
Size
Tensile
Strength
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TY41M
.225
9.60
2.37
.32-.68
65
50
1000
650-41600
–
.225
10.25
2.5
.32-.68
65
500
1000
696-41848
–
.225
12.5
3
.32-.68
65
500
1000
Note: Loop tie through hole in frame, around electrical, hydraulic, or air hoses to be clamped, and through head. Tighten and cut off with
Ty-Rap tool. Visually looks like a rivet.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 9
Cable Ties for Special Environments
General
Thomas &Betts offers Ty-Rap® cable
ties and accessories in a wide variety
of materials, each suited for specific
environments. The purpose of this
document is to assist you in choosing
the best material for your particular
application. The effects of weathering,
flame, chemicals, extreme
temperatures, and radiation on the
different materials are clearly
presented in the following tables to
simplify this process. Once you have
determined the most suitable material,
you can choose from the wide variety
of Ty-Rap® cable ties, identification
ties, mounting bases, lashing ties,
etc., offered by Thomas & Betts.
Table 1 simplifies the material
selection process by giving the
relative performance ratings of the
materials offered by Thomas & Betts.
For example, if your application is in
an extremely cold environment, four
materials will answer your need:
Tefzel®*, nylon 12, Halar® +, and
stainless steel. Then, cost may be your
next most important criteria, so out of
those four options, nylon 12 would be
the most cost effective. However, if
tensile strength is important, then
stainless steel would be the better
choice.
Refer to tables 2 and 3 for more
detailed information regarding
Available Materials
5 = Most Suitable
Heat
Stabilized
Natural
66 Nylon
Flame
Retardant
66 Nylon
1
1
3
3
3
3
Low
4
1
3
3
3
3
Low
1
1
3
4
3
3
Low
1
1
2
3
4
3
Med
po
om
in
ec
1 = Least Suitable
Weather
Weather
Resistant
Resistant
Nylon 12 Polypropylene Tefzel®
ne
Natural
66 Nylon
Weather
Resistant
66 Nylon
nt
s.
co
*- Tefzel® is the trademark of E. I. DuPont deNumours and
Compant.
+ - Halar® is the trademark of Solvey Solexius.
4
1
4
2
1
2
Med
See Table 3
4
1
3
2
1
1
Low
5
4
4
4
4
3
High
Halar®
Stainless
Steel
Weatherable
Acetal
5
4
4
4
4
3
High
5
5
5
5
5
5
High
4
1
4
2
1
2
High
on
l
Ultraviolet Resistance
Radiation Resistance
Low Temperature
Hig Temperature
Flammablity
Tensile Strength
Relative Cost
Chemical Resistance
How to use Table 1:
physical properties of the materials
and chemical resistance of the
materials respectively.
It is extremely difficult to provide data
on all the possible combinations or
conditions that can occur. This
information is based on data provided
by the manufacturers of the specific
materials listed and is provided only
as a general guide. No specific
recommendation is intended. As each
application may differ, cable tie
samples should be tested in the
intended application by the user to
determine suitability.
m
Cable Ties – Material
Selection Ordering Guide
9
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 10
Cable Ties for Special Environments
Flame Retardant Ties
Body
Width
(in.)
Bulk
Cat. No.
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Marking Pad
Size (in.)
WxH
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
.625
NA
18
1000
Bulk
Pkg.
.091
3.62
TY232MFR
.091
8.00
2.00
NA
18
1000
TY24MFR
.140
5.50
1.125
NA
40
1000
TY25MFR
TY28MFR
.184
.184
7.31
14.20
1.75
4.00
NA
NA
50
50
1000
1000
TY272MFR†
TY27MFR
.301
.301
8.00
13.20
2.00
3.50
NA
NA
120
120
500
500
TY53MFR
TY153MFR
.091
.097
4.00
4.35
.813 x .359
.781 x 1
18
18
500
500
m
TY23MFR
.625
.625
co
FLAMMABILITY
Length
(in.)
This material meets U.L. 94V-O flammability rating. (85°C / 185°F)
†
Not
Recognized Model.
Color – White
nt
s.
®
Nylon 12 Ties
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC525MX
–
TYC25MX
TYC28MX
.184
.184
7.31
14.20
1.75
4.00
35
35
100
–
1000
1000
TYC272MX
TYC27MX
.270
.270
8.00
13.20
2.00
3.50
85
85
–
–
500
500
.300
30.00
9.00
85
–
500
–
–
ne
Body
Width
(in.)
po
ULTRAVIOLET
RESISTANT
Bulk
Cat. No.
om
WEATHER
RESISTANT
Std.
Cat. No.
–
TYC29MX
in
ec
This material provides very good resistance to ultraviolet light and chemical exposure. Nylon 12 is a lower, moisture-absorbing material
than 6/6 nylon and the effect of water on properties is much less.
Color – Black
on
l
Heat-Stabilized Ties
HIGH
TEMPERATURE
Bulk
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
TYH23M
.091
3.62
18
1000
TYH232M
.091
8.00
2.00
18
1000
TYH24M
.140
5.50
1.125
30
1000
TYH242M
.140
8.19
2.00
30
1000
TYH26M
.140
11.10
3.00
30
1000
TYH25M
.184
7.31
1.75
50
1000
TYH253M
.184
11.40
3.00
50
1000
TYH28M
.184
14.20
4.00
50
1000
TYH27M
.270
13.20
3.50
120
500
TYH272M
.270
8.75
2.00
120
500
TYH29M
.301
30.00
9.00
120
500
.625
Heat-stabilized ties are recommended for higher continuous temperature use (105°C / 221°F).
Material meets ASTM D4066 PA121.
Color – Green Tint
10
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Bulk
Pkg.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 11
Cable Ties for Special Applications
Weather-Resistant Polypropylene Ties
ULTRAVIOLET
RESISTANT
CHEMICAL
RESISTANT
Bulk
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
TYP25MX
TYP28MX
.184
.184
TYP27MX
.270
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Bulk
Pkg.
7.31
14.20
1.75
4.00
30
30
1000
1000
13.20
3.50
60
500
Length
(in.)
Color – Black
co
m
Many factors combine to determine the useful
life of a cable tie, but none is as important as
chemical exposure. Polypropylene cable ties
are ideally suited for chemical environments.
s.
ne
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TYV23M**
.091
3.62
.625
18
100
1000
TYV525M(1)
TYV25M(1)
.184
7.31
1.750
50
100
1000
po
TYV523M**
* Solvay Solexis, Inc. registered trademark.
Color – Maroon
** CSA Certified Natural 6/6 Nylon Cable Ties are suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with rules 12-010 (3), (4) and (5),
and 12-020 of the CEC.
(1)
on
l
in
ec
Ty-Rap® cable ties, made of halar ®, are
designed for use in air-handling spaces. Due to
its UL 94V-O flammability rating and low-smoke
density characteristics, Halar® material is most
suitable in applications where flame resistance
and smoke generation is a concern.
Body
Width
(in.)
Bulk
Cat. No.
®
om
LOW
SMOKE
nt
Halar®* Cable Ties
Std.
Cat. No.
®
TEFZEL®* Cable Ties
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
RADIATION
Tefzel® cable ties offer high-radiation
resistance and temperature stability to 302°F.
Also, Tefzel® provides excellent resistance to
ultraviolet light and meets U.L. flammability
rating 94V-O.
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TYZ523M**
TYZ23M**
.091
3.62
.625
18
100
1000
TYZ525M
TYZ528M
TYZ25M
TYZ28M
.184
.184
7.31
14.19
1.750
4.000
50
50
100
100
1000
1000
TYZ527M
TYZ27M
.301
13.38
3.500
120
50
500
(1)
ULTRAVIOLET
RESISTANT
Body
Width
(in.)
(1)
* DuPont registered trademark.
Color – Aqua
** CSA Certified Natural 6/6 Nylon Cable Ties are suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with rules 12-010 (3), (4) and (5),
and 12-020 of the CEC.
11
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 12
Stainless Steel Cable Ties and Accessories
Dual Lock
m
co
Installation Hand Tool
s.
om
in
ec
• The tail is formed into a fold lock behind the
buckle.
• The tool forces a dimple in the band into a
hole in the buckle.
po
ne
Squeeze the handle of the tool to create the
dual lock and cut off the tail.
The cable tie forms a low-profile dual lock.
nt
After wrapping the object to be tied, insert the
free end of the tie through the buckle and into
the tool.
Thomas & Betts has a complete
package of stainless steel cable ties
and accessories that are easy to apply
and superior in quality. These products
have been designed for tying, lashing
and identification applications in
demanding environments such as
boiler rooms, chemical plants, refineries, pulp/paper mills, shipyards and
offshore oil platforms. They are made
of a variety of high-quality stainless
steel materials which offer excellent
corrosion resistance, high temperature
and durability characteristics. There is
also a variety of high-quality installation
and identification tools to complete
your cable tie accessory needs.
For cable bundling, I.D. tags and other
general bundling applications –
especially in hazardous environments –
Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel Cable
Ties provide a strong, safe, permanent
installation with a unique, dual lock.
The Type 304 stainless steel ties are
completely fireproof – no toxic fumes,
no sagging cables. They are extremely
resistant to corrosion and UV light, with
the ability to withstand the harshest
temperature extremes. Yet they are
surprisingly economical.
The low-profile ties are fast and easy to
apply. A quick squeeze of the
installation tool forms two strong
locks – a dimple lock and a fold lock.
Their two-piece configuration adds to its
versatility. Available in standard lengths
to wrap bundle diameters from 1 to 10
inches, Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel
Cable Ties can be supplied in other
lengths on special order.
Low-profile Thomas & Betts Stainless
Steel Ties are fireproof and resist
corrosion, UV light and extreme
weather conditions for safe, permanent
cable bundling.
The installation hand tool is a
lightweight, pocket size hand tool
which quickly and easily applies the
stainless steel cable ties.
To use, simply separate the pull-up
handle from the body, push the
release lever down and insert the
clamp tail as far as possible. Squeeze
the pull-up handle until the band is
tight. Finally, move the pull-up handle
to the locking/cut-off position by
moving it away from the body as far as
it will go. Then squeeze to form the
dual lock and cut off the excess tail.
on
l
Catalog Number System
12
TYS
6
280
C
CABLE TIE TYPE
LENGTH INCHES WIDTH
COATED
SS = Two-piece
6 = 6.0" long
280 = .280" wide C = Nylon 11 coated
solid stainless
_ = uncoated
steel cable tie
Type 304
TYS = Multi-lock
stainless steel
cable tie
Type 316
SSR = Reusable
stainless steel
cable tie
Type 200/300
SSH = Heavy duty
stainless steel
clamp Type 201
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 13
Stainless Steel Cable Ties and Accessories
Standard Stainless Steel Cable Ties
Tensile
Strength
lbs.
in.
mm
in.
mm
lbs.
kg.
51
101
152
203
254
200
200
200
200
200
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
10.0
16.5
22.5
29.0
35.0
254
419
572
737
889
1.1
1.8
2.5
3.2
3.8
6.50
0.82
1.14
1.45
1.73
Mini Stainless Steel Cable Ties
SS7-180
1
25
SS10-180
2
51
SS16-180
4
102
SS23-180
6
152
SS29-180
8
203
100
100
100
100
100
.177
.177
.177
.177
.177
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
10.0
16.0
22.5
29.0
165
254
406
572
737
0.7
0.9
1.4
1.846
2.346
0.32
0.41
0.64
–
–
Weight
nt
304 Stainless Steel
Packaging Quantity: 100/bag
.015" (.38mm) Thickness
Note: Other lengths available on special request.
Add suffix -316 for 316 Stainless Steel.
m
2
4
6
8
10
Length
co
SS10-250
SS17-250
SS23-250
SS29-250
SS35-250
Width
s.
Strong, safe, low-profile permanent single
wrap ties with a unique, dual lock.
Cat. No.
For Bundle
Diameter of
in.
mm
Description
Hand tool to apply standard stainless steel cable ties; easy to use tool
applies tension, locks tie with the dual lock, and cuts off band
flush with top surface of buckle
po
Cat. No.
ne
Standard Tie Installation Tool
WTA250
Weight
lbs.
kg.
1.17
0.53
in
ec
A lightweight, pocket size hand tool which
quickly and easily applies standard-size
stainless steel ties.
om
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
Mini Tie Installation Tool
on
l
Cat. No.
Same features as the Standard Tie Installation
Tool but used to apply mini-size stainless
steel ties.
WTA290
Description
Hand tool to apply standard stainless steel cable ties; easy to use tool
applies tension, locks tie with the dual lock, and cuts off band
flush with top surface of buckle
Weight
lbs.
kg.
1.17
0.53
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
Note: Mini Installation Tools will only apply mini-size ties.
13
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 14
Multi-LokTM Stainless Steel Self-Locking Cable Ties
LokTM Ties feature a unique, selflocking, multiple-locking system that
holds in excess of 200 lbs.
Multi-LokTM Ties are manufactured from
Type 316 stainless steel and are
available either uncoated or coated
with halogen-free, non-toxic black
Nylon 11. This weather-resistant
coating is unaffected by UV sunlight.
This adds resistance to corrosion,
chemicals, and weathering. Ties are
available in two widths and various
lengths.
co
m
Fire hazards … corrosive environments … temperature extremes … for
many cable bundling applications,
plastic ties are simply inadequate–or
even dangerous.
That’s why we developed stainless
steel Multi-LokTM Ties. Unaffected by
fire, UV or extreme temperatures,
corrosion-resistant Multi-LokTM Ties
provide a safe, strong, worry-free hold.
Quickly and easily applied by hand or
with the Thomas & Betts Cable Tie
Tensioner or Tensioning hook, Multi-
®
Type 316 Stainless Steel–Nylon 11 Coated
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
.276
.276
.276
.276
.276
.472
.472
.472
.472
.472
Length
mm
in.
mm
7
7
7
7
7
12
12
12
12
12
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
150
225
300
450
610
150
225
300
450
610
s.
in.
po
TYS6-280C
TYS9-280C
TYS12-280C
TYS18-280C
TYS24-280C
TYS6-470C
TYS9-470C
TYS12-470C
TYS18-470C
TYS24-470C
Width
Tensile Strength
lbs.
ne
Cat. No.
nt
As the free end of the Multi-Lok tie passes
through the buckle, three separate teeth (four
teeth in the 12mm Multi-LokTM) mesh with
corresponding slots in the band automatically
locking the tie as it is being tensioned.
Self-locking Multi-LokTM Ties feature an
extremely strong, unique multiple locking
system.
TM
Weight
lbs.
kg.
.66
.99
1.32
1.76
2.64
1.10
1.65
2.20
2.97
4.29
.30
.45
.60
.80
1.20
.50
.75
1.00
1.35
1.95
om
Packaging Quantity: 100/bag
.010" (.245mm) Thickness
in
ec
Type 316 Stainless Steel–Uncoated
on
l
Cat. No.
Length
in.
mm
in.
mm
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
.276
.276
.276
.276
.276
.472
.472
.472
.472
.472
7
7
7
7
7
12
12
12
12
12
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
150
225
300
450
610
150
225
300
450
610
TYS6-280
TYS9-280
TYS12-280
TYS18-280
TYS24-280
TYS6-470
TYS9-470
TYS12-470
TYS18-470
TYS24-470
Packaging Quantity: 100/bag
.010" (.245mm) Thickness
14
Width
Tensile Strength
lbs.
Weight
lbs.
kg.
.66
.88
1.21
1.98
2.64
1.10
1.65
2.20
3.19
4.29
.30
.40
.55
.90
1.20
.50
.75
1.00
1.45
1.95
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 15
Reusable Stainless Steel Cable Ties
Fast, Easy Installation
Thomas & Betts Reusable Ties are fast and
easy to install. Simply pass free end of tie
through buckle bridge, tension by hand or with
a Thomas & Betts Tensioning Tool, bend over
bridge, and secure into preformed ears.
These reusable cable ties are made
from high-strength, corrosion-resistant
200/300 series stainless steel, coated
with a non-toxic, halogen-free, lowsmoke Nylon 11.
The unique buckle design provides
quick, easy application and can just
as easily be unfastened for reuse. The
weather-resistant Nylon 11 coating is
unaffected by UV, extremely flexible at
low temperatures and protects the
cables from damage or interference
due to direct contact with the stainless
steel. The coated product is also userfriendly on the installer’s hands.
For Cable Bundling in Harsh Environments
m
®
1
⁄4
⁄4
1
⁄4
1
⁄4
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
3
⁄8
1
nt
75
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
ne
po
Reusable Stainless Steel Cable Ties
SSR6-250C
SSR9-250C
SSR12-250C
SSR18-250C
SSR24-250C
SSR6-375C
SSR9-375C
SSR12-375C
SSR18-375C
SSR24-375C
SSR30-375C
SSR36-375C
Width
in.
mm
s.
Tensile Strength
lbs.
Cat. No.
co
Reusable Stainless Steel Cable Ties–Coated
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
in.
Length
mm
Weight
lbs.
kg.
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
152
229
305
457
610
152
229
305
457
610
762
914
1.4
1.8
2.1
3.0
3.7
1.8
2.5
3.1
4.4
6.6
7.0
8.3
.6
.8
1.0
1.4
1.7
.8
1.1
1.4
2.0
3.0
3.2
3.8
om
Material: 200/300 Series Stainless Steel
Packaging Quantity: 100/bag
.015" (.38mm) Metal Thickness; .045" (1.1mm) Coated Thickness
Nylon 11 Coating
Note: This product may be double-wrapped for additional tensile strength. For additional colors and uncoated ties, consult Thomas &
Betts Customer Service for pricing and availability.
For 316 Stainless Steel, add “suffix -316” after catalog number. Consult Customer Service for availability.
in
ec
Cable Tie Tensioner
on
l
Tensioning Tools
Tensioning Hook
Cat. No.
Cable Tie Tensioner
WTAE200
Description
Weight
lbs.
kg.
For tensioning Reusable Ties and Multi-Lok Ties
.6
.3
For tensioning Reusable Ties and Multi-Lok Ties
.1
.05
For installing Multi-Lok Series Stainless Steel Ties
1.0
.45
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
Tensioning Hook
WTAE201
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
Tie-It Tool
WT5S
Tie-It Tool WT5S
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
U.L. listed
15
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 16
Stainless Steel Ties–Free-End
Pre-assembled Free-End Clamps
provide maximum strength and durability. They may be single-wrapped or,
for extra strength, double-wrapped.
Strong, durable Free-End Clamps are
available in a wide range of lengths,
widths, and thicknesses.
Heavy Duty Free-End Stainless Steel Clamps–Type 201
Max. Dia.
Twice
Around
in.
mm
in.
cm
Tensile
Strength
Single Wrap
lbs.
SSH10-250
SSH16-250
SSH16-375
SSH18-500
SSH19-250
SSH21-625
SSH24-750
SSH27-250
SSH31-500
SSH34-250
SSH37-750
SSH44-375
SSH50-750
SSH56-625
SSH62-750
SSH69-625
2
31⁄2
31⁄2
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
–
11⁄2
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
41⁄2
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
16
16
18
19
21
24
27
31
34
37
44
50
56
62
69
25
40
40
45
48
53
60
68
78
86
93
112
127
142
157
175
450
450
900
1400
450
1700
2000
450
1400
450
2000
900
2000
1700
2000
1700
mm
1
6.35
6.35
9.53
12.70
6.35
15.88
19.05
6.35
12.70
6.35
19.05
9.53
19.05
15.88
19.05
15.88
.020
.020
.025
.030
.020
.030
.030
.020
.030
.020
.030
.025
.030
.030
.030
.030
⁄4
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
1
⁄4
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
⁄4
1
⁄2
1
⁄4
3
⁄4
3
⁄8
3
⁄4
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
5
⁄8
s.
co
1
.51
.51
.63
.76
.51
.76
.76
.51
.76
.51
.76
.63
.76
.76
.76
.76
Pkg.
Qty.
Weight
lbs.
kg.
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
25
100
25
25
25
25
25
25
2.2
3.1
6.2
10.5
3.5
15.1
10.9
4.6
4.7
5.6
7.6
3.6
9.7
9.0
11.6
10.7
.99
1.40
2.80
4.80
1.60
6.80
4.90
2.10
2.10
2.60
3.50
1.60
4.40
4.10
5.30
4.80
om
po
Type 201 Stainless Steel
Other Free-End Clamp sizes and metals are available on special order.
in.
Band
Thickness
in.
mm
nt
–
38
38
50
63
63
76
88
101
114
127
152
177
203
228
254
Band
Width
ne
50
88
88
101
127
127
152
177
203
228
254
304
355
406
457
508
Total
Length
m
Cat. No.
Max. Dia.
Once
Around
in.
mm
on
l
in
ec
Installation Tools
WTJ020
Lightweight pocket-size tool to install 1⁄4" and 3⁄8"
wide Free-End Clamps. It applies tension and
has a built-in cutter.
WTC075
Designed to install ⁄4" to ⁄8" wide Free-End
Clamps. The lightweight, rachet-action tool
tensions, cuts and secures the buckle tab.
1
16
5
Weight
Cat. No.
Description
lbs.
kg.
WTJ020
Pok-It II Tool
1.1
.5
WTC075
Bantam Tool; Three-way handle version for one-hand
pistol grip or two-hand tensioning
2.6
1.2
Heavy-Duty Clamp Tool
4.4
2.0
WTC001
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
WTC001
A drop-forged tool with tensioning capability to
do all Free-End Clamps.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 17
Stainless Steel Ties
Specifications
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
SS7-180
SS10-180
SS16-180
SS23-180
SS29-180
.177
.177
.177
.177
.177
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.5
4.5
6.5
10
16
22.5
29.0
165
254
406
572
737
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.7
2.8
4.7
6
8
43
71
119
152
203
(single
wrap
only)
–
–
SS10-250
SS17-250
SS23-250
SS29-250
SS35-250
b
b
b
b
b
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
10
16.5
22.5
29
35
254
419
572
737
889
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
2.1
4.3
6.5
8.5
10.5
53
109
165
215
265
(single
wrap
only)
SSR6-250C
SSR9-250C
SSR12-250C
SSR18-250C
SSR24-250C
b
b
b
b
b
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6
9
12
18
24
152
229
305
457
610
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.5
2.5
3.4
5.4
7.3
38
63
86
137
185
N.A.
1.1
1.5
2.5
3.5
N.A.
28
38
64
89
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
9.53
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
152
229
305
457
610
762
914
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.5
2.5
3.4
5.4
7.3
9.1
11.0
38
63
86
137
185
231
280
N.A.
1.1
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.4
5.3
N.A.
28
38
64
89
112
135
nt
po
Free-End Clamps
m
in.
s.
mm
mm
Nylon 11 Coated
TYS6-280C
TYS9-280C
TYS12-280C
TYS18-280C
TYS24-280C
.28
.28
.28
.28
.28
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6
9
12
18
24
152
229
305
457
610
.010
.010
.010
.010
.010
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
1.9
2.8
3.8
5.7
7.6
48
71
96
144
193
TYS6-470
TYS9-470
TYS12-470
TYS18-470
TYS24-470
TYS6-470C
TYS9-470C
TYS12-470C
TYS18-470C
TYS24-470C
.47
.47
.47
.47
.47
12.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
6
9
12
18
24
152
229
305
457
610
.010
.010
.010
.010
.010
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
1.9
2.8
3.8
5.7
7.6
48
71
96
144
193
SSH10-250
SSH16-250
SSH19-250
SSH27-250
SSH34-250
b
b
b
b
b
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
10
16
19
27
34
250
400
480
680
860
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.51
.51
.51
.51
.51
2.0
3.5
5.0
7.0
9.0
50
88
127
177
228
N.A.
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
N.A.
38
63
88
114
SSH16-375
SSH44-375
c
c
9.53
9.53
16
44
400
1120
.025
.025
.63
.63
3.5
12.0
88
304
1.5
6.0
38
152
SSH18-500
SSH31-500
d
d
12.70
12.70
18
31
460
780
.030
.030
.76
.76
4.0
8.0
101
203
2.0
4.0
50
101
SSH21-625
SSH56-625
SSH69-625
e
e
e
15.88
15.88
15.88
21
56
69
530
1420
1750
.030
.030
.030
.76
.76
.76
5.0
16.0
20.0
127
406
508
2.5
8.0
10.0
63
203
254
SSH24-750
SSH37-750
SSH50-750
SSH62-750
f
f
f
f
19.05
19.05
19.05
19.05
24
37
50
62
600
940
1270
1570
.030
.030
.030
.030
.76
.76
.76
.76
6.0
10.0
14.0
18.0
152
254
355
457
3.0
5.0
7.0
9.0
76
127
177
228
om
Uncoated
TYS6-280
TYS9-280
TYS12-280
TYS18-280
TYS24-280
in
ec
on
l
Multi-Lok Ties
in.
in.
SSR6-375C
SSR9-375C
SSR12-375C
SSR18-375C
SSR24-375C
SSR30-375C
SSR36-375C
Reusable Stainless
Steel Cable Ties
Thickness
Cat. No.
ne
Standard Stainless
Steel Cable Ties
Length
Max. Dia.
Double
Wrap
co
Width
Mini Stainless
Steel Cable Ties
Max. Dia.
Single
Wrap
(single
wrap
only)
17
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 18
Stainless Steel Ties
®
Specifications–continued
Dull to Bright
SS10-250*
SS17-250*
SS23-250*
SS29-250*
SS35-250*
304
304
304
304
304
Dull to Bright
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
445
445
445
445
445
200
200
200
200
200
890
890
890
890
890
75
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
334
334
334
334
334
445
445
445
445
445
445
445
(single
wrap
only)
WTA290
WT5S
DAS-250
(single
wrap
only)
300
300
300
300
300
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
WTA250
WT5S
DAs-250
1334
1334
1334
1334
1334
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
WTAE200
WTAE201
WTC075
Uncoated or
Nylon 11
Coated Black
Bright
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
450
450
450
450
450
900
900
1400
1400
1700
1700
1700
2000
2000
2000
2000
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
4003
4003
6227
6227
7562
7562
7562
8896
8896
8896
8896
WTAE200
WTAE201
WTC075
(single
wrap
only)
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
2400
2400
3300
3300
4000
4000
4000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5338
5338
5338
5338
5338
10675
10675
14678
14678
17792
17792
17792
22240
22240
22240
22240
• Wire/Cable bundling
• I.D. Tagging
• Wire/Cable bundling
• I.D. Tagging
• Reusable
• Cable bundling
• Oil Rigs
• Tele-Communications towers
• Hazardous and
corrosive environments
• Self-locking
• Cable bundling
• Hazardous and
corrosive
environments
• Indus. hoses
• Cable bundling
• Hi-strength
WTC001
WTC075
WTJ020
Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel Cable Ties have passed a variety of mechanical, environmental, and electrical tests. Other data can be made available upon request.
*S.S. series also available in (316) Stainless.
18
General Application
po
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
in
ec
SSH10-250
SSH16-250
SSH19-250
SSH27-250
SSH34-250
SSH16-375
SSH44-375
SSH18-500
SSH31-500
SSH21-625
SSH56-625
SSH69-625
SSH24-750
SSH37-750
SSH50-750
SSH62-750
Nylon 11 Coated
TYS6-280C
TYS9-280C
TYS12-280C
TYS18-280C
TYS24-280C
TYS6-470C
TYS9-470C
TYS12-470C
TYS18-470C
TYS24-470C
on
l
Uncoated
TYS6-280
TYS9-280
TYS12-280
TYS18-280
TYS24-280
TYS6-470
TYS9-470
TYS12-470
TYS18-470
TYS24-470
Nylon 11 Coated
(Uncoated or other
colors available on
special order)
om
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
200/300
SSR6-250C
SSR9-250C
SSR12-250C
SSR18-250C
SSR24-250C
SSR6-375C
SSR9-375C
SSR12-375C
SSR18-375C
SSR24-375C
SSR30-375C
SSR36-375C
100
100
100
100
100
m
304
304
304
304
304
Application
Tools Used
co
SS7-180*
SS10-180*
SS16-180*
SS23-180*
SS29-180*
s.
Coating or Finish
nt
Cat. No.
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Double Wrap
Lbs
Newtons
ne
Stainless
Steel
Type
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Single Wrap
Lbs Newtons
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 19
Stainless Steel Cable Ties
Stainless Steel Cable Ties
Cat. No.
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
.310
.310
.310
.310
10.65
14.65
22.65
28.65
2
4
6
8
200
200
200
200
100
50
50
50
Note: Use WT3S Tool for tensioning and cutoff.
• Cannot be coated with any covering material.
co
Stainless Steel Strap on a Reel
m
Stainless steel cable ties have been designed
for high-temperature applications as in boiler
rooms, and for use in areas of harsh, corrosive
environments such as shipyards and off-shore
oil platforms. They are made of type 316
stainless steel, and rated at 200 pound tensile
strength. Smooth edges protect both the cable
insulation and the installer.
TYS8
TYS14
TYS22
TYS28
Body
Width
(in.)
Description
TYS1000
1000 foot of strap, 2 reels of 500 feet each
.310
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
200
1
nt
s.
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
ne
Stainless steel ties of virtually any length can be produced from the 1000 foot reel in combination with the matching head.
Note: Use WT3S tool for tensioning and cutoff.
po
Stainless Steel Locking Heads
Description
Std.
Pkg.
Heads only for stainless steel strap
50
Cat. No.
in
ec
om
TYS5200H
Stainless Steel Mounting Base
Description
Std.
Pkg.
Mounting base for stainless steel ties
50
Cat. No.
on
l
TCS25
Ty-Rap® Stainless Steel Tool
Cat. No.
WT3S
Note: Ability
to be hung on
cables
Description
Stainless steel cable tie installing tool. TYS body slots
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Each
1
8 oz.
Tool is designed to install tie. Do not attempt to cut excess strap with tool.
WT3S
19
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 20
Customized Embossed Tags Stainless Steel Tape Embossing System
I.D. Tagging System
Width
Weight
in.
mm
in.
mm
lbs.
kg.
SSID100
SSID101
SSID102
.75
1.50
.75
19.05
38.10
19.05
2.0
2.5
3.5
51
63
89
0.5
1.2
0.8
.22
.55
.36
304 Stainless Steel
Packaging Quantity: 100/box
.015" (.254mm) Thickness
Note: Customized pre-embossed tags are available. Please consult Technical Service for details.
Add suffix (316) for 316 Stainless Steel.
co
m
Identify your cable bundles with permanent,
Type 304 stainless steel imprinted tags applied
with stainless steel cable ties. After imprinting
the tags, merely slip a tie through slots in the
tag and fasten with the installation tool.
• Works with 1⁄4" wide ties.
Length
Cat. No.
s.
I.D. Tag Imprinter
Cat. No.
kg.
I.D. Tag Imprinter
p" character imprinting wheel
a" character imprinting wheel
i" character imprinting wheel
I.D. Marking Kit
(Kit) WTID200 and WTID 283
29.5
–
–
–
–
–
13.41
–
–
–
–
–
ne
om
po
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
in
ec
For imprinting Thomas & Betts stainless steel
I.D. tags. Includes special tag holder which
provides quick, accurate positioning of tag.
Comes with a 3⁄32" character imprinting wheel,
standard (no substitutions allowed).
lbs.
nt
WTID200
WTID290
WTID281
WTID283
WTID300
WTID204
Weight
Description
on
l
S.S. Tape Embossing System
After making your tag, apply with stainless
steel cable ties.
20
Weight
Cat. No.
Description
lbs.
kg.
WTID400
WTID405
Hand-held tool for embossing S.S. I.D. Tape
Replacement S.S. tape (21' long)
2.57
.18
1.17
.01
304 Stainless Steel
Packaging Quantity: 1/box
Note: The embossing tool comes complete with two rolls of stainless steel tape.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 21
Stainless Steel I.D. Tag
Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel I.D. Tag
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
per 100
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
.445"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
375"
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
m
Width
co
ER010
A
ER011
B
ER012
C
ER013
D
ER014
E
ER015
F
ER016
G
ER017
H
ER018
I
ER019
J
ER020
K
ER021
L
ER022
M
ER023
N
ER024
O
ER025
P
ER026
Q
ER027
R
ER028
S
ER029
T
ER030
U
ER031
V
ER022
W
ER032
X
ER033
Y
ER034
Z
ER018
1
ER037
2
ER038
3
ER039
4
ER040
5
ER041
6
ER021
7
ER042
8
ER041
9
ER024
0
ER035
Minus/Hyphen
ER036
Blank
ER046
Plus +
ER047
Earth
ER048
Sine
ER049
Slash /
Character size .218"
Material .025 316 stainless steel
Length
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
The Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel R.D. Tagging
System includes a complete range of individual
letters, numbers, and symbols–slip them over
carriers (shown above) or strips (below) and
attach to your cable or hose with a variety of
Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel Cable Ties.
Description
s.
Cat. No.
Thomas & Betts Stainless Steel I.D. Tag Strips/Carriers
Cat. No.
Description
ER043
ER044
ER045
ER050
ER051
ER052
ER060
6 Character Carrier
10 Character Carrier
16 Character Carrier
Short Strip
Medium Strip
Long Strip
I.D. Tag Kit
Length
3.64"
5.14"
7.39"
4.25"
5.75"
8.0"
–
Width
.38"
.38"
.38"
.38"
.38"
.38"
–
Std.
Pkg.
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
Wt.
per 100
.73
1.25
1.47
.98
1.33
1.85
–
I.D. Tag Kit contains 50 of each letter, number, symbol, carrier and strip in a handy carrying case.
21
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 22
Stainless Steel Self-Locking Ties
Stainless Steel Ties With Roller Locking Mechanism
co
m
• 5 standard lengths with custom lengths
available.
• Available in two grades of stainless steel
(302/304 for standard applications and 316
for extra corrosion resistance).
Ideal Applications
• High temperature locations.
• Marine environment (ship building, salt water
environment).
• Harsh environment (oil rigs, wash down areas,
refineries, food processing plants, auto car
washers).
• Automotive plants.
s.
Thomas & Betts offers a line of self-locking,
stainless steel ties for indoor and outdoor use.
This low profile design features an internal
locking roller and spring-tension head that
ensures a secure fit.
Features and Benefits
• Spring feature provides extra snug fit in
applications where bundle tightness is critical.
• Internal locking roller (Average slip, within the
locking mechanism at 100 lb. load is 55%
lower than conventional ball lock design).
• Rounded edges and smooth surfaces for
fast, safe hand installation.
• Buckle length is 38% less and height is 24%
less than the conventional ball locking design.
Roller Locking Mechanism vs.
Ball Locking Mechanism
nt
How It Works
ne
Characteristic
om
po
Insert the tail into the buckle. The internal
locking bar rolls freely as the tie is tightened.
in
ec
Application Tool
DAS-250 Hand Tool
(Adjustable tension,
automatic cut-off)
Spare Blades Part No.
BL250S
Rating (pounds)
Buckle Length (inch)
Height Over Buckle (inch)
Avg. Slip @ 100 Lb Load (inch)
Normal Mode of Failure
Buckle Retention
Tie Length
Material
Self-Lok
Ball Lock
150
.260
.130
.090
Cont. Slip
Smooth ID
Same
304 or 316 SS
100
.420
.170
.200
Loss of Ball
Fold Under
Same
304 or 316 SS
Once the proper tension is reached the tool
automatically cuts off the tail. The bar then
wedges into the buckle locking it tightly
against both the top and bottom of the band.
on
l
Unique Spring-Tension Head Design provides extra snug
fit where bundle tightness is critical.
Ordering Information
Length
Cat. No.
Width
Max. Bundle Dia.
in.
mm.
lbs.
kg.
Qty./box
pcs.
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
2
4
6
8
10
50.8
101.6
152.4
203.2
254.0
150
150
150
150
150
68.0
68.0
68.0
68.0
68.0
100
100
100
100
100
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
2
4
6
8
10
50.8
101.6
152.4
203.2
254.0
150
150
150
150
150
68.0
68.0
68.0
68.0
68.0
100
100
100
100
100
in.
mm.
in.
mm.
8.8
15.3
21.3
27.8
33.8
222.9
388.0
540.4
705.5
857.9
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
8.8
15.3
21.3
27.8
33.8
222.9
388.0
540.4
705.5
857.9
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
Tensile
302/304 Grade Stainless Steel
TS-4.6-200A
TS-4.6-360A
TS-4.6-520A
TS-4.6-680A
TS-4.6-840A
316 Grade Stainless Steel
TS-4.6-200B
TS-4.6-360B
TS-4.6-520B
TS-4.6-680B
TS-4.6-840B
22
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 23
Stainless Steel Self-Locking Ties
Stainless Steel Ties with Ball Locking Mechanism
ne
nt
s.
co
m
Thomas and Betts introduces a range of self-locking, one-piece stainless steel ties,
suitable for indoor or outdoor use.
Wide range of sizes
Six standard lengths up to 41" long will cover most applications with custom lengths
available. Two widths are offered with minimum loop tensile strengths of 100 and 250
lbs. Space requirements are minimized by the low head profile – 20" maximum.
Fast, Easy Installation
Thomas & Betts stainless steel ties are self-locking, requiring no time consuming
crimping or folding operations. The strong locking mechanism, incorporating a steel
ball, requires a low insertion force while the strap section has rounded edges and
smooth surfaces making the ties ideal for fast, safe, hand installation.
Two Materials
Two grades of stainless steel are available – 302/304 for standard applications and
316 for extra corrosion resistance. 302/304 and 316 stainless steels are nonmagnetic and are ideal for high temperature applications ranging –80 °C to
538 °C.
Applications
• High temperature locations
• Marine environment (shipbuilding, salt water environment)
• Harsh environment (oil rigs, wash-down areas, refineries, food processing plants,
auto car washers)
• Automotive plants
po
DAS-250
Preset tension tool
Automatic cut-off
Spare Blades Part No. BL 250 S
Length
Cat. No.
in.
mm.
in
ec
302/304 Grade Stainless Steel
om
Ordering Information
Width
in.
mm.
Max. Bundle Dia.
in.
mm.
lbs.
Tensile
kg.
Qty./box
pcs.
7.9
14.2
20.5
26.7
33.0
201.0
360.0
520.0
679.0
838.0
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
2
4
6
8
10
51
102
152
203
254
100
100
100
100
100
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
100
100
100
100
100
7.9
14.2
20.5
26.7
33.0
41.3
201.0
360.0
520.0
679.0
838.0
1050.0
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
3
4
6
8
10
12.5
51
102
152
203
254
318
250
250
250
250
250
250
113.3
113.3
113.3
113.3
113.3
113.3
50
50
50
50
50
50
LS-4.6-200B
LS-4.6-360B
LS-4.6-520B
LS-4.6-680B
LS-4.6-840B
7.9
14.2
20.5
26.7
33.0
201.0
360.0
520.0
679.0
838.0
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
2
4
6
8
10
51
102
152
203
254
100
100
100
100
100
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
100
100
100
100
100
LS-7.9-200B
LS-7.9-360B
LS-7.9-520B
LS-7.9-680B
LS-7.9-840B
LS-7.9-1010B
7.9
14.2
20.5
26.7
33.0
41.3
201.0
360.0
520.0
679.0
838.0
1050.0
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
3
4
6
8
10
12.5
51
102
152
203
254
318
250
250
250
250
250
250
113.3
113.3
113.3
113.3
113.3
113.3
50
50
50
50
50
50
LS-7.9-200A
LS-7.9-360A
LS-7.9-520A
LS-7.9-680A
LS-7.9-840A
LS-7.9-1010A
on
l
LS-4.6-200A
LS-4.6-360A
LS-4.6-520A
LS-4.6-680A
LS-4.6-840A
316 Grade Stainless Steel
23
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 24
Cable Ties–DELTEC®
The Deltec® Cable
Support System
Advantages of the Deltec® System
Include:
in
ec
co
om
po
ne
nt
s.
The Deltec® Cable Support System is a
user-friendly product designed to provide
ease and flexibility in fastening
communications cables to messenger
strand. It is equally well suited for copper
conductor cable, coaxial cable, fiber
optic cable and inner duct in aerial
applications.
The Deltec® system answers your aerial
cable needs with innovative design and
state of the art materials. This system
includes weather-resistant Delrin® cable
straps, marine grade locking devices,
and base hanger accessories for specific
applications where mounting is required.
Deltec® cable straps are available in
standard lengths of 10, 13.5, 16 and 27
inches, and in convenient 50 foot reels
where specific lengths need to be
established by the installer in the field.
Additional “standard” lengths can be
established for applications where higher
volumes prevail.
• Proven years of service.
• No sharp edges - craft friendly! Cable
friendly!
• Ease of installation - one wrap, no retreading of re-strap.
• Lowers installation costs.
• High tensile strength after fastening.
• Total flexibility in lengths when using
reel.
• Stackable spacers accommodate all
cable sizes - no need to stock multiple
sizes of individual height spacers.
• Spacer designed to retain strap on
each side and cradle the cable,
providing restricted movement of
spacer and preventing damage to
cable.
• In situations where multiple cables are
supported, the T&B TCP360 stackable
spacer may be rotated 90 degrees and
installed similar to a single cable, yet
provide the same restricting features
(unlike those commonly used today).
• Month and year of manufacture
stamped into strap material.
• Squirrels and vermin won’t eat it!
m
Provides a strong, long-life and cost
saving method of securing
communication cables
on
l
Cable Tie with Double-Locking Head
Cat. No.
TYD510M
TYD5135M
TYD5270M
Body
Width
Length
(in.)
Max. Wire
Bundle Dia.
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
.394
.500
.500
51.2
13.5
27.0
–
3.5
8.0
250
250
250
25
10
The recommended maximum continuous static loading for the DELTEC® straps is 20 lbs. per strap. For best results suggested spacing is
15 inches. It is the responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.
Note: Use WT3D Tool for tensioning and cutoff.
SPECIFICATIONS
Strap and body
Locking Device
Installation Range
Minimum Tensile
Strength
Outdoor Life
Continuous Load
Dupont DELRIN®. Offers superior
resistance to sunlight, moisture, and salt
environments.
Marine grade corrosion-resistant silicon
bronze.
-30°F to 150°F.
250 lbs. minimum.
Designed to last a minimum of 20 years
20 pounds
DELTEC® Strap on a Reel
Cat. No.
TYD-50R
696-41794
24
Description
Tensile Strength
(lbs.)
Body Width
Std.
Pkg.
50' reel of strap
1000' reel
250
250
.500
.500
1
2
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 25
Cable Ties–DELTEC®
Locking Heads
Description
Std.
Pkg.
Heads only for DELTEC strap
1000 heads only for DELTEC strap
25
1000
Cat. No.
TYD-LH
696-41795
Material: Deltec®
Modular Stackable Cable Spacers
TCP5255
Modular stackable spacer for DELTEC® straps
TCP360
For Coaxial Cable
• One spacer for any cable size.
• Stackable for any desired spacing.
• Less inventory – one catalog number.
25
–
• Made of weather-resistant
polypropylene.
• d" high.
po
ne
nt
s.
Std.
Pkg.
m
Description
co
Cat. No.
om
DELTEC® Base and Hanger
Cat. No.
Std.
Pkg.
Description
Base for Deltec® strap
Hanger for Deltec® strap
50
50
in
ec
CSS-B
CSS-H
• Made of zinc-plated steel
• Secures cables to all types of surfaces
on
l
CSS-B
CSS-H
Drop Wire Support
Cat. No.
CSS-DWS
Std.
Pkg.
Description
Nylon coated steel, order by each.
25
Installation/Cutting Tool
Cat. No.
WT3D
Description
Installs self-locking Ty-Rap® cable ties and
Thomas & Betts 2-piece lashing ties.
Range
.184 thru .500
Std.
Pkg.
1
Wt.
Each
8 oz.
25
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Hook and Loop Fasteners
Page 26
NEW
Now version available UL94V-2 rated material.
Contact Customer Service for availability and delivery.
• Allows quick and convenient bundling of
Category 5 & Fiber optic cables.
• Multiple colors available for identifying
specific bundles.
• Sizes available to accommodate varying
bundle diameters.
• Screw and adhesive mounting bases provide
multiple mounting options.
These handy ties are very easy to release and
re-use, making them ideal for applications
where changes are anticipated or continuous
access is required.
Features
• High quality Hook & Loop Fasteners
designed specifically for Thomas & Betts.
FO Series Loop Ties
Max. Bundle Dia.
Length
Width
Inner Pack Qty.
40lb
50lb
40lb
50lb
2.0”
2.0”
3.5”
3.5”
9.0”
9.0”
13.0”
13.0”
.50
.75
.50
.75
10
10
10
10
FOL Series Buckle Ties
s.
FO200-40*
FO200-50*
FO350-40*
FO350-50*
co
Min. Tensile Strength
nt
Cat. No.
m
Ideal for wrapping pre-determined bundle diameters because of the convenient slotted head
Min. Tensile Strength
po
Cat. No.
ne
Buckle ties provide added strength and stability because of the high performance polymer
buckle.
50lb
50lb
Max. Bundle Dia.
Length
Width
Inner Pack Qty.
3.0”
5.0”
12.0”
18.0”
.75
.75
10
10
om
FOL300-50-0
FOL500-50-0
FOS Series Strip Ties
in
ec
Pre-cut lengths which makes bundling a cinch.
Cat. No.
Max. Bundle Dia.
Length
Inner Pack Qty.
50lb
50lb
50lb
1.5”
3.2”
5.0”
6.0”
12.0”
18.0”
10
10
10
on
l
FOS150-50-0
FOS320-50-0
FOS500-50-0
Min. Tensile Strength
FOR Series Rolled Hook and Loop
Rolled hook and loop allows customers to conveniently cut pieces to desired lengths,
eliminating waste.
Cat. No.
FOR180-50-0
Min. Tensile Strength
Max. Bundle Dia.
Width
Length
Inner Pack Qty.
50lb
Various
.75”
180”
1
Black is standard color
* Add - “FR” for UL94V-2 rated material (after color).
Mounting Bases
Two mounting bases specifically designed for use with hook and loop fasteners
Available in these colors: (0) Black,
(1) Brown, (2) Red, (3) Orange, (4) Yellow, (5)
Green, (6) Blue, (8) Grey,& (9) White.
Please consult customer service for delivery
and availability.
26
Cat. No.
Min. Tensile Strength
Screw Size
Length
Inner Pack Qty.
TC368
TC368A
2”x 2” Screw mounted
2”x 2” Adhesive mounted
#8
#8
0.75”
0.75”
500
500
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 27
Lashing Straps
Heavy Duty Lashing Tie (releasable)
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk Pkg.
Cat. No.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TY5409
TY409
.500
19.00
4.75
200
25
100
The heavy-duty lashing tie is made from
weather-resistant nylon. The addition of carbon
black provides good ultraviolet resistance and
prolongs the useful life of the cable tie.
po
ne
nt
s.
co
m
Length 19"
om
Weather-Resistant Polypropylene Lashing Tie (releasable)
Cat. No.
TY5418PX
TY5424PX
TY5442PX
TY5460PX
on
l
in
ec
This lashing tie is ideally suited for chemical
environments that are unsuitable for nylon.
Strapping is made of black, weather-resistant
polypropylene for outdoor use.
Head is made of nylon 66.
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
.500
.500
.500
.500
18
24
42
60
5
7
12
18
150
150
150
150
25
25
10
10
Weather-Resistant Polypropylene Hanger Lashing Tie
(releasable)
Cat. No.
TY53418PX
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
.500
18
5
150
25
Many factors combine to determine the useful
life of a cable tie and chemical exposure can
be a very important consideration in certain
situations. Polypropylene cable ties are ideally
suited for chemical environments. It is black
for outdoor use.
27
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 28
Lashing Straps
Weather-Resistant Nylon 12 Messenger Hanger Straps
(releasable)
Length
(in.)
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Hook
Material
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
TYM5412X
TYM5418X
TYM5423X
TYM5430X
TYM5436X
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
12
18
24
30
36
3
5
7
9
11
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
200
200
200
200
200
50
25
25
25
25
TYM5412X-S
TYM5418X-S
TYM5423X-S
TYM5430X-S
TYM5436X-S
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
12
18
24
30
36
3
5
7
9
11
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
200
200
200
200
200
50
25
25
25
25
co
Cat. No.
m
Body
Width
(in.)
nt
s.
The recommended, maximum continuous static loading for the nylon 12 straps is 25 lbs. per strap. For best results suggested spacing is
15 inches. It is the responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.
• Hook will accommodate d" dia. messenger wire.
Messenger Hanger Spacer
Description
Std.
Pkg.
1" long stackable spacer for messenger straps
50
ne
Cat. No.
po
TC5254
om
Spacer separating
cable bundles
This one-inch long spacer
allows you to separate power
and signal cables with a
single-hanger, lashing strap
if desired. The spacer is
stackable so that you may
suspend the cable bundle at
any desired distance from the
messenger wire in order to
keep the cable runs parallel.
on
l
in
ec
Nylon 12 provides very good resistance to
ultraviolet light and chemical exposure. Nylon
12 is a lower, moisture-absorbing material
than 6/6 nylon and the effect of water on
properties is much less.
Messenger
wire
Weather-Resistant Nylon 12 Hanger Strap (releasable)
Cat. No.
TY54407X
TY54413X
Body
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Hook
Material
Tensile
Strength
(lbs.)
Std.
Pkg.
.500
.500
6.36
13.75
2
4
Steel
Steel
200
200
50
25
The recommended, maximum continuous static loading for the nylon 12 straps is 25 lbs. per strap. For best results suggested spacing is
15 inches. It is the responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.
Nylon 12 provides very good resistance to
ultraviolet light and chemical exposure. Nylon
12 is a lower, moisture-absorbing material than
6/6 nylon and the effect of water on properties
is much less.
28
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 29
Cable Ties-Material Selection Ordering Guide
Table 2-Physical Properties of Ty-Rap® Cable Tie Materials
Natural 66
Nylon
Weather
Heat Stabilized
Resistant 66
Natural 66
Nylon
Nylon
Flame
Retardant 66
Nylon
Weatherable
Acetal
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 12
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene Tefzel 2
Halar 3
Stainless
Steel
90,000
Tensile Strength (Yield)
12,000
12,000
12,000
11,000
10,000
7500
4600
6,700
6,600
-
UL94V-2
UL94V-2
UL94V-2
UL94V-0
UL94HB
-
-
UL94V-0
UL94V-0
-
Radiation Resistance
rads
1 x 105
1 x 105
1 x 105
1 x 105
1 x 106
1 x 105
1 x 105
2 x 108
2 x 106
2 x 108
Ultraviolet Light Resistance
-
Poor
Good
Poor
Poor
Very Good
Good
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Water Absorption ( 24 hrs)
%
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.4
0.25
0.25
0.1
<.01
<0.1
None
Oxygen Index
-
28
28
31
34
21
-
-
30
52
-
Max. Continuous Use Temperature
F/C
185 /85
185 /85
221 / 105
185 /85
185 /85
176 / 80
185 /85
302 / 150
284 / 140
1000 / 537
Min. Continuous Use Temperature
F/C
-40 / -40
-40 / -40
-40 / -40
-40 / -40
-40 / -40
-40 / -40
-40 / -40
-50 / -46
-50 / -46
-112 /
-
Natural
Black
Green tint
White
Black
Black
Black
Aqua
Maroon
Stainless
Color
m
psi
Flammability Rating
co
@ 73º F (Dry-As-Molded)1
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
1. ASTM D638-878 except stainless steel which is ASTME8
2. Tefzel is a trademark of E.I. DuPont deNemours and Company
3. Halar is a trademark of Solvay Slexis, Inc.
29
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 30
Cable Ties-Material Selection Ordering Guide
on
l
30
nt
s.
co
m
A material classed V-2 shall:
A. Not have any specimens that burn
with flaming combustion for more
than 30 seconds after either
application of the test flame.
B. Not have a total flaming combustion
time exceeding 250 seconds for the
10 flame applications for each set of
five specimens.
C. Not have any specimens that burn
with flaming or glowing combustion
up to the holding fixture.
D. Be permitted to have specimens
that drip flaming particles that burn
only briefly, some of which ignite the
dry absorbent surgical cotton
placed 12" below the test specimen.
E. Not have any specimens with
glowing combustion that persists for
more than 60 seconds after the
second removal of the test flame.
Materials classed V-1:
A material classed V-1 shall:
A. Not have any specimens that burn
with flaming combustion for more
than 30 seconds after either
application of the test flame.
B. Not have a total flaming combustion
time exceeding 250 seconds for the
10 flame applications for each set of
five specimens.
C. Not have any specimens that burn
with flaming or glowing combustion
up to the holding fixture.
D. Not have any specimens that drip
flaming particles that ignite the dry
absorbent surgical cotton located
12" below the test specimen.
E. Not have any specimens with
glowing combustion that persists for
more than 60 seconds after the
second removal of the test flame.
in
ec
Test specimens of the material, with
dimensions 5" x d", with the thickness
intended for use in the end product,
are tested in both the manufactured
condition and in the aged state. The
test requires that the specimen be
supported in a vertical fixture and a
precisely controlled flame applied for a
10 second period. The flame is
removed and the duration of flaming is
noted. If the flame extinguishes, a
second exposure to flame for 10
seconds is applied and duration of
flaming is again noted. It is observed
and recorded whether or not test
specimens drip flaming particles that
ignite a cotton swatch.
A material classed V-0 shall:
A. Not have any specimens that burn
with flaming combustion for more
than 10 seconds after either
application of the test flame.
B. Not have a total flaming combustion
time exceeding 50 seconds for the
10 flame applications for each set of
five specimens.
C. Not have any specimens that burn
with flaming or glowing combustion
up to the holding fixture.
D. Not have any specimens that drip
flaming particles that ignite the dry
absorbent surgical cotton located
12" below the test specimen.
E. Not have any specimens with
glowing combustion that persists for
more than 30 seconds after the
second removal of the test flame.
ne
UL 94 vertical burn test
procedures
Materials classed V-2:
po
Note: Flammability ratings of Ty-Rap®
cable tie materials are shown in Table
2. These tests for flammability of
plastic material are intended to serve
as a preliminary indication of acceptability with respect to flammability for
particular applications.
Materials classed V-0:
om
Flammability ratings for
selecting Ty-Rap® cable ties
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 31
Cable Ties-Material Selection Ordering Guide
Chemical resistance
Table 3 shows the resistance of Ty-Rap® cable tie materials to various chemicals. The table is designed to help you determine
the cable tie material best suited for a particular chemical environment.
Table 3-Resistance of Available Materials to Various Chemicals Temp 20°C (70°F)
E
E
E
E
F
–
E
E
–
–
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
E
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
F
–
E
–
–
–
–
E
E
m
–
S
E
–
–
S
E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR
NR
–
–
NR
–
E
NR
NR
NR
–
NR
S
–
–
–
–
–
S
co
–
S
E
–
–
S
E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR
NR
–
–
NR
–
E
NR
NR
NR
–
NR
S
–
–
–
–
–
S
s.
–
S
E
–
–
S
E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR
NR
–
–
NR
–
E
NR
NR
NR
–
NR
S
–
–
–
–
–
S
Weather6/6 FireWeatherResistant
Retardant Resistant Polypropylene Polypropylene
Stainless
Nylon as Nylon 12 as as Used in
as Used in Tefzel* as Steel as Used
Used in TY Used in TYC
TYP
TYP
Used in TYZ
in TYS
___
___
___
___
___
___
FR Series
X Series
Series
X Series
Series
Series
nt
–
–
F
–
–
–
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
–
–
–
E
–
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
–
S
–
ne
–
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
po
–
S
E
–
–
S
E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR
NR
–
–
NR
–
E
NR
NR
NR
–
NR
S
–
–
–
–
–
S
om
40%
50%
100%
AQ
100%
5%
10%
–
10%
100%
5%
10%
10%
100%
100%
50%
AQ
20%
2
2%
100%
–
–
30%
100%
50%
50%
10%
50%
–
100%
100%
100%
in
ec
Arsenic Acid
Acetaldehyde
Acetone
Aluminum Hydroxide
Ammonia
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Sulfate
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Benzene
Benzoic Acid
Butyric Acid
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hydrochlorite
Calcium Sulfate
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorine (WET)
Chlorine (DRY)
Chloroacetic Acid
Chloroform
Chromic Acid
Citric Acid
Copper Cyanide
Copper Nitrate
Cider
Dichloroethane
Diethyl Ether
Ethyl Alcohol
on
l
Reagents
Heat6/6 WeatherStabilized 6/6
Weatherable Standard 6/6 Resistant
Acetal as
Nylon as
Nylon as
Nylon as
Halar† as
Used in TYH Used in TYV Used in TYD Used in TY Used in TY
___
___
___
___
___
Concentration Series
Series
Series
Series
X Series
E
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
F
E
F
F
NR
–
F
F
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
F
E
F
F
NR
–
F
F
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
–
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
F
F
F
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
F
F
F
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
* Trademark of E.I. DuPont deNemours and Company
†
Trademark of Ausimont
Ratings
E = Excellent
S = Satisfactory
F = Fair
NR = Not Recommended
(AQ = Aqueous)
31
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 32
Cable Ties-Material Selection Ordering Guide
Table 3-continued
Ratings
E = Excellent
S = Satisfactory
F = Fair
NR = Not Recommended
(AQ = Aqueous)
32
F
E
E
E
E
–
F
–
S
E
E
E
E
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
S
m
F
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
E
–
S
E
–
E
–
S
E
–
E
E
F
E
–
E
E
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
S
E
E
–
–
–
–
co
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
NR
NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–
F
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR
–
–
s.
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
NR
NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–
F
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR
–
–
nt
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
NR
NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–
F
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR
–
–
Weather6/6 FireWeatherResistant
Retardant Resistant Polypropylene Polypropylene
Stainless
Nylon as Nylon 12 as as Used in
as Used in Tefzel* as Steel as Used
Used in TY Used in TYC
TYP
TYP
Used in TYZ
in TYS
___
___
___
___
___
___
FR Series
X Series
Series
X Series
Series
Series
ne
E
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
–
NR
NR
–
S
–
–
–
NR
–
–
–
po
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
om
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
NR
NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–
F
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR
–
–
in
ec
100%
100%
100%
10%
10%
100%
100%
AQ
100%
100%
100%
30%
Dry
100%
100%
100%
10%
10%
5%
10%
100%
10%
100%
AQ
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
30%
30-70%
5%
100%
10%
100%
100%
90%
10%
1%
AQ
on
l
Reagents
Ethyl Chloride
Ethylene Glycol
Ferric Hydroxide
Ferric Nitrate
Ferrous Sulfate
Fuel Oil
Furfural
Gallic Acid
Gasoline
Glycerine
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrogen Peroxide
Hydrogen Sulfide
Iodoform
Isopropyl Alohol
Jet Fuel
Lactic Acid
Lanolin
Lead Acetate
Linseed Oil
Magnesium Carbonate
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Nitrate
Malic Acid
Mercury
Methyl Alcohol
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Naptha
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Nitrous Acid
Oieic Acid
Oxalic Acid
Paraffin
Petroleum Ether
Phenol
Phosphoric Acid
Picric Acid
Potassium Bromide
Heat6/6 WeatherStabilized 6/6
Weatherable Standard 6/6 Resistant
†
Acetal as
Nylon as
Nylon as
Nylon as
Halar as
Used in TYH Used in TYV Used in TYD Used in TY Used in TY
___
___
___
___
___
Concentration Series
Series
Series
Series
X Series
F
E
E
E
E
–
F
–
S
E
E
E
E
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 33
Cable Ties-Material Selection Ordering Guide
Table 3–continued
on
l
E
E
E
E
–
NR
–
S
–
F
NR
–
–
E
–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
E
F
–
–
E
S
F
–
–
E
E
NR
E
–
–
E
–
E
E
–
E
S
E
–
E
–
E
S
–
E
E
S
F
E
E
–
F
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
–
E
E
–
E
E
S
E
E
E
S
F
E
E
F
F
F
E
E
E
m
–
–
NR
–
S
–
F
NR
–
–
E
–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
E
F
–
–
co
–
–
NR
–
S
–
F
NR
–
–
E
–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
E
F
–
–
nt
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
S
E
S
–
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
F
–
E
E
F
–
NR
–
–
ne
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
F
E
po
E
–
NR
–
S
–
F
NR
–
–
E
–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
E
–
–
–
S
–
–
–
NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E
E
F
–
–
om
–
AQ
40%
25%
5%
100%
50%
5%
5%
AQ
100%
10%
60%
100%
10%
100%
5%
25%
2%
5%
10%
AQ
5%
AQ
10%
5%
5%
5%
100%
100%
100%
Conc.
5%
10%
50%
100%
100%
100%
70%
AQ
AQ
in
ec
Reagents
Potassium Carbonate 1%
Potassium Chlorate
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Permanganate
Potassium Sulfate
Potassium Sulfide
Propyl Alcohol
Silver Nitrate
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Borate
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hyposulfite
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Nitrite
Sodium Perchlorate
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Thiosulfate
Stearic Acid
Sulfur
Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfuric Acid
Sulfuric Acid
Tannic Acid
Tartaric Acid
Tetrahydrofuran
Toluene
Xylene
Zinc Chloride
Zinc Nitrate
Zinc Sulfate
Weather6/6 FireWeatherResistant
Retardant Resistant Polypropylene Polypropylene
Stainless
Nylon as Nylon 12 as as Used in
as Used in Tefzel* as Steel as Used
Used in TY Used in TYC
TYP
TYP
Used in TYZ
in TYS
___
___
___
___
___
___
FR Series
X Series
Series
X Series
Series
Series
s.
Heat6/6 WeatherStabilized 6/6
Weatherable Standard 6/6 Resistant
Nylon as
Halar† as
Acetal as
Nylon as
Nylon as
Used in TYH Used in TYV Used in TYD Used in TY Used in TY
___
___
___
___
___
Concentration Series
Series
Series
Series
X Series
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
–
E
E
–
E
E
S
E
E
E
S
F
E
E
F
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
* Trademark of E.I. DuPont deNemours and Company
†
Trademark of Ausimont
Ratings
E = Excellent
S = Satisfactory
F = Fair
NR = Not Recommended
(AQ = Aqueous)
33
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 34
Cable Ties
m
co
s.
Highly Engineered Tooth
and Pawl Design for
Maximum Engagement
Bent Tip Design for
Easier Assembly
Generous Radii on
All Angles to
Reduce Friction
Raised Grips on
Tail to Assist
Operators
Gradual Strap to Tail
Transition for Lower
Insertion Force
om
po
Recessed
Entry to
Guide
Insertion
Reinforced Head and
Strap Transition for
Added Strength
nt
Strict Tolerances
Assure Locking
Strength
• MOUNTING HEAD
• STRIPED TIES
• RESTRICTED BUNDLE
• IDENTIFICATION TIES
• MIL-SPEC TIES
ne
• MINIATURE
• HEAVY DUTY
• INTERMEDIATE
• EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
• STANDARD
• RELEASABLE TIES
Ty-Fast® Cable Ties are available in lengths from 4" to our exclusive
48" strap. Cable Ties will satisfy bundling requirements from h" to 15"
and loop tensile strengths from 18 to 175 pounds.
Cable Ties are stocked in materials and colors as listed. Contact your
Ty-Fast® Distributor or Customer Service Representative for availability
in special materials and colors.
Where applicable, Ty-Fast® Cable Ties are UL Recognized, Mil-Spec
Approved and/or QPL Listed.
State-of-the-art robotic and raw material handling equipment assures
product and material integrity throughout the manufacturing process.
Overall quality is achieved through statistical analysis and quality
driven operator objectives. Ty-Fast® has attained Mil-Spec I-45208
quality ratings from a number of equipment manufacturers.
Ty-Fast® products are sold through stocking T&B Distributors.
MINIATURE (PAGE 37)
INTERMEDIATE (PAGE J37)
in
ec
STANDARD (PAGE 37)
on
l
HEAVY-DUTY (PAGE 38)
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY (PAGE 38)
MOUNTING HEAD (PAGE 39)
RESTRICTED BUNDLE (PAGE 39)
RELEASABLE (PAGE 39)
MIL-SPEC (PAGE 40 )
PUSH MOUNT (PAGE 41)
I.D. TIES (page 42)
STRIPED (PAGE 43)
34
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 35
Cable Ties
Part Number Construction
Tensile
Strength
18 lb.
30 lb.
40 lb.
50 lb.
120 lb.
175 lb.
250 lb.
–
9
Type of Product
Nylon 66 - Leave Blank
Heat Stabilized - HS
(Black and Natural Color Only)
Fluorescent - FL
Mounting Head - MH
Pushmount - PM
Pushmount Releasable - PMR
Releasable - R
Restricted Bundle - TB
Identification - ID
M
Quantity
Color
Color Chart Q - 25 pack
L - 50 pack
C - 100 pack
D - 500 pack
M - 1000 pack
-
-
Size / #
.75"
9
Color
Color Chart
in
ec
om
Material
Nylon
TZ - Tefzel
PV - PVC
PE - Polyethylene
FR - Flame Retardant
TL - Teflon
750
po
MP NY
ne
nt
Product Prefix
TB - Cable Ties
P - Plain Bagged Cable Ties
L - Cable Ties
HS
m
Length
18
co
4
s.
TB
on
l
Product Prefix
MP - Mounting Pad
ID - Identification
S# - Strapping Thickness
MC - Mounting Cradle
PM - Push Mounts
SM - Screw Mounts
N# - Plain-Edged Cable Clamps / Width
W# - Self-Aligning Cable Clamps / Dia.
UL - Adjustable cable clamps
GG - Gator Grip
FA - Flat Adhesive Clip
FS - Flat Screw Clip
FR - Flat Rubber Adhesive Clip
MS - Snap Mount
RA - Round Adhesive Clip
SR - Spiral Wrap
GS - Grommeting
GR - Extruded Grommeting
GRU - Extruded Grommeting Uncut
C
Quantity
Q - 25 pack
L - 50 pack
C - 100 pack
D - 500 pack
M - 1000 pack
Color Table
0 – Black
(Weather Resistant)
1 – Brown
2 – Red
3 – Orange
4 – Yellow
5 – Green
6 – Blue
7 – Purple
8 – Gray
9 – Natural
11 – Fluorescent Pink
16 – Fluorescent Orange
17 – Fluorescent Yellow
18 – Fluorescent Green
20 – Fluorescent Blue
35
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 36
Cable Ties
Materials for Molded Assembly Hardware
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
ASTM
Method
Test Condition
Units
Tensile Strength
D638
+73°F; 50% RH
kpsi
11.2
11.2
9.0
Elongation at Break
D638
+73°F; 50% RH
%
≥300
≥300
200
Yield Strength
D638
+73°F; 50% RH
kpsi
8.5
8.5
9.0
Shear Strength
D732
Dry As Molded (DAM)
kpsi
9.6
9.6
10.5
Deformation Under Load
D621
2,000 psi
+122°F; DAM
%
1.4
1.4
1.2
IZOD Impact
D256
+73°F; 50% RH
ft lb/in
Tensile Impact Strength
D1822
+73°F; Long
Specimen; DAM
ft lb/in2
Melting Point
D789
Fisher-Johns
°F
Thermal Linear Expansion
D696
DAM
in/in/°F
–
DAM Conche-Fitch
BTU - in/h . ft2 . °F
1.7
1.7
1.7
Brittleness Temperature
D746
50% RH
°F
-85
-85
-62
Oxygen Index
D2863
DAM
50% RH
%02
28
31
28
31
25
31
UL Flammability
UL 94
DAM
50% RH
–
–
V-2
V-2
V-2
V-2
V-2
V-2
• N.R. = Not Reported
About Nylon…
2.1
2.0
240
N.R.
co
m
2.1
240
491
491
491
4 x 10-5
4 x 10-5
N.R.
s.
nt
ne
• Material data as provided by our suppliers.
• Tests conducted on b" specimens.
UV Black
Nylon
po
Thermal Conductivity
om
Property
Molded 6/6
Nylon
NBS Smoke Generation for 6/6 Nylon
on
l
Nylon is resistant to fuels, lubricants and most
chemicals, but is attacked by phenols, strong
acids and oxidizing agents. Contact your Ty-Fast®
Customer Service Representative or your Ty-Fast®
Distributor for chemical data relative to your
application.
Nylon is inherently susceptible to environmental
conditions. Ty-Fast® Cable Ties are moisturized to
optimum performance levels at machine-side and
should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct
sunlight. Cable Ties are packaged in plastic bags
to contain moisture and should remain sealed
until ready for use.
Specific Optical Density
Sample
Thickness
UL
Flammability
Energy
Source
at Maximum
Smoke Accumulation
at 2 Minutes
h"
94 V-2
13
0
a"
94 V-2
Radiant
(2.5 watts/sq cm)
Radiant Plus
Flaming Gas Jets
26
1
in
ec
Nylons possess an outstanding balance of
properties combining strength, moderate
stiffness, high service temperature and a high
level of toughness. Nylon is particularly resistant
to repeated impact, has a low co-efficient of
friction and excellent abrasion resistance.
• Results as provided by National Bureau of Standards (NBS). Results may not be directly correlated with larger fires, such as burning
buildings. Materials should be tested to your application.
Temperature Index for Molded Nylons
Temperature Index
Material
Minimum
Thickness (in)
6/6 Nylon
UV Black
Nylon
.058
.120
.240
Heat
Stabilized Nylon
.058
.120
Mechanical
w/o Impact (°C)
Hot Wire
Ignition (sec)
125
125
125
85
85
85
15.0
35.0
35.0
130
130
105
110
11.0
20.0
Electrical (°C)
• Temperature Index is the temperature at which the specific property will decrease to one-half its original value after 60,000 hours
exposure at that temperature.
36
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 37
Cable Ties
Miniature – Series 18
Bundle
Diameter
Bulk
Cat. No.
Material
TB-4-18HS-0-C
TB-4-18HS-0-M
Heat Stabilized Nylon
TB-4-18-9-C
TB-4-18-9-M
Nylon
TB-4-18-0-C
TB-4-18-0-M
Nylon
Black
TB-6-18-9-C
TB-6-18-9-M
Nylon
TB-6-18-0-C
TB-6-18-0-M
TB-8-18-9-C
TB-8-18-9-M
TB-8-18-0-C
TB-8-18-0-M
Color
Length
Inch
(mm)
Inch
Black
1/16 - 5/8
(2-16)
4.0
Natural
1/16 - 5/8
(2-16)
4.0
1/16 - 5/8
(2-16)
4.0
Natural
1 1/16 - 1 1/2 (2 - 38)
Nylon
Black
Nylon
Natural
Nylon
Black
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
(8.2)
100
1000
(8.2)
100
1000
18
(8.2)
100
1000
(3)
18
(8.2)
100
1000
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
100
1000
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
100
1000
18
(8.2)
100
1000
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
(102)
.100
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(3)
18
(102)
.100
(3)
6.4
(163)
.100
1 1/6 - 1 1/2 (2 - 38)
1/16 - 2
(2 - 51)
6.4
(163)
8.0
(202)
1 1/6 - 2
(2 - 51)
8.0
(202)
.100
(3)
s.
co
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, or ERG-299 Installation Tools.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
(mm)
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Width
m
Std.
Cat. No.
nt
Intermediate - Series 30
Bundle
Diameter
TB-5-30HS-0-C
TB-5-30HS-0-M
TB-5-30-9-C
TB-5-30-9-M
TB-5-30-0-C
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Width
Color
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
Heat Stabilized Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1 1/4
(2 - 32)
5.6
(145)
.130
(3)
30
(13.6)
100
1000
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1 1/4
(2 - 32)
5.6
(145)
.130
(3)
30
(13.6)
100
1000
TB-5-30-0-M
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1 1/4
(2 - 32)
5.6
(145)
.130
(3)
30
(13.6)
100
1000
TB-8-40-9-C
TB-8-40-9-M
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 2
(2-51)
8.5
(215)
.140
(3)
40
(18.2)
100
1000
TB-8-40-0-C
TB-8-40-0-M
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 2
(2-51)
8.5
(215)
.140
(3)
40
(18.2)
100
1000
TB-11-40-9-C
TB-11-40-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 3
(2-76)
11.5
(282)
.146
(4)
40
(18.2)
100
500
TB-11-40-0-C
TB-11-40-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 3
(2-76)
11.5
(282)
.146
(4)
40
(18.2)
100
500
TB-14-40-9-C
TB-14-40-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 4
(2-102)
14.5
(358)
.146
(4)
40
(18.2)
100
500
TB-14-40-0-C
TB-14-40-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 4
(2-102)
14.5
(358)
.146
(4)
40
(18.2)
100
500
in
ec
ne
Material
Length
po
Bulk
Cat. No.
om
Std.
Cat. No.
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, or ERG-299 Installation Tools.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Std.
Cat. No.
on
l
Standard - Series 50
Bulk
Cat. No.
Bundle
Diameter
Material
Color
Length
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Width
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TB-5-50HS-0-C
TB-5-50HS-0-M
Heat Stabilized Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.5
(140)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
1000
TB-5-50-9-C
TB-5-50-9-M
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.5
(140)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
1000
TB-5-50-0-C
TB-5-50-0-M
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.5
(140)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
1000
TB-7-50-9-C
TB-7-50-9-M
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2-44)
7.5
(193)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
1000
TB-7-50-0-C
TB-7-50-0-M
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2-44)
7.5
(193)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
1000
TB-11-50-9-C
TB-11-50-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 3
(2-76)
11.1
(282)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-11-50-0-C
TB-11-50-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 3
(2-76)
11.1
(282)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-14-50-9-C
TB-14-50-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 4
(2-102)
14.1
(358)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-14-50-0-C
TB-14-50-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 4
(2-102)
14.1
(358)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, or ERG-299 Installation Tools.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Sample Catalog Order:
TB 4 18 9 C =
Natural Color Type
Color Table
0 – Black (Outdoor)
1 – Brown
2 – Red
3 – Orange
4 – Yellow
5 – Green
6 – Blue
7 – Purple
8 – Gray
9 – Natural
11 – Fluorescent Pink
16 – Fluorescent Orange
17 – Fluorescent Yellow
18 – Fluorescent Green
20 – Fluorescent Blue
37
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 38
Cable Ties
Heavy Duty - Series 120
Bundle
Diameter
Std.
Cat. No.
Color
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Width
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
3/16 - 2
(5-51)
8.0
(202)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
Black
TB-8-120-9-C
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 2
(5-51)
8.0
(202)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
TB-8-120-0-C
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 2
(5-51)
8.0
(202)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
TB-11-120-9-C
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 3
(5-76)
11.1
(282)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
TB-11-120-0-C
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 3
(5-76)
11.1
(282)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
TB-14-120-9-C
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 4
(5-102)
14.2
(363)
TB-14-120-0-C
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 4
(5-102)
14.2
(363)
TB-18-120-9-L
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 4 7/8
(5-124)
18.0
TB-18-120-0-L
Nylon
Black
3/16- 4 7/8
(5-124)
18.0
TB-24-120-9-L
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 7
(5-178)
TB-24-120-0-L
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 7
(5-178)
TB-28-120-9-L
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 9
(5-230)
TB-28-120-0-L
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 9
(5-230)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
100
s.
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
50
(457)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
50
nt
(457)
(616)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
50
24.2
(616)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
50
28.0
(816)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
50
28.0
(816)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
50
ne
24.2
po
TB-8-120HS-0-C
co
Heat Stabilized Nylon
m
Material
Length
in
ec
om
• Use L-300C or ERG-297 Installation Tool. Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Extra Heavy Duty - Series 175
Material
Bundle
Diameter
Color
Length
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Width
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
Natural
3/16 - 7.2
(5-184)
24.0
(612)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 7.2
(5-184)
24.0
(612)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-34-175-9-L
on
l
Std.
Cat. No.
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 10
(5-254)
34.0
(864)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-36-175-9-L
Nylon
Natural
2 3/4 - 10 3/4
(70-273)
36.0
(914)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-36-175-0-L
Nylon
Black
2 3/4 - 10 3/4
(70-273)
36.0
(914)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-41-175-9-L
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 12
(5-305)
41.0
(1032)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-41-175-0-L
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 12
(5-305)
41.0
(1032)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-48-175-9-L
Nylon
Natural
3/16 - 15
(5-375)
48.0
(1216)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-48-175-0-L
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 15
(5-375)
48.0
(1216)
.345
(9)
175
(79.3)
50
TB-24-175-9-L
TB-24-175-0-L
Nylon
• Use L-300C Installation Tool. Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Color Table
Sample Catalog Order:
TB 4 18 9 C =
38
Natural Color Type
0 – Black (Outdoor)
1 – Brown
2 – Red
3 – Orange
4 – Yellow
5 – Green
6 – Blue
7 – Purple
8 – Gray
9 – Natural
11 – Fluorescent Pink
16 – Fluorescent Orange
17 – Fluorescent Yellow
18 – Fluorescent Green
20 – Fluorescent Blue
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 39
Cable Ties
Mounting Head Ties
Std.
Cat. No.
Bundle
Diameter
Cat. No.
Bulk
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Material
Color
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Mounting
Head
Screw Size
Length
Width
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TB-5-30MH-9-M
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1 1/4
(2 - 32)
5.85
(148.6)
.140
(4)
30
(13.6)
No. 8
100
1000
TB-5-30MH-0-C
TB-5-30MH-0-M
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1 1/4
(2 - 32)
5.85
(148.6)
.140
(4)
30
(13.6)
No. 8
100
1000
TB-7-50MH-9-C
TB-7-50MH-9-M
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2 - 44)
7.5
(191)
.185
(5)
30
(13.6)
No. 10
100
1000
TB-7-50MH-0-C
TB-7-50MH-0-M
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2 - 44)
7.5
(191)
.185
(5)
30
(13.6)
No. 10
100
1000
TB-11-50MH-9-C
TB-11-50MH-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 3
(2 - 76)
11.1
(282)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
No. 10
100
500
TB-11-50MH-0-C
TB-11-50MH-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 3
(2 - 76)
11.1
(282)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
No. 10
100
500
TB-14-50MH-9-C
TB-14-50MH-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 4
(2 - 102)
14.5
(365)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
No. 10
100
500
TB-14-50MH-0-C
TB-14-50MH-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 4
(2 - 102)
14.5
(365)
.187
(5)
50
(22.7)
No. 10
100
500
TB-14-120MH-9-C
Nylon
Natural
3/16- 4
(5 - 102)
14.85
(374)
.300
(8)
120
(54.4)
b inch
100
–
TB-14-120MH-0-C
Nylon
Black
3/16 - 4
(5 - 102)
s.
co
m
TB-5-30MH-9-C
14.85
(8)
120
(54.4)
b inch
100
–
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Tab
Height
(374)
.300
ne
nt
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, ERG-297, or ERG-299 Installation Tool. Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Bundle
Diameter
Cat. No.
Bulk
Material
Color
Nylon
TB-5-30TB-3-M
Orange 21/32 - 1 1/4
Length
Width
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Inch
(mm)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
(17 - 32)
5.6
(142)
.130
(3)
30
(13.6)
.062
(1.58)
–
1000
Inch
om
Std.
Cat. No.
po
Restricted Bundle
Std.
Cat. No.
on
l
Releasable Ties
in
ec
• Recommended for tote-box, security and temporary applications.
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, or ERG-299 Installation Tools on Low setting. Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Bundle
Diameter
Length
Width
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Material
Color
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TB-5-50R-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/8 - 1 1/4
(3 - 32)
5.9
(150)
.295
(7.5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-5-50R-0-C
TB-5-50R-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/8 - 1 1/4
(3 - 32)
5.9
(150)
.295
(7.5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-8-50R-9-C
TB-8-50R-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/8 - 2
(3 - 51)
7.8
(198)
.295
(7.5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-8-50R-0-C
TB-8-50R-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/8 - 2
(3 - 51)
7.8
(198)
.295
(7.5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-10-50R-9-C
TB-10-50R-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/8 - 3
(3 - 76)
11.265
(286)
.295
(7.5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-10-50R-0-C
TB-10-50R-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/8 - 3
(3 - 76)
11.265
(286)
.295
(7.5)
50
(22.7)
100
500
TB-5-50R-9-C
Cat. No.
Bulk
• Push Button Release.
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, ERG-297, ERG-299 Installation Tool. Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Color Table
Sample Catalog Order:
TB 4 18 9 C =
Natural Color Type
0 – Black (Outdoor)
1 – Brown
2 – Red
3 – Orange
4 – Yellow
5 – Green
6 – Blue
7 – Purple
8 – Gray
9 – Natural
11 – Fluorescent Pink
16 – Fluorescent Orange
17 – Fluorescent Yellow
18 – Fluorescent Green
20 – Fluorescent Blue
39
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 40
Cable Ties
Ty-Fast® Military Specification Ties
The following cable ties meet the stringent requirements of military specifications. To locate ties that meet a particular
specification, refer to the chart below.
MINIATURE
co
m
INTERMEDIATE
s.
STANDARD
Use L-300C Tool
nt
HEAVY DUTY
MS-3367-2-9
L-14-50-9-C
L-14-50-9-D
MS-3367-2-0
L-14-50-0-C
L-14-50-0-D
MS-3367-3-9
L-14-120-9-C
–
MS-3367-3-0
L-14-120-0-C
–
MS-3367-4-9
L-4-18-9-C
–
MS-3367-4-0
L-4-18-0-C
–
MS-3367-5-9
L-5-30-9-C
MS-3367-5-0
L-5-30-0-C
MS-3367-7-9
L-11-50-9-C
MS-3367-7-0
L-11-50-0-C
MS-3367-6-9
L-28-120-9-L
MS-3367-6-0
L-28-120-0-L
Material
in
ec
–
ID
Code
Tool
Setting
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
Natural Nylon
STD
6 to 8
100
500
UV Black Nylon
STD
6 to 8
100
500
Natural Nylon
HVY
5 to 8
100
–
UV Black Nylon
STD
6 to 8
100
–
po
Bulk
Cat. No.
om
Std.
Cat. No.
Natural Nylon
MIN
1 to 3
100
–
UV Black Nylon
MIN
1 to 3
100
–
Natural Nylon
INT
3 to 5
100
–
UV Black Nylon
INT
3 to 5
100
–
L-11-50-9-D
Natural Nylon
STD
6 to 8
100
500
L-11-50-0-D
UV Black Nylon
STD
6 to 8
100
500
–
Natural Nylon
HVY
5 to 8
50
–
–
UV Black Nylon
HVY
5 to 8
50
–
on
l
Mil-Spec
ne
Mil-Spec Cable Ties
• Use L-200, L-400-C, or ERG-297
Installation Tools
• Ty-Fast® FSCM 65664
QPL Listed
• UL File No. E151267
Electrical Construction Materials
Spiral Wrap
• UL File No. E132609
Wire Connectors
• UL File No. E107819
Fabricated Parts
Fasteners and Hardware for
Material Traceability
To assure that military labeling
requirements are met when
ordering MIL-SPEC Cable Ties,
please reference the desired MS
number when ordering.
Color Table
Sample Catalog Order:
L 4 18 9 C =
40
Natural Color Type
0 – Black (Outdoor)
1 – Brown
2 – Red
3 – Orange
4 – Yellow
5 – Green
6 – Blue
7 – Purple
8 – Gray
9 – Natural
11 – Fluorescent Pink
16 – Fluorescent Orange
17 – Fluorescent Yellow
18 – Fluorescent Green
20 – Fluorescent Blue
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 41
Cable Ties
Push Mount Cable Ties
Std.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Bundle
Diameter
Length
Width
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Tie
Stripe
Color
Color
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
L-5-50PM-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.8
(147)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
L-5-50PM-0-C
L-5-50PM-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.8
(147)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
L-7-50PM-9-C
L-7-50PM-9-D
Nylon
Natural
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2-44)
8.2
(208)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
L-7-50PM-0-C
L-7-50PM-0-D
Nylon
Black
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2-44)
8.2
(208)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
Std.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Tie
Stripe
Color
Color
L-5-50PMR-9-C
L-5-50PMR-9-D
Nylon
Natural
L-5-50PMR-0-C
L-5-50PMR-0-D
Nylon
Black
L-7-50PMR-9-C
L-7-50PMR-9-D
Nylon
L-7-50PMR-0-C
L-7-50PMR-0-D
Nylon
ne
Releasable Push Mount Cable Ties
Bundle
Diameter
Length
Width
Minimum
Loop Tensile
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.8
(147)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
1/16 - 1
(2-25)
5.8
(147)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
Natural
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2-44)
8.2
(208)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
Black
1/16 - 1 3/4
(2-44)
8.2
(208)
.187
(4.76)
50
(22.7)
100
500
om
po
Inch
on
l
in
ec
• For use in .250 mounting hole.
• Maximum panel thickness .105.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
co
nt
s.
• For use in .250 mounting hole.
• Maximum panel thickness .105.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
m
L-5-50PM-9-C
41
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 42
Cable Ties
• Two tags for marking bundles to 9" diameters.
• Run ties through opposing mounting holes lengthwise
or across the height of tags.
• IDNY-1500 accepts ties to 50 pound tensile;
IDNY-2000 accepts ties to 120 pound tensile.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
• Non-Conductive, Non-Corrosive; resistant
to fuels, lubricants and most chemicals.
W
W
m
T
Thickness
Slot
Height
co
W
Width
T
slot
IDNY-1500
H
Identification Tags
H
Height
slot
IDNY-2000
Slot
Width
Bulk
Cat. No.
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
–
IDNY-1500-9-M
.745
(18.92)
1.500
(38.08)
.015
(.381)
.090
(2.29)
.200
(5.08)
–
1000
–
IDNY-2000-9-M
.745
(18.92)
2.000
(50.78)
.025
(.653)
.113
(2.87)
.336
(8.53)
–
1000
Tolerance ±
.015
(.381)
.030
(.762)
.005
(.127)
–
.010
(.254)
–
–
–
nt
s.
Std.
Cat. No.
po
ne
• Matte finish for sharp legends.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Identification Ties
Bulk
Cat. No.
Material
TB-4-18ID-9-C
TB-4-18ID-9-M
Nylon
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
Width
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Color
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
Natural
3/4
(19)
4.0
(102)
.100
(2.54)
18
(8.2)
100
1000
in
ec
Std.
Cat. No.
om
• Plate Dimensions: .312 x .973
on
l
• Use QC-100, L-200 or L-400-C Installation Tool.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
• Plate Dimensions: 1.081 x .522
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
Width
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Material
Color
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TB-7-50ID-9-C
TB-7-50ID-9-M
Nylon
Natural
1 3/4
(44)
7.875
(200)
.183
(4.65)
50
(22.7)
100
1000
• Use QC-100, L-200 or L-400-C Installation Tool
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
Marking Pens
42
Cat.
No.
Color Ink
Std.
Pkg.
WT163M-1
WT163M-3
Black Marking Pen
Red Marking Pen
1
1
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 43
Cable Ties
• Striped ties are used to identify wire in bundles.
Striped Ties
Width
Loop Tensile
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Std.
Pkg.
L-4-18-1/10-L
Brown
White
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-1/2-L
Brown
Red
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-1/0-L
Brown
Black
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-1/4-L
Brown
Yellow
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-1/7-L
Brown
Purple
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-3/10-L
Orange
White
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-3/2-L
Orange
Red
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-3/0-L
Orange
Black
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-3/4-L
Orange
Yellow
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-3/7-L
Orange
Purple
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-5/10-L
Green
White
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-5/2-L
Green
Red
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-5/0-L
Green
Black
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-5/4-L
Green
Yellow
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-5/7-L
Green
Purple
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-6/10-L
Blue
White
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-6/2-L
Blue
Red
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-6/0-L
Blue
Black
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-6/4-L
Blue
Yellow
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-6/7-L
Blue
Purple
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-8/10-L
Gray
White
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-8/2-L
Gray
Red
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-8/0-L
Gray
Black
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-8/4-L
Gray
Yellow
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
L-4-18-8/7-L
Gray
Purple
1/16 - 7/8
(2 - 16)
4.0
(102)
.100
(3)
18
(8.2)
50
ne
nt
s.
co
m
Inch
po
Length
Stripe
Color
om
Diameter
Tie
Color
in
ec
Std.
Cat. No.
on
l
• Also available in bulk packages of 1000.
• Use QC-100, L-200, L-400-C, or ERG-299 Installation Tool.
Consult Customer Service for availability and colors.
43
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 44
Cable Ties
From one end to the other, Ty-Fast™ Cable Ties fit the needs
of OEMs
m
Ty-Fast cable ties may be fastened
with standard Thomas & Betts tying
tools. All your favorite Ty-Rap®
mounting bases and accessories
may be used with Ty-Fast cable ties.
For harsh industrial environments,
use our “grip of steel®” Ty-Rap cable
ties with the unique stainless steel
barb. Ty-Rap and Ty-Fast cable ties
combine to offer the most complete
package of cable ties and accessories
for the fastening market.
Ty-Fast cable ties come in large poly
bags for convenient inventory and
easy access at the manufacturing
site. Call your local Thomas & Betts
distributor today and find out how
well Ty-Fast cable ties can fit your
needs, from one end to the other.
om
Ty-Fast Cable Ties
Cat. No.
Min. Tensile
Strength
(in lb)
Military
Standard
Part No.
Tie Length
(in.)
TY075-18
18
MS3367-4
3.60
TY125-18
18
5.34
TY125-40
40
MS3367-5
5.60
TY200-18
18
7.75
TY200-40
40
8.00
TY200-120
120
8.63
TY300-40
40
11.40
TY175-50
50
MS3367-1
7.30
TY300-50
50
MS3367-7
11.40
TY400-50
50
MS3367-2
14.30
TY400-120
120
MS3367-3
14.30
Add suffix (-20) for cosmetic black, non-weatherable material.
on
l
in
ec
• The integrally formed nylon pawl combines
low insertion and high locking strength
• A rounded, low-profile head makes for less
snags
• Tails have an improved two-sided finger
grip design that helps the operator grasp
and pull ties snug
• “Sure Grip” tab keeps the tail from popping
out while being threaded, then holds it
securely for final tightening by hand or tool
• Quick, easy pull through increases
productivity, reduces operator fatigue
po
ne
nt
s.
co
Designed with OEMs in mind, this new
series of competitively priced Ty-Fast
cable ties holds down costs and
speeds up cable fastening. Our allnylon design lowers installation costs
and provides features to ease
fastening for harness fabrication and
wire bundling in the manufacturing
environment.
Ty-Fast cable ties are made of
nylon 6/6 and perform well in most
applications in temperatures ranging
from 185°F to -40°F. The smooth
edges are designed to prevent
damage to wire insulation, reducing
the opportunity for shorting, and tails
are “turned up” for fast assembly. TyFast cable ties come in natural or
outdoor weatherable black, and custom
colours and options are available.
.75
1.25
1.25
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
1.75
3.00
4.00
4.00
Width
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
(pieces)
.095
.095
.140
.095
.140
.299
.140
.184
.184
.184
.301
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
Width
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
(pieces)
.095
.095
.140
.095
.140
.299
.140
.184
.184
.184
.301
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
Outdoor Weatherable (black)
Cat. No.
TY075-18X
TY125-18X
TY125-40X
TY200-18X
TY200-40X
TY200-120X
TY300-40X
TY175-50X
TY300-50X
TY400-50X
TY400-120X
44
Max. Bundle
Diameter
(in.)
Min. Tensile
Strength
(in lb)
Military
Standard
Part No.
18
18
40
18
40
120
40
50
50
50
120
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Tie Length
(in.)
3.60
5.34
5.60
7.75
8.00
8.63
11.40
7.30
11.40
14.30
14.30
Max. Bundle
Diameter
(in.)
.75
1.25
1.25
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
1.75
3.00
4.00
4.00
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:24 PM
Page 45
Cable Ties
• Strapping provides a wide range
of tensile strengths depending on
mounting method
(S2NY-096-0 tested at 50 lbs.
with BTNY-096).
• Non-Conductive, Non Corrosive;
resistant to fuels, lubricants and
most chemicals.
• Extruded in 5 widths with 8
mounting hole diameters for use
with a variety of standard and
custom fasteners.
• Extrusion grade Black Nylon.
• Hole spacing allows for greater
flexibility in meeting bundle
diameter requirements.
H
T
Thickness
Inch
(mm)
Inch
S2NY-096-0-C
S4NY-128-0-C
S4NY-140-0-C
S4NY-167-0-C
S4NY-167X-0-C
.281
.375
.375
.375
.375
(7.13)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
.032
.040
.040
.040
.040
S6NY-000-0-C
S6NY-167-0-C
S6NY-203-0-C
S6NY-203X-0-C
.500
.500
.500
.500
S7NY-265-0-C
S7NY-265X-0-C
S7NY-281-0-C
.625
.625
.625
Inch
(12.70)
(12.70)
(12.70)
(12.70)
.060
.060
.060
.060
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
N/A
.167
.203
.203
N/A
(4.24)
(5.16)
(5.16)
N/A
.390
.390
.281
N/A
(9.90)
(9.90)
(7.14)
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
(15.87)
(15.87)
(15.87)
.070
.070
.070
(1.78)
(1.78)
(1.78)
.265
.265
.281
(6.73)
(6.73)
(7.14)
.500
.375
.500
(12.70)
(9.52)
(12.70)
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
(22.22)
(22.22)
(22.22)
(22.22)
.070
.070
.070
.070
(1.78)
(1.78)
(1.78)
(1.78)
N/A
.203
.265
.390
N/A
(5.16)
(6.73)
(9.90)
N/A
.500
.500
.625
N/A
(12.70)
(12.70)
(15.87)
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
po
om
in
ec
.875
.875
.875
.875
E
Spacing
(mm)
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Quantity
(.813)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
.096
.128
.140
.167
.167
(2.44)
(3.25)
(3.56)
(4.24)
(4.24)
.187
.312
.312
.312
.218
(4.75)
(7.92)
(7.92)
(7.92)
(5.54)
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
100 foot rolls
ne
Item Number
H
Hole
nt
W
Width
s.
Strapping
on
l
T
co
E
S9NY-000-0-C
S9NY-203-0-C
S9NY-265-0-C
S9NY-390-0-C
m
W
Strapping Accessories Reference
Strapping
Number
S2NY-096-0-C
S4NY-128-0-C
S4NY-140-0-C
S4NY-167-0-C
S4NY-167X-0-C
S6NY-000-0-C
S6NY-167-0-C
S6NY-203-0-C
S6NY-203X-0-C
S7NY-265-0-C
S7NY-265X-0-C
S7NY-281-0-C
S9NY-203-0-C
S9NY-265-0-C
S9NY-390-0-C
Strap-Tite
Buckle
Mounting
Tab
Mounting
Cradle
Stud
Buttons
Machine
Screw
N/A
N/A
N/A
B4NY-167-0-D
B4NY-167-0-D
N/A
N/A
B6NY-203-0-D
B6NY-203-0-D
B7NY-265-0-D
B7NY-265-0-D
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
M4NY-203-0-D
M4NY-203-0-D
M4NY-203-0-D
M4NY-203-0-D
M4NY-203-0-D
M6NY-265-0-D
M6NY-265-0-D
M6NY-265-0-D
M6NY-265-0-D
M7NY-328-0-D
M7NY-328-0-D
M7NY-328-0-D
N/A
N/A
N/A
C4NY-203-0-D
C4NY-203-0-D
C4NY-203-0-D
C4NY-203-0-D
C4NY-203-0-D
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BTNY-096-0-D
N/A
N/A
BTNY-167-0-D
BTNY-167-0-D
N/A
N/A
BTNY-203-0-D
BTNY-203-0-D
BTNY-265-0-D
BTNY-265-0-D
N/A
BTNY-203-0-D
BTNY-265-0-D
N/A
#2
#5
#6
#8
#8
N/A
#8
#10
#10
b
b
b
#10
b
c
45
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 46
NEW
Ty-Fast
®
Double Loop Cable Tie
One Tie, Two Loops
co
m
Ty-Fast® Double Loop Cable Ties allow the parallel routing
of two bundles of cable with one single cable tie. The
unique design loops itself twice through the head of the tie in
separate latching pawls. Applications include appliance
manufacturers, automotive, aerospace, data
communications, and electrical equipment manufacturers.
s.
Ty-Fast® Advantages:
po
ne
nt
• Manufactured of natural color
nylon 6/6 material
• Temperature range of -40°F
to 185°F
• UL 94 V-2 flammability rating
• Halogen and silicone-free to
meet your application needs
• The integrally formed pawl
combines low insertion and
high locking strength
• A rounded, low-profile head
makes for less snags
• Tails have improved two-sided
finger grip design that helps
the operator grasp and pull ties snug
• Quick and easy pull through increases productivity,
reduces operator fatigue
om
Ty-Fast ® Double Loop ties allow the parallel routing of two bundles of cable with
one single tie. Available in 3 different lengths.
in
ec
Loop 2
on
l
Loop 1
Ty-Fast® Double Loop Cable Ties Information
Catalog Number
TB-50RLDH
TB-12-50RLDH
TB-15-50RLDH
46
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
7.8
11.8
14.6
.19
.19
.19
Bundle Diameter Range
Loop 1 (in.)
Loop 2 (in.)
.1 - 1.8
.1 - 2.8
.1 - 3.9
.1 - 1.7
.1 - 2.7
.1 - 3.8
Min. Tensile Installation Tooling
Strength
For All Sizes
50
50
50
ERG-299
ERG-297
WT193A, TR227
Package
Quantity
1000
1000
1000
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 47
Low Profile In-Line Fasteners
This fastener design from Thomas
& Betts is ideal for use where
precision bundling is required and
clearance is a necessity. A unique
saddle back design curves to form
a snug fit around the bundle, and
allows for easy pull-through in
bulkheads and any other tight
spaces. Our contoured head
eliminates snagging and sharp
edges are reduced by our safeguard walls.
Features
co
m
• Low-profile, contoured head
reduces clearance required for
the bundle and enhances the
appearance of your harness.
• The safe-guard wall eliminates
exposure to sharp edges.
• The saddle back fits snug against
the contour of the wiring harness.
• Sizes and colors available to
accommodate varying
requirements.
• High-quality nylon strength.
Cable Ties Ordering Information
Tie
Length
In (mm)
ne
Tensile
Strength
Lbs.(Kg)
po
.125–1.00 (3.17–25.4)
18 (8.16)
4.65 (118.11)
.125–1.50 (3.17–38.1)
18 (8.16)
6.45 (163.83)
.125–2.00 (3.17–50.8)
18 (8.16)
8.10 (205.74)
.187–1.75 (4.74–44.4)
50 (22.68)
7.70 (195.58)
.187–3.00 (4.74–76.2)
50 (22.68)
11.33 (287.78)
.187–4.00 (4.74–101.6)
50 (22.68)
14.53 (369.06)
.375–4.00 (9.52–101.6)
120 (54.43)
14.58 (370.33)
.375–6.00 (9.52–152.4)
120 (54.43)
21.00 (533.40)
Application tool for 50 lbs. to 120 lbs. tensile strength
Application tool for 18 lbs. to 50 lbs. tensile strength
om
SF100-18
SF150-18
SF200-18
SF175-50
SF300-50
SF400-50
SF400-120
SF600-120
ERG297
ERG299
Bundle
Range
Dia. In. (mm)
in
ec
Std.
Cat. No.
nt
s.
Low profile contoured head compared with the profile of the traditional
Ty-Fast® Cable Tie.
Strap
Width
In (mm)
Strap
Thick
In (mm)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk.
Pkg.
.095 (2.41)
.095 (2.41)
.095 (2.41)
.187 (4.74)
.187 (4.74)
.187 (4.74)
.300 (7.62)
.300 (7.62)
.043 (1.09)
.043 (1.09)
.043 (1.09)
.048 (1.21)
.052 (1.32)
.052 (1.32)
.075 (1.90)
.075 (1.90)
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
on
l
Material: Natural Nylon 6/6 in accordance with ASTM D4066 PA111. Also available in black outdoor weatherable (suffix “-X”).
Dimensions: Designed according to military standards (MS3367) except for the head length, which is slightly larger than MIL spec.
Packaging: Standard package is 1000 pieces.
How to Order Color Cable Ties
Color
Black (outdoor)
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
Suffix No.
X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Packaged for handling convenience.
Natural nylon is standard. For colored Safe-Ty in-line fasteners add the
following suffix numbers to catalog numbers. Example: SF175-50-2 (Red)
For Distributor Packs (100), add suffix “-100”.
Example: SF175-50-100
(Consult customer service for ordering information)
47
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 48
Badge Holder
NEW
Ty-Fast ® Badge Holder
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
co
m
The ticket fastener that won't leave you out in the cold.
Thomas & Betts offers ski resorts a convenient, low-cost, quick, and
safe alternative to the metal wire clip currently used to attach ski lift
tickets to skiers' clothing.
Ty-Fast® Badge Holder offers these prominent advantages:
• Designed specifically for lift ticket attachment to prevent damage
to skier's clothing.
• Incorporates a loop diameter restriction device that forms the
proper sized 1b-inch loop required to hold the lift ticket in place
and lay flat on the skier.
• Prevents the tie from being over-tightened and damaging the lift
ticket.
• May also serve to aid the skier in zipping their coat by extending
the zipper length.
• The Badge Holder is tamper resistant and smooth up to the
restriction point to keep it from being shared or reused by other
skiers.
• The smooth body eliminates the notch sensitivity issue inherent to
all-nylon cable ties.
• The Badge Holder is designed with a flexible short round tail,
safely eliminating sharp metal.
• Affordable at just pennies per fastener!
The Badge Holder comes in 9 different colors to match the resort's
color schemes and is made of high quality Nylon 6/6 material to
withstand cold temperatures. It is 5 inches long and has a sturdy
30 pound tensile strength rating. Badge Holders may also be heatstamped with additional identification, such as the resort’s name or
web site.
When the snow starts, Badge Holders will be ready to keep things
snug, all the way down the mountain!
Ty-Fast® Badge Holder Ordering Information
Cat No.
Description
Qty.
UPC
SJ-5-30SKI-9-M
Ticket Fastener
1000 bag
78621017017
Natural nylon color. Please consult Customer Service for ordering and
availability of colors and heat-stamping.
Dimensions:
5”
Construction:
Nylon 6/6
Max. Tensile Strength:
30 lbs.
5”
48
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 49
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Mounting bases (adhesive backed, epoxy or screws)
Thomas & Betts has a mounting base or
clamp to suit most applications and
cable tie widths. For easier installation,
some bases are available with pressure
sensitive adhesive tape.
Features
• Available in a variety of materials for
both indoor and outdoor use.
• One-piece molding – no loss of parts.
• Adhesive backed with pressure sensitive adhesive tape (where applicable).
Ordering Information
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC5342A
–
–
–
–
TC342A
TC342A-X
TC342
TC342X
TC342A-FR
Adhesive
Adhesive
TC2PA
TC2PA
Adhesive
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
Nylon 6/6
Weatherable nylon
Nylon 6/6
Weatherable nylon
Flame-retardant nylon
100
–
–
–
–
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
m
Std.
Cat. No.
co
Holes for no. 8 screws
Adhesive Mounting Bases
s.
This nylon base is neutral in color, and for
indoor use.
nt
TC5342A
Four-Way Adhesive Mounting Base
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC5345A
–
–
–
TC345A
TC345AFR
TC345AX
TC345
Adhesive
Adhesive
Adhesive
TC2PA/Screws
.190
.190
.190
.190
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
Nylon 6/6
Flame-retardant
Weatherable nylon
Nylon 6/6
100
–
–
–
1000
1000
1000
1000
ne
Std.
Cat. No.
om
Accepting cable ties in four directions at 90°,
this nylon, adhesive-backed base has two
advantages. It eliminates errors in
premounting the base with respect to its
orientation to wire bundle direction. It also is
a convenient way to mount wire bundles at
cross-over points. Four optional mounting
holes are included.
po
TC5345A
Larger Size Four-Way Mini Base
in
ec
Std.
Cat. No.
on
l
TC050X050A
TC150X150
TC150X150A
TC200X200
TC200X200A
TC050X050A-C
TC150X150-L
TC150X150A-L
TC200X200-L
TC200X200A-L
Mounting
Method
Size
(in.)
Material
Adhesive Backed
Screw Mount
Adhesive Backed
Screw Mount
Adhesive Backed
0.5 x 0.5
1.50 x 1.50
1.50 x 1.50
2.0 x 2.0
2.0 x 2.0
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6
Four-Way Mini Base
Std.
Cat. No.
TC5344A
Bulk
Cat. No.
TC5344A
TC5344AX
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC344A
TC344AX
Adhesive
Adhesive
.140
.140
.750
.750
.750
.750
Nylon 6/6
Weatherable Nylon
100
100
1000
1000
The four-way, pressure-sensitive, adhesive
mounting base for use on cable ties up to
.140 maximum width.
Hole for no. 6 screw
Flexible Adhesive Base for Preassembled Ties
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC5353A
–
TC353A
TC353
Adhesive
TC2PA/Screws
.190
.190
2.000
2.000
1.000
1.000
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6
25
–
500
500
TC5353A
49
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 50
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Adhesive Mounting Base
TC5347A
The TC347 series is a versatile base which
accommodates the entire line of standard cable
ties. It is a four-way base for cable ties up to
.184 maximum width, and a two-way base for
ties up to .301 maximum width. It may also be
mounted with #8 size screw (2 holes).
Bulk Pkg.
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC5347A
–
–
–
–
TC347A
TC347
TC347FR
TC347X
TCZ347
Adhesive
TC2PA/Screws
TC2PA/Screws
TC2PA/Screws
TC2PA/Screws
.301
.301
.301
.301
.301
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6
Flame-retardant
Weatherable nylon
Tefzel
100
–
–
–
–
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
m
Holes for no. 8 screws
Std.
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
–
TC817-TB
TC2PA
.190
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
.437
.437
Nylon 6/6
–
1000
s.
Bulk Pkg.
Cat. No.
Std.
Cat. No.
co
Miniature Base
nt
TC817
–
–
Mounting
Method
Max. Tie
Width
Accom.
Length
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC105
TC824-TB
TC2PA
TC2PA
.190
.190
1.000
1.375
.500
.375
Aluminum
Aluminum
–
–
1000
1000
om
TC105
Bulk Pkg.
Cat. No.
po
Std.
Cat. No.
ne
Aluminum Adhesive Mounting Plates
in
ec
Note: For adhesive back bases temperature rating is -18°C to +49°C (0°F to +120°F)
One-Piece Mounting Clamp
on
l
• Provides a fast and convenient method of
securing bundles.
• Single piece design offers reduced installation
time and maximized inventory control.
• Integral top cover incorporates a unique
ratchet design that is fully adjustable and
releasable.
• Available in a pressure sensitive adhesive or
screw mount design.
Clamping Area
Base
Style
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Maximum
Adhesive
Adhesive
0.57" (14.5mm)
0.18" x 0.24" (4.5mm x 6.0mm)
.035" x 0.24"(9.0mm x 6.0mm)
1000
100
TC350-TB
Screw Mount
TC350A-TB
Adhesive
0.89" (22.5mm)
TC5350A-TB Adhesive
0.20" x 0.59" (5.0mm x 15.0mm)
0.45" x 0.59" (11.5mm x 15.0mm)
1000
1000
100
Cat. No.
TC349A-TB
TC5349A-TB
Std.
Pkg.
Note: Made of natural nylon 6/6.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)
Classified to U.L.94V-2.
Product Base is .94” (25.0 mm) x .94” (25.0 mm).
Utilizes #8 self-tapping screw for mounting the TC350-TB.
Mounting Base Adhesive
50
Cat. No.
Description
Std.
Pkg.
TC2PA
Consists of one tube each adhesive and activator
1
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 51
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Mounting Pads
• Supplied on rubber based (synthetic
polymer) closed cell foam adhesive on
acrylic based adhesive, or with no
adhesive for #6 screw mount
applications.
• Available in 6/6 Natural Nylon and heat
stabilized 6/6 Black Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
• f" and 1" mounts for use with 18#
through 50# tensile cable ties.
W
S
Mounting
Hole
L
3/4" x 3/4" Mount
Length
Inch
(mm)
.
Width
Inch
(mm)
Slot Height
LB
(kg)
Slot Width
Inch (mm)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
Material
Natural Nylon
Synthetic Polymer
.205
(5.21)
.750
(19.04)
.750
(19.04)
.050
(1.27)
.140
(3.18)
100
500
MPNY-750-0-D
Black Nylon
Synthetic Polymer
.205
(5.21)
.750
s.
Height
Inch (mm)
Mount
Method
(19.04)
.750
(19.04)
.050
(1.27)
.140
(3.18)
100
500
MPNY-750A-9-D
Natural Nylon
Acrylic Adhesive
.205
(5.21)
.750
(19.04)
.750
(19.04)
.050
(1.27)
.140
(3.18)
100
500
(5.21)
MPNY-750-9-C
MPNY-750-9-D
MPNY-750-0-C
MPNY-750A-9-C
MPNY-750A-0-D
Black Nylon
Acrylic Adhesive
.205
MPNY-750S-9-C
MPNY-750S-9-D
Natural Nylon
#6 Screw
.205
MPNY-750S-0-C
MPNY-750S-0-D
Black Nylon
#6 Screw
.205
.010
Tolerance ±
(19.04)
.750
(19.04)
.050
(1.27)
.140
(3.18)
100
500
.750
(19.04)
.750
(19.04)
.050
(1.27)
.140
(3.18)
100
500
(5.21)
.750
(19.04)
.750
(19.04)
.050
(1.27)
.140
(3.18)
100
500
.015
(.381)
.010
(.254)
(.254)
in
ec
om
For use with 18-40 lb. Cable Ties.
.750
(5.21)
po
MPNY-750A-0-C
nt
Bulk
Cat. No.
ne
Std.
Cat. No.
co
m
H
Std.
Cat. No.
MPNY-1000-9-C
on
l
1 1/8" x 1 1/8" Mount
Mount
H
Height
L
Length
W
Width
S
Slot Height
S
Slot Width
Bulk
Cat. No.
Material
Method
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
LB
(kg)
Inch
(mm)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
–
Natural Nylon
Synthetic Polymer
.215
(5.46)
1.125
(28.58)
1.125
(28.58)
.070
(1.78)
.190
(4.83)
100
–
MPNY-1000-0-C
–
Black Nylon
Synthetic Polymer
.215
(5.46)
1.125
(28.58)
1.125
(28.58)
.070
(1.78)
.190
(4.83)
100
–
MPNY-1000A-9-C
–
Natural Nylon
Acrylic Adhesive
.215
(5.46)
1.125
(28.58)
1.125
(28.58)
.070
(1.78)
.190
(4.83)
100
–
MPNY-1000A-0-C
–
Black Nylon
Acrylic Adhesive
.215
(5.46)
1.125
(28.58)
1.125
(28.58)
.070
(1.78)
.190
(4.83)
100
–
MPNY-1000S-9-C
MPNY-1000S-9-D
Natural Nylon
#6 Screw
.215
(5.46)
1.125
(28.58)
1.125
(28.58)
.070
(1.78)
.190
(4.83)
100
1000
MPNY-1000S-0-C
MPNY-1000S-0-D
Black Nylon
#6 Screw
.215
(5.46)
1.125
(28.58)
1.125
(28.58)
.070
(1.78)
.190
(4.83)
100
1000
.010
(.254)
.015
(.381)
.010
(.254)
Tolerance ±
For use with 18-50 lb. Cable Ties.
• Mounting Surface should be cleaned with alcohol
based (IPA) cleaner before application.
• Acrylic Based may be repositioned initially. Allow
24-72 hours set-up for maximum performance
with Acrylic Based adhesives.
• For rubber based, allow 15 minutes set-up for
maximum performance.
51
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 52
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Mounting Cradle
• Accepts cable ties to 50# tensile
(miniature through standard).
• Supplied on closed cell foam with
synthetic polymer “rubber” based
adhesive.
W
Slot
W
Width
Inch
(mm)
Slot
Height
Inch
(mm)
1.000
(25.40)
.090
(25.40)
Natural Nylon
.285
(7.24)
1.250
(31.73)
MCNY-1250-9-C
Natural Nylon
.285
(7.24)
1.250
(31.73)
1.000
.010
(.254)
.015
(.381)
Bulk
Pkg.
(2.29)
.300
(7.62)
Adhesive
500
(2.29)
.300
(7.62)
Adhesive
100
.010
(.254)
.090
ne
nt
Tolerance ±
Mount
Method
co
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
MCNY-1250-9-D
Slot
Width
Inch
(mm)
s.
Material
H
Height
Inch
(mm)
m
H
L
Cat. No.
• Use #6 self-tapping screw for added
strength if desired.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (mount).
• Mount molded in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
po
Screw Mount
Cat. No.
L
H
W
H
H
Height
Inch
(mm)
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
W
Width
Inch
(mm)
(8.64)
Slot
Height
Inch
(mm)
.070
(1.78)
Slot
Width
Inch
(mm)
Mount
Method
Bulk
Pkg.
.120
#4 Screw
500
SMNY-000-9-D
Natural Nylon
.270
(6.86)
.570
(14.48)
.340
SMNY-001-9-D
Natural Nylon
.280
(7.11)
.600
(15.24)
.385
(9.77)
.060
(1.52)
.200
(5.08)
#6, #8 Screw
500
SMNY-002-9-C
Natural Nylon
.390
(9.90)
.875
(22.22)
.625
(15.87)
.090
(2.29)
.325
(8.26)
#8, #10 Screw
100
(3.10)
Natural Nylon
.390
(9.90)
.875
(22.22)
.625
(15.87)
.090
(2.29)
.325
(8.26)
#8, #10 Screw
500
SMNY-001-0-D
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon .280
(7.11)
.600
(15.24)
.385
(9.77)
.060
(1.52)
.200
(5.08)
#6, #8 Screw
500
SMNY-002-0-C
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon .390
(9.90)
.875
(22.22)
.625
(15.87)
.090
(2.29)
.325
(8.26)
#8, #10 Screw
100
SMNY-002-0-D
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon .390
(9.90)
.875
(22.22)
.625
(15.87)
.090
(2.29)
.325
(8.26)
#8, #10 Screw
500
.015
(.381)
SMNY-002-9-D
Tolerance ±
52
Material
• Use #4, #6, #8 or #10 machine screw
(as referenced) to apply.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural or heat
stabilized Black Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
Slot
on
l
in
ec
om
• SMNY-001 accepts cable ties to 50#
Tensile (miniature through standard).
• SMNY-002 accepts cable ties to 120#
Tensile (miniature through heavy duty).
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 53
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Multiple-Bundle Mounting Strips
Mounting
Method
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Capacity
(bundles)
Mil. Std.
Part No.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC1101
TC1102
TC1103
TC1104
TC1105
TC1112
TC1113
TC1114
TC1115
TC1116
TC1117
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
#6 screws
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.301
.301
.301
.301
.301
.301
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.625
.625
.625
.625
.625
.625
1.75
3.00
4.25
5.50
6.75
9.60
2.10
3.60
5.10
6.60
8.10
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
2
3
4
5
MS3339-1
MS3339-2
MS3339-3
MS3339-4
MS3339-5
MS3339-11
MS3339-6
MS3339-7
MS3339-8
MS3339-9
MS3339-10
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
m
Bulk
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
–
TC5141
TC5142
TC140
TC141*
TC142
Mounting
Method
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
#4 Pan head
#6 Pan head
#10 Pan head
–
.190
.301
–
.439
.563
–
.672
.922
–
100
100
500
500
500
po
ne
Std.
Cat. No.
nt
Saddle Support Base
s.
co
These nylon mounting strips for parallel installation of wire bundles can accommodate up to six closely spaced bundles.
This mounting base provides a saddle for the wire run. Ty-Rap® tie is threaded under bundle and tied in usual manner.
Note: For additional materials see Technical Services.
om
* Add suffix FR for flame retardant material. (TC141 only.)
in
ec
TC823
1
on
l
⁄8" max
TC107
Push-In and Bolted Bases
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Hole Size
TC5823
–
TC823-TB
TC107†
#10-32 thd
†
Not
®
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
.190
.190
.438
.438
.625
.688
100
–
1000
1000
1/4
Recognized.
Snap-In Mounting Base Cap
1
⁄8" max
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Hole Size
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Material
Bulk
Pkg.
TC121-TB
.250
.190
.445
.415
Nylon 6/6
1000
.415
Nylon 6/6
heat
stabilized
1000
TCH121†
.250
.190
.445
Snap-in, premountable base for securing wire bundles in cabinets maintains the attractive external appearance of the equipment
housing–TC121 Snap-Cap.
†
Not
Recognized.
®
53
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 54
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Self-Riveting Base
Mounting
Hole Size
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
TC116-TB
.146
.190
.500
.750
TC118-TB
.169
.190
.500
.750
TC120
.196
.190
.500
.750
Bulk
Cat. No.
Material
Nylon 6/6
(Red)
Nylon 6/6
(Blue)
Nylon 6/6
(Yellow)
Bulk
Pkg.
1000
1000
1000
m
Knock-in mounting base TC116-TB, TC118-TB, TC120–firmly locks into position when projecting pin is knocked into hollow peg. Slip tie
under base and tie as usual.
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
#10
.190
.469
1.00
1000
nt
TC115-TB
Mounting
Bolt Size
s.
Bulk
Cat. No.
co
Ty-Rap® Mounting Blocks
TC115
ne
Mounting blocks permit vertical stacking and can be used in any direction.
Ty-Rap® Stand-Off Brackets
TC376
om
TC375
TC376
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
.190
.190
.750
.670
3.65
1.75
100
100
po
Bulk.
Cat. No.
in
ec
These brackets permit bundles to be mounted on either side. They also serve as means to raise bundles off the surface.
Right-Angle Bundle Support
on
l
Bulk
Cat. No.
TC109
TC106
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
.190
.301
.563
1.000
This style meets Military Specification requirements as a support at holes in bulkheads and walls.
Aluminum Siding Clip
Cat. No.
TC201
Wire
Accommodation
1/8" dia. wire (2 pair station wire)
Material:
• Transparent – Color and texture of siding shows through.
• Material – Weather resistant grade polycarbonate.
• Designed to accommodate PITTSBURG INTERLOCK metal siding.
• Accommodates wires both vertically and/or horizontally.
• Provision for utilizing Ty-Rap® cable ties to secure large diameter bundles.
54
Length
(in.)
.438
1.000
Bulk
Pkg.
200
1000
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 55
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Miniature Mounting Bases
Std.
Cat. No.
TC502
–
–
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC102
TC104
TC804
#8 screw
#5 screw
#2 screw
.190
.091
.091
.500
.316
.316
.750
.406
.406
100
–
–
1000
1000
1000
TC112-TB
TC812-TB
TC814-TB
#8 screw
#10 screw
#5 screw
.190
.190
.190
.375
.375
.375
.750
.750
.750
–
–
–
1000
1000
1000
m
Threaded insert permits screw to come from outside of mounting surface.
co
These miniature mounting bases are ideal for
high-density packaging. Simply slip Ty-Rap® tie
under slot in fastened mount, and complete tie
in usual manner. Check chart for mounting
details.
–
–
–
Mounting
Method
Bulk Pkg.
Cat. No.
Two-Direction Mounting Base
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
.190
.190
.500
.390
1
.875
–
100
1000
1000
s.
TC826-TB
TC828-TB
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
nt
–
TC5828
Mounting
Method
#8 screw
#8 screw
ne
The TC826-TB mounting base can be used to tie bundles running parallel or perpendicular to length of base.
The TC828-TB mounting plate also handles ties installed in either direction and is somewhat smaller than TC826.
om
po
TC826-TB
Bulk Pkg.
Cat. No.
In-Line Base
Mounting
Method
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
TC815-TB
#10 screws
.301
.750
1.125
500
in
ec
Bulk
Cat. No.
A standard two-hole base that installs in-line with the wire bundle which conceals it.
on
l
TC826-TB
Std.
Cat. No.
Single-Bundle Mounting Base
Std.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
–
TC503
TC101
TC103
#10 screws
1
⁄4 screws
.190
.301
.500
.625
2.00
3.08
–
100
1000
500
The TC101 and TC103 nylon bases provide a mounting range for bundles from 1⁄4" through 4" in diameter. One mounting hole is slotted
to permit adjustment of the bundle position up to the time of actual bundle installation.
55
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 56
Cable Tie Mounting Bases
Push Mounts
PMNY-185
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
• UL Flammability: 94 V-2.
• Oxygen index: 31.
• Versatile push mount for cable ties to
50# tensile strength.
• For use in .187 / .192 mounting hole for
panel thickness .030 to .080.
H
L
PMNY-245
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
•UL Flammability 94 V-2.
•Oxygen index: 31.
nt
s.
• Accepts cable ties to 50# tensile
(miniature through standard).
• For use in .250" mounting hole for
maximum panel thickness of .062".
co
m
W
Slot
L
po
.190
W (4.82)
PMNY-245-9-D
Tolerance ±
Natural Nylon
H
Height
Inch
(mm)
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
Inch
.640
.430
(10.92)
.320
(16.26)
in
ec
PMNY-185-9-D
Material
om
H
Cat. No.
ne
.060 (1.52)
.355
(9.01)
W
Width
(mm)
Slot
Height
Inch
(mm)
Slot
Width
Inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
.430
(10.92)
.065
(1.65)
.065
(1.65)
500
(8.12)
.320
(8.12)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.59)
500
.010
(.254)
on
l
4-Way Mount
• 4-Way screw mounts for cable ties to
50# tensile strength.
• Mount with #6 or #8 screws.
• Available in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
• UL Flammability: 94 V-2.
L
W
H
Cat. No.
SMNY-220-9-D
Tolerance ±
56
Height
Length
Width
Slot Width
Mount Dia.
Bulk
Pkg.
.230
.950
.500
.220
.170
500
.015
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 57
Cable Clamps and Clips
Snap Mounts
• For panel thicknesses from .060" to
.150" to hold separate pieces of
material together.
• Used with W4 or N4 Series Cable
Clamps; allowable panel thickness is
.030" to .050".
• Stocked in Natural 6/6 Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
A
m
B
co
D
C
A
Inch
(mm)
inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
(7.93)
.281
(7.14)
.180
(4.57)
1000
.010
(.254)
B
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
UV Black Nylon
.485
(12.32)
.312
C
D
po
ne
Tolerance ±
nt
Material
Cat. No.
MSNY-166-0-M
s.
.162 (4.11)
±.005 (.127)
om
Round Adhesive Clips
on
l
in
ec
• Diverse cable clamps for bundle
diameters from .160 to .620.
• Mounted on a rubber based closed cell
foam adhesive.
W
• Natural nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
• Flexible center tang for removal or
addition of cables.
H
L
H
Height
Inch
(mm)
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
W
Width
Mounting
Method
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Inch
(mm)
Maximum
Bundle
RANY-160-9-D
Natural Nylon
.250
(6.35)
.630
(16.00)
.580
(14.73)
.160
Rubber Based Adhesive
500
RANY-280-9-D
Natural Nylon
.410
(10.41)
1.000
(25.40)
1.000
(25.40)
.280
Rubber Based Adhesive
500
RANY-530-9-D
Natural Nylon
.620
(15.75)
1.000
(25.40)
1.000
(25.40)
.530
Rubber Based Adhesive
500
RANY-620-9-D
Natural Nylon
.560
(14.22)
1.250
(31.75)
1.120
(28.45)
.620
Rubber Based Adhesive
500
.015
(.381)
Cat. No.
Tolerance ±
Material
57
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 58
Cable Clamps and Clips
Adjustable Cable Clamps
• Three sizes for bundles from .118" to
.984".
• Ladder style fastener is easily released
and refastened.
• Supplied “single-cut” on a rubber
based closed cell foam adhesive.
• Stocked in 6/6 Gray Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
• Optional screw hole for #4 or #5 flat
head screw.
m
S
co
L
s.
Optional
Screw
Hole
A
Inch
(mm)
Applied
Wire
Range
(8.00)
2.340
(59.50)
.118 - .500
.110
(2.79)
100
.472
(12.00)
3.120
(79.40)
.197 - .827
.110
(2.79)
100
.551
(14.00)
3.370
(85.50)
.275 - .984
.135
(3.43)
100
.010
(.254)
.030
(.762)
B
S
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
ULNY-013-8-C
Gray Nylon
.709
(18.00)
.984
(25.00)
.314
ULNY-018-8-C
Gray Nylon
.827
(21.00)
1.180
(30.00)
ULNY-023-8-C
Gray Nylon
.984
(25.00)
1.380
(35.00)
.015
(.381)
(mm)
po
Screw
Hole Dia.
Inch
(mm)
Std.
Pkg.
om
Tolerance ±
L
ne
Material
Cat. No.
nt
B
A
on
l
in
ec
Tab-Lock Cable Clamps
• Adjustable cable clamp for diameters
to 3/4".
• Releasable and reusable. Add or
remove wires from bundles as required.
• #6 or #8 82° flat head machine screw
to mount.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
.343 (8.74)
1.750
(44.43)
H
Mounting
Hole
W
H
Height
Cat. No.
TBNY-750-9-M
Tolerance ±
58
Material
Natural Nylon
Inch
W
Width
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
2.833
(71.96)
.850
(21.59)
.030
(.762)
.015
(.381)
Adjustable
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
.375 - .750
(9.52 - 19.05)
Mounting
Method
#6, #8 Flat
Head Screw
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
1000
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 59
Cable Clamps and Clips
Flex Clips
• Stocked in Natural 6/6 Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
• Utilizes nylon’s “memory” to retain
original shape even after repeated use.
• Ideal for temporary applications.
• Mounts with one #8 machine screw.
.182 (4.62) Dia.
±.005 (.127)
.560 (1.42)
±.015 (.381)
W
W
Width
Max. Cable
Diameter
Material
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
FCNY-312-9-M
Natural Nylon
1.350
(34.29)
.500
(12.69)
.020
(.508)
.015
(.381)
(mm)
.312
(7.93)
#8 Screw
ne
Half Clamps
po
• Rugged clamps with reinforced side
panels for bundle diameters to .484".
• 203 mounting hole accepts #6 through
#10 screws.
om
.500
(12.69)
in
ec
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural and heat
stabilized Black Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
E
.060 (1.52)
B
±.005 (.125)
.203 (5.15)
Diameter
Cat. No.
1000
nt
Tolerance ±
Inch
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
s.
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
co
L
Length
m
L
A
F
Material
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Natural Nylon
A
B
E
F
(2.92)
.115
(2.92)
.314
(7.98)
.675
(17.15)
1000
.172
(4.36)
.172
(4.36)
.336
(8.53)
.732
(18.59)
1000
Natural Nylon
.234
(5.94)
.234
(5.94)
.370
(9.40)
.793
(20.14)
1000
Natural Nylon
.297
(7.54)
.297
(7.54)
.400
(10.16)
.859
(21.82)
1000
CPNY-359-9-M
Natural Nylon
.359
(9.11)
.359
(9.11)
.435
(11.05)
.920
(23.37)
1000
CPNY-422-9-M
Natural Nylon
.422
(10.71)
.422
(10.71)
.470
(11.94)
.980
(24.89)
1000
CPNY-172-9-M
CPNY-234-9-M
CPNY-297-9-M
on
l
.115
Natural Nylon
CPNY-115-9-M
CPNY-484-9-M
Natural Nylon
.484
(12.29)
.484
(12.29)
.500
(12.69)
1.044
(26.52)
1000
CPNY-115-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.115
(2.92)
.115
(2.92)
.314
(7.98)
.675
(17.15)
1000
CPNY-172-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.172
(4.36)
.172
(4.36)
.336
(8.53)
.732
(18.59)
1000
CPNY-234-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.234
(5.94)
.234
(5.94)
.370
(9.40)
.793
(20.14)
1000
CPNY-297-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.297
(7.54)
.297
(7.54)
.400
(10.16)
.859
(21.82)
1000
CPNY-359-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.359
(9.11)
.359
(9.11)
.435
(11.05)
.920
(23.37)
1000
CPNY-422-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.422
(10.71)
.422
(10.71)
.470
(11.94)
.980
(24.89)
1000
CPNY-484-0-M
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
.484
(12.29)
.484
(12.29)
.500
(12.69)
1.044
(26.52)
1000
.010
(.254)
.015
(.381)
Tolerance ±
59
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 60
Cable Clamps and Clips
Press Clips
• 4 Sizes to accommodate bundles up
to d".
• Clips are provided on a rubber based
closed cell foam adhesive.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon. Contact
factory for availability in special
materials.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
D
H
W
B
B
H
W
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
.211
(5.36)
.375
(9.52)
500
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Natural Nylon
.125
(3.17)
.760
(19.30)
.380
(9.65)
PCNY-250-9-D
Natural Nylon
.250
(6.35)
1.380
(35.05)
.690
(17.52)
.324
(8.23)
.500
(12.69)
500
PCNY-375-9-D
Natural Nylon
.375
(9.52)
1.470
(37.32)
.735
(18.61)
.444
(11.29)
.625
(15.87)
500
PCNY-500-9-D
Natural Nylon
.500
(12.69)
1.590
(40.57)
.795
.585
(14.85)
.750
(19.05)
500
Tolerance ±
Natural Nylon
.010
(.254)
.020
(.508)
.010
(.254)
nt
s.
Material
PCNY-125-9-D
(20.19)
po
ne
Cat. No.
A
co
D
Diameter
m
A
om
Half Press Clips
on
l
in
ec
• 4 Sizes to accommodate bundles up to
1/2".
• Clips are provided on a rubber based
closed cell foam adhesive.
D
H
60
W
B
A
D
Diameter
Cat. No.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon. Contact
factory for availability in special
materials.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
A
B
H
(mm)
Inch
W
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Material
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
HCNY-125-9-M
Natural Nylon
.125
(3.17)
.493
(12.52)
.380
(9.65)
.180
(4.57)
.375
(9.52)
1000
HCNY-250-9-M
Natural Nylon
.250
(6.35)
.865
(21.97)
.690
(17.52)
.325
(8.25)
.500
(12.69)
1000
HCNY-375-9-M
Natural Nylon
.375
(9.52)
.980
(24.88)
.750
(19.05)
.415
(10.54)
.625
(15.87)
1000
HCNY-500-9-M
Natural Nylon
.500
(12.69)
1.110
(28.19)
.820
(20.83)
.560
(14.22)
.750
(19.05)
1000
Tolerance ±
Natural Nylon
.010
(.254)
.020
(.508)
.010
(.254)
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 61
Cable Clamps and Clips
Flat Cable Clips
• Screw mountable with a #4 flat head
screw.
• Flexible tangs allow for easy removal
and replacement of desired cable.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
• Low profile clip for single or multiple
layers of flat ribbon cable.
• FANY supplied on a rubber based
closed cell foam adhesive.
W
H
.281
(.714)
m
.120 (3.05)
.562
(14.26)
.250
(6.35)
.090
(2.29)
Inch
(mm)
FANY-562-9-D
Natural Nylon
.264
(6.70)
.625
FSNY-562-9-D
Natural Nylon
.233
(5.92)
.010
(.254)
Cat. No.
W
Width
Inch
(mm)
.500
(12.69)
.015
Mounting
Method
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Adhesive
500
#4 Screw
500
(.381)
ne
Tolerance ±
(15.87)
co
Material
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
nt
H
Height
L
s.
.090
(2.29)
po
Flat Cable Screw Clip
Cat. No.
FSNY-812-9-D
Tolerance ±
on
l
in
ec
om
• Flat ribbon cable clamp with mounting
hole for #8 screw.
• Stocked in Natural 6/6 Nylon.
• Flexible center tang allows for easy
removal and replacement of desired
cable.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
W
.145 (3.68)
H
.812
(20.61)
L
.250 .375 .250
(6.35) (9.52) (6.35)
H
Height
Material
Inch
(mm)
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
Natural Nylon
.250
(3.17)
1.187
.010
(.254)
W
Width
Inch
(30.15)
1.000
.015
(.381)
(mm)
Mounting
Method
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
(25.40)
#8 Screw
500
61
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 62
Cable Clamps and Clips
Stud Buttons
thickness through .165" with mounting holes
through #1/4.
• Stocked in heat stabilized Black Nylon for
high heat applications.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2.
• Utilize nylon’s “memory” to retain original
shape after compression.
• Part numbers contain recommended
mounting hole diameters.
• For use with Catamount strapping or panel
D
A
H
Head Dia.
C
C
BTNY-096
BTNY-167
BTNY-203
BTNY-265
A
L
C
D
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
Inch
BTNY-167-0-D
.343
(8.71)
.125
(3.17)
.202
(5.13)
.165
BTNY-203-0-D
.468
(11.88)
.156
(3.96)
.238
(6.04)
BTNY-265-0-D
.580
(14.73)
.171
(4.34)
.300
(7.62)
.010
(.254)
Flat Adhesive Clips
po
• Low profile clip for single or multiple layers
of flat ribbon cable.
• Supplied on a rubber based closed cell
foam adhesive.
om
L
Inch
(mm)
(4.19)
.297
(7.54)
500
.200
(5.08)
.359
(9.11)
500
.260
(6.60)
.410
(10.41)
500
nt
ne
Tolerance ±
(mm)
s.
Cat. No.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
co
L
A
H
m
D
• Flexible center tang for removal or addition
of cables.
• Stocked in 6/6 Natural Nylon.
• UL Flammability 94 V-2 (clip).
W
in
ec
L
H
H
Height
FANY-812-9-D
Tolerance ±
Material
Natural Nylon
on
l
Cat. No.
Inch
(mm)
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
.281
(7.14)
1.000
.010
(.254)
W
Width
Inch
(mm)
Mounting
Method
(25.40)
1.000
(25.40)
Adhesive
.015
(.381)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
500
Flat PVC Clips
• Low profile clip for single or multiple layers
of flat ribbon cable.
H
• “Single-Cut” on a rubber based closed cell
foam adhesive.
• Gray PVC.
• UL Flammability 94 V-0 (clip).
W
L
H
Height
Cat. No.
FRPV-1000-8-D
Tolerance ±
62
Material
Inch
(mm)
L
Length
Inch
(mm)
W
Width
Gray PVC
.415
(5.84)
1.062
(26.97)
1.000
(25.40)
.015
(.381)
.030
(.762)
.015
(.381)
Inch
(mm)
Mounting
Method
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Adhesive
500
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 63
Cable Clamps and Clips
Gator Grip Hose Clamp
• 16 sizes for bundle diameters to 2 3/8''. • UL Flammability 94 V-2.
• Removable and reusable. Twist by hand • Request samples for testing to your
application. Tested to 250 PSI.
or with pliers to remove.
• Stocked in black Nylon. 100 pieces per
package.
D
T
D1
Closed Diameter
Inch
(mm)
T
Thickness
Inch
(mm)
inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
(10.32)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
(11.91)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
17/32
(13.49)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
19/32
(15.08)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
43/64
(17.07)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
3/4
(19.05)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
nt
Cat. No.
D
Nominal Diameter
Inch
(mm)
s.
co
m
W
13/32
(10.32)
11/32
GGNY-406-0-C
15/32
(11.92)
13/32
GGNY-468-0-C
17/32
(13.49)
15/32
GGNY-531-0-C
19/32
(15.08)
GGNY-593-0-C
21/32
(16.67)
GGNY-672-0-C
13/16
(20.64)
GGNY-750-0-C
7/8
(22.23)
GGNY-875-0-C
1
(25.40)
7/8
(22.23)
.070
(1.8)
.220
(5.6)
100
GGNY-953-0-C
13/32
(27.78)
61/64
(24.21)
.070
(1.8)
.310
(7.9)
100
1 13/16
(30.16)
1 1/32
(26.19)
.070
(1.8)
.310
(7.9)
100
1 7/16
(36.51)
1 1/4
(31.75)
.070
(1.8)
.360
(9.1)
100
GGNY-1593-0-C
GGNY-1687-0-C
GGNY-1875-0-C
GGNY-2125-0-C
Tolerance ±
po
om
in
ec
GGNY-1406-0-C
1 5/8
(41.28)
1 13/32
(35.72)
.070
(1.8)
.360
(9.1)
100
1 13/16
(46.04)
1 19/32
(40.48)
.070
(1.8)
.360
(9.1)
100
1 29/32
(48.42)
1 11/16
(42.86)
.070
(1.8)
.360
(9.1)
100
2 1/8
(53.98)
1 7/8
(47.63)
.070
(1.8)
.400
(10.2)
100
2 1/8
(60.33)
2 3/8
(53.98)
.070
(1.8)
.400
(10.2)
100
on
l
GGNY-1250-0-C
ne
GGNY-344-0-C
GGNY-1031-0-C
(8.73)
W
Width
.010 (.254)
63
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 64
Cable Clamps and Clips
Plain Edge Cable Clamps
• Fully radiused inside edges with size
markings in inches and millimeters for
easy identification.
• Stocked in Natural White and Black
6/6 Nylon.
D1
T
• 18 diameters and 2 widths with
mounting holes for #4 through #10
screws.
• Plain edge cable clamps are designed
to perform to NAS-1397P.
X
W
*Note: “C” Also 100 packs available.
Replace “-M” with “-C” for 100 pack.
H
E
T
W
(mm)
N4NY-002-9-M
N4NY-002-0-M
.125
(3.2)
.343
(8.7)
.050
(1.3)
.375
N4NY-003-9-M
N4NY-003-0-M
.187
(4.8)
.378
(9.6)
.050
(1.3)
.375
N4NY-004-9-M
N4NY-004-0-M
.250
(6.4)
.421
(10.7)
.050
(1.3)
N4NY-005-9-M
N4NY-005-0-M
.312
(7.9)
.441
(11.2)
.050
N4NY-006-9-M
N4NY-006-0-M
.375
(9.5)
.464
(11.8)
.050
N4NY-007-9-M
N4NY-007-0-M
.437
(11.1)
.500
(12.7)
N4NY-008-9-M
N4NY-008-0-M
.500
(12.7)
.530
(13.5)
N4NY-002B-9-M
N4NY-002B-0-M
.125
(3.2)
.343
(8.7)
N4NY-003B-9-M
N4NY-003B-0-M
.187
(4.8)
.378
N4NY-004B-9-M
N4NY-004B-0-M
.250
(6.4)
.421
N4NY-005B-9-M
N4NY-005B-0-M
.312
N4NY-006B-9-M
N4NY-006B-0-M
.375
N4NY-007B-9-M
N4NY-007B-0-M
.437
N4NY-008B-9-M
N4NY-008B-0-M
.500
N6NY-004C-9-M
N6NY-004C-0-M
.250
N6NY-005C-9-M
N6NY-005C-0-M
N6NY-006C-9-M
N6NY-006C-0-M
N6NY-007C-9-M
N6NY-008C-9-M
Inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
Width
Inch
(mm)
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(1.3)
nt
.375
X
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.170
(4.3)
.218
(5.5)
1000
1000
ne
.375
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(10.7)
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
po
.050
(9.6)
(7.9)
.441
(11.2)
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(9.5)
.464
(11.8)
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(11.1)
.500
(12.7)
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(12.7)
.530
(13.5)
.050
(1.3)
.375
(9.5)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
(6.4)
.437
(11.1)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
.312
(7.9)
.474
(12.0)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
.375
(9.5)
.500
(12.7)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-007C-0-M
(11.1)
.533
(13.5)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-008C-0-M
.500
(12.7)
.553
(14.1)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-009-0-M
.562
(14.3)
.603
(15.3)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
.437
N6NY-010-9-M
on
l
in
ec
om
Black
H
Hole
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
s.
Inch
Thickness
Inch
(mm)
White
N6NY-010-0-M
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-011-9-M
N6NY-011-0-M
.687
(17.4)
.665
(16.9)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-012-9-M
N6NY-012-0-M
.750
(19.1)
.699
(17.8)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-013-9-M
N6NY-013-0-M
.812
(20.6)
.765
(19.9)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-014-9-M
N6NY-014-0-M
.875
(22.2)
.795
(20.2)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-016-9-M
N6NY-016-0-M
1.000
(25.4)
.825
(20.9)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
1000
N6NY-018-9-D
N6NY-018-0-D
1.125
(28.6)
.940
(23.8)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
500
N6NY-019-9-D
N6NY-019-0-D
1.187
(30.1)
.963
(24.5)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
500
N6NY-020-9-D
N6NY-020-0-D
1.250
(31.8)
.980
(24.9)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
500
N6NY-022-9-D
N6NY-022-0-D
1.375
(34.9)
1.045
(26.5)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
500
N6NY-024-9-D
N6NY-024-0-D
1.500
(38.1)
1.114
(28.3)
.060
(1.5)
.500
(12.7)
.203
(5.2)
.218
(5.5)
500
.010
(.254)
.030
(.762)
.005
(.127)
.015
(.381)
.010
(.254)
.030
(.762)
N6NY-009-9-M
Tolerance ±
64
D1
Closed
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
co
Cat. No.
m
E
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 65
Cable Clamps and Clips
Self-Aligning Cable Clamps
• Molded-In saddle washer enhances
performance and appearance.
• Self-Alignment feature makes this
clamp ideal for assembly applications.
T
D1
D
E
m
X
• 14 diameters and 2 widths with
mounting holes for #4 through #10
screws.
• UL Flammability W.NY 94 V-2; W.TZ 94
V-0.
• Stocked in Natural and heat stabilized
black 6/6 Nylon, and DuPont Tefzel for
highest heat applications.
• Item numbers molded-in for easy
identification.
W
(mm)
.114
.172
.234
.297
.359
.484
.172
.234
.297
.359
.422
.484
.547
.609
.672
.734
.797
.859
.984
1.227
.114
.172
.234
.297
.359
.484
.172
.234
.297
.359
.422
.484
.547
.609
.672
.734
.797
.859
.984
1.227
.010
.333
.355
.382
.422
.454
.490
.375
.407
.445
.484
.522
.560
.657
.637
.694
.726
.776
.733
.881
1.010
.333
.355
.382
.422
.454
.490
.375
.407
.445
.484
.522
.560
.657
.637
.694
.726
.776
.733
.881
1.010
.030
(8.46)
(9.02)
(9.70)
(10.71)
(11.53)
(12.45)
(9.52)
(10.34)
(11.30)
(12.29)
(13.25)
(14.22)
(16.68)
(16.17)
(17.63)
(18.44)
(19.71)
(18.62)
(22.38)
(25.65)
(8.46)
(9.02)
(9.70)
(10.71)
(11.53)
(12.45)
(9.52)
(10.34)
(11.30)
(12.29)
(13.25)
(14.22)
(16.68)
(16.17)
(17.63)
(18.44)
(19.71)
(18.62)
(22.38)
(25.65)
(.762)
in
ec
po
ne
(2.89)
(4.36)
(5.94)
(7.54)
(9.11)
(12.29)
(4.36)
(5.94)
(7.54)
(9.11)
(10.71)
(12.29)
(13.90)
(15.46)
(17.06)
(18.64)
(20.24)
(21.81)
(24.99)
(31.16)
(2.89)
(4.36)
(5.94)
(7.54)
(9.11)
(12.29)
(4.36)
(5.94)
(7.54)
(9.11)
(10.71)
(12.29)
(13.90)
(15.46)
(17.06)
(18.64)
(20.24)
(21.81)
(24.99)
(31.16)
(.254)
T
W
Thickness
Inch (mm)
Width
Inch
(mm)
H
Hole
Diameter
Inch (mm)
Inch
(mm)
.040
.040
.040
.040
.040
.040
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.040
.040
.040
.040
.040
.040
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.060
.005
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.015
.167
.167
.167
.167
.167
.167
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.167
.167
.167
.167
.167
.167
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.203
.010
.257
.218
.190
.205
.210
.266
.241
.241
.280
.291
.263
.272
.236
.290
.327
.326
.323
.310
.292
.339
.257
.218
.190
.205
.210
.266
.241
.241
.280
.291
.263
.272
.236
.290
.327
.326
.323
.310
.292
.339
.030
(6.53)
(5.53)
(4.83)
(5.21)
(5.33)
(6.76)
(6.12)
(6.12)
(7.11)
(7.39)
(6.68)
(6.91)
(5.99)
(7.37)
(8.31)
(8.28)
(8.20)
(7.87)
(7.42)
(8.61)
(6.53)
(5.53)
(4.83)
(5.21)
(5.33)
(6.76)
(6.12)
(6.12)
(7.11)
(7.39)
(6.68)
(6.91)
(5.99)
(7.37)
(8.31)
(8.28)
(8.20)
(7.87)
(7.42)
(8.61)
(.762)
s.
Inch
.125
.187
.250
.312
.375
.500
.187
.250
.312
.375
.437
.500
.562
.625
.687
.750
.812
.875
1.000
1.250
.125
.187
.250
.312
.375
.500
.187
.250
.312
.375
.437
.500
.562
.625
.687
.750
.812
.875
1.000
1.250
(3.17)
(4.76)
(6.34)
(7.93)
(9.52)
(12.69)
(4.76)
(6.34)
(7.93)
(9.52)
(11.11)
(12.69)
(14.28)
(15.87)
(17.46)
(19.04)
(20.63)
(22.22)
(25.39)
(31.73)
(3.17)
(4.76)
(6.34)
(7.93)
(9.52)
(12.69)
(4.76)
(6.34)
(7.93)
(9.52)
(11.11)
(12.69)
(14.28)
(15.87)
(17.46)
(19.04)
(20.63)
(22.22)
(25.39)
(31.73)
E
nt
D1
Closed
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
om
Material
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Natural Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
Heat Stabilized Black Nylon
on
l
Cat. No.
W4NY-125-9-M
W4NY-187-9-M
W4NY-250-9-M
W4NY-312-9-M
W4NY-375-9-M
W4NY-500-9-M
W6NY-187-9-M
W6NY-250-9-M
W6NY-312-9-M
W6NY-375-9-M
W6NY-437-9-M
W6NY-500-9-M
W6NY-562-9-M
W6NY-625-9-M
W6NY-687-9-M
W6NY-750-9-M
W6NY-812-9-M
W6NY-875-9-D
W6NY-1000-9-D
W6NY-1250-9-D
W4NY-125-0-M
W4NY-187-0-M
W4NY-250-0-M
W4NY-312-0-M
W4NY-375-0-M
W4NY-500-0-M
W6NY-187-0-M
W6NY-250-0-M
W6NY-312-0-M
W6NY-375-0-M
W6NY-437-0-M
W6NY-500-0-M
W6NY-562-0-M
W6NY-625-0-M
W6NY-687-0-M
W6NY-750-0-M
W6NY-812-0-M
W6NY-875-0-D
W6NY-1000-0-D
W6NY-1250-0-D
Tolerance ±
D
Nominal
Diameter
Inch (mm)
co
H
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.02)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(1.52)
(.127)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(9.52)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(12.69)
(.381)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(4.24)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(5.15)
(.254)
X
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
(Continued)
65
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 66
Cable Clamps and Clips
Self-Aligning Cable Clamps (continued) – For Extreme Applications
D
Nominal
Diameter
Inch (mm)
D1
Closed
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
E
Inch
(mm)
W
Width
Inch
(mm)
H
Hole
Diameter
Inch (mm)
X
Inch
(mm)
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
(8.46)
.257
(6.53)
500
(9.02)
.218
(5.53)
500
.190
(4.83)
500
(10.71)
.205
(5.21)
500
.454
(11.53)
.210
(5.33)
500
.490
(12.45)
.266
(6.76)
500
(4.36)
.375
(9.52)
.241
(6.12)
500
.234
(5.94)
.407
(10.34)
.297
(7.54)
.445
(11.30)
.280
(7.11)
(9.52)
.359
(9.11)
.484
(12.29)
.291
(7.39)
500
.437
(11.11)
.422
(10.71)
.522
(13.25)
.263
(6.68)
500
Tefzel
.500
(12.69)
.484
(12.29)
.560
(14.22)
.272
(6.91)
500
Tefzel
.625
(15.87)
.609
(15.46)
.637
(16.17)
.290
(7.37)
500
W6TZ-750-5-D
Tefzel
.750
(19.04)
.734
(18.64)
.726
(18.44)
.326
(8.28)
500
Tolerance ±
Tefzel
.010
(.254)
.030
(.762)
.030
(.762)
.125
(3.17)
.114
(2.89)
.333
Tefzel
.187
(4.76)
.172
(4.36)
.355
W4TZ-250-5-D
Tefzel
.250
(6.34)
.234
(5.94)
.382
(9.70)
W4TZ-312-5-D
Tefzel
.312
(7.93)
.297
(7.54)
.422
W4TZ-375-5-D
Tefzel
.375
(9.52)
.359
(9.11)
W4TZ-500-5-D
Tefzel
.500
(12.69)
.484
(12.29)
W6TZ-187-5-D
Tefzel
.187
(4.76)
.172
W6TZ-250-5-D
Tefzel
.250
(6.34)
W6TZ-312-5-D
Tefzel
.312
(7.93)
W6TZ-375-5-D
Tefzel
.375
W6TZ-437-5-D
Tefzel
W6TZ-500-5-D
W6TZ-625-5-D
.060
.005
ne
po
om
in
ec
on
l
.040
(1.02)
.375
(9.52)
.167
(4.24)
m
Tefzel
W4TZ-187-5-D
co
W4TZ-125-5-D
(1.52)
.500
(12.69)
.203
500
(5.15)
s.
Material
nt
Cat. No.
• Tefzel is a Trademark of the DuPont Corporation
Patent No. 4535960.
66
T
Thickness
Inch (mm)
(.127)
.015
(.381)
.010
(.254)
500
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 67
Harnessing Accessories
Mechanical-Locking Routing Clamps
1/8"
Max.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Mounting
Hole Size
.250
.250
TC88
TC95
Width
(in.)
.500
1.000
Length
(in.)
.250
.500
.891
1.590
Bulk
Pkg.
100
100
The locking clamp is available in several mounting styles, as shown. This clamp acts as a retainer during wire routing and as a positive
clamp when desired. Anti-rotational peg is available.
1⁄8" max
Snap-in 1⁄4" hole
m
Twist-Lock Cable Ties
11
Std.
Pkg.
co
Bundle Range
(in.)
Cat. No.
⁄16" to 3⁄4"
1
⁄2" to 5⁄8"
1
⁄8" to 9⁄32"
100
100
100
s.
TL075
TC060
TC050A
nt
Note: For TC060 use .188 (3⁄16") mounting hole.
TL075
po
ne
Twist-lock cable ties provide a quick and
convenient method for binding wires together
in light-duty applications. The reusable twistlock ties come in two mounting base versions.
One for push-in mounting (3⁄16" diameter hole)
and one with an adhesive base.
TC060
om
TC050A
in
ec
Harness Clips
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Hole Size
HCP438
1
⁄4
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
.375
1000
on
l
Here is an inexpensive harness clip for
grouping wires in appliances, office equipment
and other noncritical applications.
Designed to perform the same basic function as
a cable tie in holding wires together, the new
adjustable, self-locking clip requires no tools
for installation. A projecting prong is simply
pressed into a 1⁄4" hole where it compresses and
locks. The simple ratchet-type lock is released
by moving the locking lever.
HBundle-Retaining Clamp
AC-loop retaining clamp is ideal to support long
runs in point-to-point wiring or as a harness
aid. Rigid PVC.
Bulk
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
TC70
TC71
TC72
TC73
TC74
#10 screw
#10 screw
#10 screw
#10 screw
#10 screw
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
.250
.500
.750
1.000
1.500
Width
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
.400
.400
.500
.500
.500
100
100
100
100
100
67
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 68
Harnessing Accessories
Wire-Bundle Retainers
Bulk
Cat. No.
TC86
TC87
Fastener
Maximum Wire
Bundle Diameter
(in.)
Width
(in.)
Height
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
#6 screws
#6 screws
.750
1.250
1.750
2.469
1.813
2.281
25
10
co
m
These retainers consist of a spring-loaded clip and an elastic bundle support. Wires are inserted simply by snapping them through
spring-loaded clips. Wires are held 1⁄2 inch above work surface for easy tying.
HBP34
HBP-1
HBP112
HBP2
HBP212
HBP3
.750
1.000
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
Dimensions
B
(in.)
C
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
.625
.625
.625
.625
.625
.625
.072
.072
.082
.092
.105
.120
100
100
100
100
100
100
nt
A
(in.)
po
ne
Bulk
Cat. No.
s.
Harness-Board Nails
in
ec
om
Hardened, nickel plated steel.
Bulkhead Bundle Support Feed-Through
on
l
Bulk
Cat. No.
TC131
Mounting
Method
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Bulk
Pkg.
#6 screw
.190
1.115
1.890
1000
TC131 bulkhead mounting base can be installed from either side. Ties are installed through the clamp on either side of the bulkhead.
Wire-Bundle Spacer
68
Cat. No.
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Bulk
Pkg.
TC5339
.190
.266
.500
100
500
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 69
Mounting Bases for Heavy-Duty Applications
Ty-Rap® Mounting Base for Lashing Tie
Cat. No.
Mounting
Method
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Width
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
TC5355
TC5356
TC5357
#8 screw
#10 screw
b screw
.500
.500
.500
.750
.750
.750
1.125
1.125
1.125
25
25
25
Weather-resistant nylon mounting base for use with lashing tie Cat. No. TY-5409 (.500" wide).
1/4
3/8
om
po
ne
nt
• Quick, easy installation without
adhesives or epoxies.
• Provides a quick, easy means of
attaching cable and wires to masonry
surfaces.
• Installs simply by tapping it into a
drilled hole.
• It’s immediately ready to accept a
cable tie and wire bundle, no tedious
surface preparation, no waiting for
adhesives to set.
on
l
in
ec
Only two sizes to stock–reduces inventory
The new base features a specially designed
head which is range-taking. Just two sizes
can accommodate virtually all of your
cable-to-masonry clamping needs.
• Installs with a push and twist
• Designed for indoor or outdoor use
• Smooth design protects cable insulation •
Takes range of cable diameters
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Std.
Pkg.
.190
.500
100
50
co
TC5358
TC5359
s.
Cat. No.
Hole
Size in
Masonry
m
Ty-Rap® Mounting Base for Masonry and Brick Surfaces
• Provides quick, dependable
merchanical installation.
• Replaces a variety of anchors,
clamps, screws, and adhesives.
• Designed for both indoor and outdoor
applications made of a special impact
and ultraviolet resistant black nylon,
the new base is designed for both
indoor and outdoor use, in addition,
shelf life is indefinite because it uses
no adhesives.
Framing Channel Clamp
Mounting bases for heavy duty applications are made from high-impact weatherresistant nylon.
When fastening wire bundles, cables, or hoses to framing channels, you can cut
costs considerably by using the Ty-Rap® cable clamp. It is made of smooth,
weather-resistant nylon and designed to protect cable insulation and hoses from
wear or damage as can occur with metal clamps. The clamp may be used for both
indoor or outdoor applications. It installs in the framing channel with a simple push
and twist. It requires no screws, nuts or tools. The clamp fits all 1 1/2" and 1 5/8"
channels regardless of channel depth.
Cat. No.
Channel
Size
Maximum
Tie Width
Accom.
Std.
Pkg.
TC5363X
1.5 & 1.625
.301
50
69
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 70
Mounting Bases for Heavy-Duty Applications
Fast, easy wire management to last for the long haul.
Thomas & Betts’ Stud Mount Fastening System is a fast and simple harnessing
method for neat, versatile wire management. Using a custom drill bit for your 3/8"
power drill, the Stud Mount base is quickly attached onto a stud to the proper
torque every time. The innovative “X” design of the base reliably supports many
types of cable or hose assemblies using a wide range of conventional T&B cable
ties. Designed with ten separate lashing positions, the Stud Mount offers unlimited
wire harnessing arrangements. T&B’s Stud Mount is available in four convenient
stud bolt sizes.
co
s.
nt
ne
po
Virtually unlimited harnessing flexibility is provided in
the unique 10-position harness design of the Stud
Mount base.
om
During installation, the custom Stud Mount drill bit
ejects itself from mounting base, ensuring proper
torque and preventing cracking or breaking of the
mount from being overtightened.
in
ec
Features and Benefits
• Fast, easy installation, using standard 3⁄8"
power drill
• Custom drill bit quickly installs base to
proper torque–won't crack or break mounting
base due to being overtightened
• Unlimited harnessing flexibility using
conventional T&B cable ties
• Unique 4-way multi-directional design
• 10 position harness capability
• Available for 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8", & 3⁄4" stud/bolt sizes
• Self-tapping thread design for reliable
installation onto stud
• High pull-out strength of 500 + lbs
• Custom application tool for standard 3⁄8"
power drill
• Material: Black 6/6 Nylon
m
The Stud Mount Cable Fastening System includes a
range of bases and the custom drill bit which mounts
all sizes.
on
l
Ordering Information
70
Cat. No.
XMNY-375-0-D
XMNY-500-0-D
XMNY-625-0-D
XMNY-750-0-D
WTXM
Description
Stud
Size
Material
Color
Mount Fastener
Mount Fastener
Mount Fastener
Mount Fastener
Application Tool
c
d
e
f
–
Nylon 6/6, UV Stabilized
Nylon 6/6, UV Stabilized
Nylon 6/6, UV Stabilized
Nylon 6/6, UV Stabilized
Tool Steel
Black
Black
Black
Black
–
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 71
Wire Protection Products
Spiral Wrap
• For protection of bundles from .063" to 7".
• Install gapped for greater flexibility or
butted for maximum abrasion resistance,
insulation and rigidity.
• Stocked in 3 materials including
Polyethylene and 6/6 Nylon.
• a.k.a.: Reverse cut, left-hand cut,
counter clockwise cut.
• Use cutting tool SR-100.
m
(mm)
Inch
Min./Max.
Bundle Range
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
UL
Flammability
co
Inch
Nominal Wall
Thickness
Inch (mm)
Pitch
SRPE-125-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.125
(3.2)
.210
(5.3)
.035
(0.9)
.063
(1.6)
to
0.500
(12.7)
94 HB
SRPE-187-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.187
(4.8)
.240
(6.1)
.040
(1.0)
.125
(3.2)
to
1.500
(25.9)
94 HB
SRPE-250-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.045
(1.1)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 HB
SRPE-375-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.052
(1.3)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 HB
SRPE-500-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.500
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
.062
(1.6)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 HB
SRPE-625-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
to
4.500
(114.3)
94 HB
SRPE-750-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.750
(19.1)
.750
(19.1)
(1.7)
.750
(19.1)
to
5.000
(127.0)
94 HB
SRPE-1000-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
1.000
(25.4)
1.110
(28.2)
.070
(1.8)
1.000
(25.4)
to
7.000
(177.8)
94 HB
SRPE-125-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.125
(3.2)
.210
(5.3)
.035
(0.9)
.063
(1.6)
to
0.500
(12.7)
94 HB
SRPE-187-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.187
(4.8)
.240
(6.1)
.040
(1.0)
.125
(3.2)
to
1.500
(25.9)
94 HB
SRPE-250-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.045
(1.1)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 HB
SRPE-375-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.052
(1.3)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 HB
SRPE-500-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.500
(12.7)
.062
(1.6)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 HB
SRPE-625-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.625
(15.9)
to
4.500
(114.3)
94 HB
SRPE-750-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
SRPE-1000-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
SRNY-250-9-C
Natural Nylon 6/6
SRNY-375-9-C
Natural Nylon 6/6
SRNY-500-9-C
SRTL-500-WH-C
SRTL-625-WH-C
SRTL-750-WH-C
Tolerance ±
nt
.563
(14.3)
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
.750
(19.1)
.750
(19.1)
.065
(1.7)
.750
(19.1)
to
5.000
(127.0)
94 HB
1.000
(25.4)
1.110
(28.2)
.070
(1.8)
1.000
(25.4)
to
7.000
(177.8)
94 HB
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.025
(.6)
.187
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 HB
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.312
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 HB
Natural Nylon 6/6
.500
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
.035
(.9)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 HB
Teflon®
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.030
(.76)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 V-0
Teflon®
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.030
(.76)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 V-0
Teflon®
.500
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
.030
(.76)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 V-0
Teflon®
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
.030
(.76)
.625
(15.9)
to
4.500
(114.3)
94 V-0
Teflon®
.750
(19.1)
.750
(19.1)
.030
(.76)
.750
(19.1)
to
5.000
(127.0)
94 V-0
.030
(.762)
.010
(.254)
on
l
SRTL-375-WH-C
.065
.625
in
ec
SRTL-250-WH-C
s.
Material
po
Cat. No.
ne
Pitch
OD
om
Outside
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
Thickness
• Stocked in 100 foot rolls.
SR-100 Cutting Tool
Use our SR-100 cutting tool for all your
plastic pipe and PVC conduit needs to
1 1/4" I.D.
Features:
• High-carbon,Teflon®-coated
replaceable steel blade.
Cat. No.
Description
SR-100
Cutting Tool
SR-R
Replacement Blade
• Contoured handle resists tube crushing.
• Produces no “sawdust”, no need to
debur.
• Lightweight, low-profile and no
exposed blade when stored.
Teflon® is a trademark of the DuPont Corporation.
71
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 72
Wire Protection Products
Forward Cut Spiral Wrap
• For protection of bundles from .063" to 7".
• Install gapped for greater flexibility or
butted for maximum abrasion resistance,
insulation and rigidity.
• Available in 4 materials including
Polyethylene, Nylon and Teflon®.
• a.k.a.: Right-hand cut, clockwise cut.
• Use cutting tool SR-100.
Pitch
Inch
(mm)
Nominal Wall
Thickness
Inch (mm)
OD
Pitch
Min./Max.
Bundle Range
(mm)
Inch
(mm)
UL
Flammability
Material
SRPE-250-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.045
(1.1)
SRPE-187F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.187
(4.8)
.240
(6.1)
.040
(1.0)
SRPE-250F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.045
SRPE-375F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.052
SRPE-500F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.500
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
SRPE-625F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
SRPE-750F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.750
(19.1)
.750
SRPE-1000F-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
1.000
(25.4)
1.110
SRPE-187F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.187
(4.8)
.240
SRPE-250F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.045
(1.1)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 HB
SRPE-375F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.052
(1.3)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 HB
SRPE-500F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
SRPE-625F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
SRPE-750F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
SRPE-1000F-0-C
UV Black Polyethylene
1.000
SRFR-187F-WH-C
White Flame Retardant Polyethylene
SRFR-250F-WH-C
co
Cat. No.
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 HB
.125
94 HB
to
1.500
(25.9)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 HB
(1.3)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 HB
.062
(1.6)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 HB
nt
s.
(3.2)
(1.1)
(1.6)
.625
(15.9)
to
4.500
(114.3)
94 HB
.065
(1.7)
.750
(19.1)
to
5.000
(127.0)
94 HB
(28.2)
.070
(1.8)
1.000
(25.4)
to
7.000
(177.8)
94 HB
.040
(1.0)
.125
(3.2)
to
1.500
(25.9)
94 HB
ne
.062
(19.1)
po
om
Inch
m
Outside
Diameter
Inch
(mm)
Thickness
(6.1)
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
.062
(1.6)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 HB
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
.062
(1.6)
.625
(15.9)
to
4.500
(114.3)
94 HB
.750
(19.1)
.750
(19.1)
.065
(1.7)
.750
(19.1)
to
5.000
(127.0)
94 HB
(25.4)
1.110
(28.2)
.070
(1.8)
1.000
(25.4)
to
7.000
(177.8)
94 HB
.187
(4.8)
.240
(6.1)
.040
(1.0)
.125
(3.2)
to
1.500
(25.9)
94 V-0
White Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.045
(1.1)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 V-0
SRFR-375F-WH-C
White Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.052
(1.3)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 V-0
SRFR-500F-WH-C
White Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.500
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
.062
(1.6)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 V-0
Teflon®
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.030
(.76)
.188
(4.8)
to
2.000
(50.8)
94 V-0
Teflon®
.375
(9.5)
.438
(11.1)
.030
(.76)
.313
(7.9)
to
3.000
(76.2)
94 V-0
®
Teflon
.500
(12.7)
.563
(14.3)
.030
(.76)
.375
(9.5)
to
4.000
(102.0)
94 V-0
SRTL-625-F-9-C
Teflon®
.625
(15.9)
.625
(15.9)
.030
(.76)
.625
(15.9)
to
4.500
(114.3)
94 V-0
SRTL-750-F-9-C
Teflon®
.750
(19.1)
.750
(19.1)
.030
(.76)
.750
(19.1)
to
5.000
(127.0)
94 V-0
.030
(.762)
.010
(.254)
SRTL-375-F-9-C
SRTL-500-F-9-C
on
l
SRTL-250-F-9-C
in
ec
.500
Tolerance ±
• Stocked in 100 foot rolls.
72
Polyethylene
UV Polyethylene
TEFLON®
For general indoor use
to 122°F. Wrap is
flexible and easy to
work with.
Available in black only.
Designed to resist
ultraviolet light in
outdoor applications.
PTFE Flexible
Industrial Tubing
meets or exceeds
ASTM D 3295.
260°C
-240°C
Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Material is UL rated
94 V-0. More
economical and less
rigid than nylon.
Nylon 6/6
Offers highest
abrasion resistance
and rigidity. Selfextinguishing to
UL 94 HB and a
Recognized
Component.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 73
Wire Protection Products
Molded Grommeting
• Grommet is used to protect panel
edges and knock-outs where the
chafing of passing wires is a concern.
• Suitable for round hole or odd
shape applications.
• Also Available in DuPont Tefzel®.
.067 (1.70)
+.005 (.127)
-.010 (.254)
B
12.75/12.62 (323.9/320.5)
D
C
(mm)
Natural Nylon
.150
(3.81)
.056
(1.42)
GSNY-085-9-C
Natural Nylon
.175
(4.44)
.090
(2.28)
GSNY-128-9-C
Natural Nylon
.220
(5.58)
.131
(3.32)
GSNY-192-9-C
Natural Nylon
.323
(8.20)
.192
(4.88)
GSTZ-052-9-C
®
Natural Tefzel
.150
(3.81)
.056
GSTZ-085-9-C
Natural Tefzel®
.175
(4.44)
.090
GSTZ-128-9-C
®
Natural Tefzel
.220
(5.58)
.131
GSTZ-192-9-C
Natural Tefzel®
.323
(8.20)
.192
.230
(2.28)
(mm)
Inch (mm)
(3.93)
.100
(2.54)
(5.84)
.162
(4.12)
.155
(3.93)
.100
(2.54)
.230
(5.84)
.162
(4.12)
(3.32)
(4.88)
(+.381 -.127)
Military
Standard
Numbers
Per
Pkg.
.015 (.381) to .052 (1.32)
MS-21266-1N
100
.053 (1.34) to .085 (2.15)
MS-21266-2N
100
.086 (2.18) to .128 (3.25)
MS-21266-3N
100
.128 (3.25) to .192 (4.88)
MS-21266-4N
100
.015 (.381) to .052 (1.32)
–
100
.053 (1.34) to .085 (2.15)
–
100
.086 (2.18) to .128 (3.25)
–
100
.128 (3.25) to .192 (4.88)
–
100
+.020 -.005
Inch
(mm)
(+.508 -.127)
on
l
in
ec
• Tefzel is a Trademark of the DuPont Corporation.
.155
For Panel
Thickness
D
(1.42)
om
+.015 -.005
Inch
po
GSNY-052-9-C
Tolerance
s.
Inch
C
nt
Material
B
ne
Cat. No.
A
Inch (mm)
co
A
m
• Meets MS21266-(1-4)N.
• Available in 3 materials for panel
thicknesses from .015" to .192".
73
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 74
Wire Protection Products
Extruded Grommeting
• Used to line panel edges and knock-outs
where the chafing of passing wires is a
concern.
(Measured
at Top)
D
(Typical)
C
E
(mm)
Inch
(1.01)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 V-2
(1.32)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 V-2
.062
(1.57)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 V-2
Natural Nylon
.085
(2.15)
.045
(1.14)
.200
co
.052
GRNY-062-9-C
Natural Nylon
GRNY-085-9-C
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 V-2
GRNY-100-9-C
Natural Nylon
.100
(2.54)
.045
(1.14)
.220
(5.58)
.210
(5.33)
94 V-2
GRNY-125-9-C
Natural Nylon
.125
(3.17)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.58)
.205
(5.23)
94 V-2
GRNY-187-9-C
Natural Nylon
.187
(4.74)
.050
(1.27)
.270
(6.85)
.275
(6.98)
94 V-2
GRNY-250-9-C
Natural Nylon
.250
(6.35)
.050
(1.27)
.280
(7.11)
.370
(9.39)
94 V-2
GRNY-040-0-C
Black Nylon
.040
(1.01)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 V-2
GRNY-052-0-C
Black Nylon
.052
(1.32)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 V-2
GRNY-062-0-C
Black Nylon
.062
(1.57)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 V-2
GRNY-085-0-C
Black Nylon
.085
(2.15)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 V-2
GRNY-100-0-C
Black Nylon
.100
(2.54)
.045
(1.14)
.220
(5.58)
.210
(5.33)
94 V-2
GRNY-125-0-C
Black Nylon
.125
(3.17)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.58)
.205
(5.23)
94 V-2
GRNY-187-0-C
Black Nylon
GRNY-250-0-C
Black Nylon
GRPE-040-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
GRPE-052-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
GRPE-062-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
GRPE-085-9-C
s.
Inch
nt
.040
Natural Nylon
(mm)
UL
Flammability
(mm)
ne
Natural Nylon
GRNY-052-9-C
E
Inch
po
GRNY-040-9-C
D
om
Material
C
(4.74)
.050
(1.27)
.270
(6.85)
.275
(6.98)
94 V-2
.250
(6.35)
.050
(1.27)
.280
(7.11)
.370
(9.39)
94 V-2
.040
(1.01)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 HB
.052
(1.32)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 HB
.062
(1.57)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 HB
Natural Polyethylene
.085
(2.15)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 HB
GRPE-100-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.100
(2.54)
.045
(1.14)
.220
(5.58)
.210
(5.33)
94 HB
GRPE-125-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.125
(3.17)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.58)
.205
(5.23)
94 HB
GRPE-187-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.187
(4.74)
.050
(1.27)
.270
(6.85)
.275
(6.98)
94 HB
GRPE-250-9-C
Natural Polyethylene
.250
(6.35)
.050
(1.27)
.280
(7.11)
.370
(9.39)
94 HB
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.040
(1.01)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 HB
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.052
(1.32)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 HB
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.062
(1.57)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 HB
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.085
(2.15)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 HB
GRUPE-100-9-C
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.100
(2.54)
.045
(1.14)
.220
(5.58)
.210
(5.33)
94 HB
GRUPE-125-9-C
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.125
(3.17)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.58)
.205
(5.23)
94 HB
GRUPE-187-9-C
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.187
(4.74)
.050
(1.27)
.270
(6.85)
.275
(6.98)
94 HB
GRUPE-250-9-C
Un-Cut Polyethylene
.250
(6.35)
.050
(1.27)
.280
(7.11)
.370
(9.39)
94 HB
GRFR-040-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.040
(1.01)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 V-0
GRFR-052-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.052
(1.32)
.040
(1.01)
.190
(4.82)
.125
(3.17)
94 V-0
GRFR-062-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.062
(1.57)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 V-0
GRFR-085-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.085
(2.15)
.045
(1.14)
.200
(5.08)
.170
(4.32)
94 V-0
GRFR-100-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.100
(2.54)
.045
(1.14)
.220
(5.58)
.232
(5.33)
94 V-0
GRFR-125-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.125
(3.17)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.58)
.232
(5.32)
94 V-0
GRFR-187-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.187
(4.74)
.050
(1.27)
.270
(6.85)
.275
(6.98)
94 V-0
GRFR-250-WH-C
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.250
(6.35))
.050
(1.27)
.280
(7.11)
.370
(9.39)
94 V-0
+.000
-.015
(+.000)
(-.381)
±.007
(.178)
±.010
(.254)
+.015
-.000
(+.381)
(-.000)
GRUPE-052-9-C
GRUPE-062-9-C
GRUPE-085-9-C
Tolerance
• 100 feet per roll.
in
ec
.187
on
l
Cat. No.
GRUPE-040-9-C
74
A
Max. Panel Thickness
Inch
(mm)
m
A
• Available in 8 stock sizes in 100 foot lengths
for panels from .030" to .250" thick.
• A variety of stocked materials to cover a
wide range of applications.
• Un-cut Polyethylene is ideal for protection of
glass, sheet metal, wood panels or other
sheet-form materials.
• In most applications, grommeting will grip
tightly by itself. If not, a touch of epoxy will
keep it in place.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 75
Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving
®
easily cut with a hot knife, which seals
the end-preventing fraying. Ends can
be secured using Ty-Rap® cable ties.
Available in:
• either handy mini spools or bulk
reels.
• eight sizes from a" to 2d" nominal
I.D. size.
• solid or wraparound hook and loop
braided expandable wire sleeving.
Types of Materials
ne
nt
s.
co
Thomas & Betts braided expandable
wire sleeving is used to bundle and
protect wires and cables from
abrasion and excessive wear. Its
flexible, lightweight, open weave
construction installs easily over a
variety of bundle diameters and
shapes. The sleeving is resistant to
chemicals, fungus, fuels, UV sunlight
and has an indefinite shelf life. It is
m
Product Description
po
PET – Polyethylene terephthalate
in
ec
om
A black 0.010" polyester monofilament
material designed for indoor and
outdoor applications. It is rated for
continuous operating temp. -75°C to
125° C.
F – Flame Retardant Polyfyrepolyester
A 0.010" self-extinguishing polyester
monofilament material that can be used
indoors and outdoors. It is provided in
black with white tracer for identification
and is rated for continuous operating
temp. -75°C to 125°C.
on
l
Catalog Number System
example, S250PM-0
S
Braided
Expandable
Wire
Sleeving
250
Nominal
I.D.
Size
125 = 1⁄8"
250 = 1⁄4"
500 = 1⁄2"
750 = 3⁄4"
1250 = 11⁄4"
1750 = 13⁄4"
2000 = 2"
2500 = 21⁄2"
P
Material
P = PET (Polyethylene
Terephthalate)
F = Flame-retardant
polyester
PW = PET hook &
loop wrap-around
sleeving.
FW = Flame retardant
polyester hook & loop
wrap-around sleeving
M
Reel/Spool
Size
M = 1000 ft.
D = 500 ft.
K = 250 ft.
T = 200 ft.
C = 100 ft.
L = 50 ft.
O
Color
O = Weather
Resistant
Black
Min. orders may be required for non standard combinations.
75
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 76
Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving
®
PET Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving – Mini Spool
Nominal I.D.
(in.)
Cat. No.
.250
.500
.750
1.250
S250PT-0
S500PC-0
S750PC-0
S1250PL-0
Nominal Diameter
Range (in.)
Color
.125 to .375
.250 to .750
.500 to 1.250
.750 to 1.750
Black
Spool
Quantity
200 ft.
100 ft.
100 ft.
50 ft.
Std.
Pkg.
1
1
1
1
Flame Retardant Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving – Mini Spool
.125 to .375
.250 to .750
.500 to 1.250
.750 to 1.750
co
Color
Black with white tracer
Spool
Quantity
200 ft.
100 ft.
100 ft.
50 ft.
Std.
Pkg.
1
1
1
1
s.
.250
.500
.750
1.250
S250FT-0
S500FC-0
S750FC-0
S1250FL-0
Nominal Diameter
Range (in.)
m
Nominal I.D.
(in.)
Cat. No.
nt
Note: Order by spool, not per foot.
ne
PET Hook and Loop, Wraparound Sleeving – Mini Spool
Nominal I.D.
(in.)
Cat. No.
.500
.750
1.250
2.000
Black
Nominal Diameter
Range (in.)
.250 to .750
.500 to 1.250
.750 to 1.750
1.500 to 3.500
Spool
Quantity
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
Std.
Pkg.
1
1
1
1
om
po
S500PWL-0
S750PWL-0
S1250PWL-0
S2000PWL-0
Color
in
ec
Flame Retardant Hook and Loop, Wraparound Sleeving –
Mini Spool
on
l
Cat. No.
• Hook and loop fastener design allows
for easy wrapping of existing wire
harnesses and cables.
• Convenient for rework without
disrupting existing connection.
• No tools required to close the sleeving.
• Hook and loop material is made of
100% nylon.
76
S500FWL-0
S750FWL-0
S1250FWL-0
S2000FWL-0
Nominal I.D.
(in.)
.500
.750
1.250
2.000
Note: Order by spool, not per foot.
Color
Black with white tracer
Nominal Diameter
Range (in.)
.250 to .750
.500 to 1.250
.750 to 1.750
1.500 to 3.500
Spool
Quantity
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
Std.
Pkg.
1
1
1
1
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 77
Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving
®
PET Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving – Bulk Reel
Cat. No.
.125
.250
.500
.750
1.250
1.750
2.000
2.500
Color
Black
Nominal Diameter
Range (in.)
Reel
Quantity
Std.
Pkg.
.094 to .250
.125 to .375
.250 to .750
.500 to 1.250
.750 to 1.750
1.250 to 2.750
1.500 to 3.500
1.750 to 4.500
1000 ft.
1000 ft.
500 ft.
250 ft.
250 ft.
200 ft.
200 ft.
200 ft.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
m
S125PM-0
S250PM-0
S500PD-0
S750PK-0
S1250PK-0
S1750PT-0
S2000PT-0
S2500PT-0
Nominal I.D.
(in.)
s.
nt
.125
.250
.500
.750
1.250
1.750
2.000
2.500
Color
Black with white tracer
Nominal Diameter
Range (in.)
Reel
Quantity
Std.
Pkg.
.094 to .250
.125 to .375
.250 to .750
.500 to 1.250
.750 to 1.750
1.250 to 2.750
1.500 to 3.500
1.750 to 4.500
1000 ft.
1000 ft.
500 ft.
250 ft.
250 ft.
200 ft.
200 ft.
200 ft.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
po
S125FM-0
S250FM-0
S500FD-0
S750FK-0
S1250FK-0
S1750FT-0
S2000FT-0
S2500FT-0
Nominal I.D.
(in.)
ne
Cat. No.
co
Flame Retardant Braided Expandable Wire Sleeving –
Bulk Reel
om
Note: order by reel, not per foot.
For other colors, lengths, sizes and materials please contact customer service.
Sleeving End Cutter/Sealer Tools
in
ec
Cat. No.
Description
WTBM
Bench mount end cutter/sealer tool, 110 volt AC
It is recommended that the sleeving be cut with hot knife for a straight cut and to seal the ends which prevents fraying.
1
on
l
WTBM
Std.
Pkg.
77
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 78
Cable Tie Installation Tools
Ty-Gun ® Cable Tie Tool Attaches Cables Quickly Without
Leaving Your Hand In Knots.
18 to 120 pounds.
Thomas & Bett’s Ty-Gun® cable tie tool is
designed to reduce hand and wrist
muscle fatigue while securing cable ties
with just the right amount of tension.
Plus, its unique anti-recoil mechanism
virtually eliminates the shock associated
with other cable tie installing tools.
The Ty-Gun® tool is a major advancement in cable tie installation: an
ergonomic hand tool that gets the job
done quickly and easily while
substantially reducing the risks of carpal
tunnel syndrome and other cumulative
trauma disorders.
Cable tie tension can be quickly adjusted
in less than a second with just a half turn
of the Ty-Gun® tool’s tension setting
wheel, conveniently located toward the
front of the tool for easier access. (Most
tools on the market take a full 8 to 10
seconds to adjust.) And the ingenious
design and integrity of materials ensure
durability.
co
m
Quick Tension Adjustment
Mechanism Saves Time And Energy.
ne
Lighter Weight And Adjustable Handle
Span Help Reduce Fatigue.
om
po
The advanced material design of the
Ty-Gun® tool delivers a lighter weight of
just 8.5 ounces, far less than most steel
tools. Plus, the Ty-Gun® tool’s impactresistant construction offers improved
strength and a smoother fit and feel than
conventional tools.
The exclusive adjustable
handle span of almost
one-half inch means
a more
comfortable grip for
every size hand of
both men and
women. The TyGun® tool’s wellbalanced
center of
gravity
makes it rest
easily in the
operator’s
hand. And it
requires
a low
handle
force to
secure cable
ties with the right amount of tension, from
in
ec
on
l
78
Locked-Tension Mechanism Reduces
Recoil Vibrations.
s.
nt
• A wider insertion gap means easier tie
insertion.
• 360° rotating nose allows the Ty-Gun ® tool to
be used in any position.
• Quick tension-adjustment wheel is located
towards the front for easy access and fast
changes.
• Adjustable handle span fits large and small
hands.
• Anti-recoil mechanism reduces vibration shock.
• Weighs only 8.5 ounces, with a well-balanced
center of gravity.
• User friendly, smooth grip surface, with no
sharp edges.
Break-Through Ergonomic Design
Dramatically Relieves Stress And
Strain.
The Ty-Gun® tool’s tension mechanism
virtually eliminates the shock of
unwanted recoil.
The Ty-Gun® Nose Rotates 360° For
The Most Comfortable Operating
Position.
The fully-rotating front of the Ty-Gun® tool
means operators can always hold the
tool in the most comfortable position,
regardless of the angle or position of the
cable ties. This extra versatility reduces
the strain and injuries associated with
making repetitive motions in unnatural
positions.
Thoroughly Tested For Performance,
Tie After Tie.
Field testing proves that the Ty-Gun® tool
provides accurate tension and cleanly
cuts off cable ties with an easy trigger
action, even after 100,000 applications.
The rotating nose and tension wheel
have the durability you count on from
Thomas & Betts.
For Maximum Performance, Select
Thomas & Betts Ty-Rap® and Ty-Fast®.
Together, Ty-Rap®, Ty-Fast®, and OnePiece cable ties offer the most complete
package of cable ties and accessories
in the market. The ideal match for the
new Ty-Gun® tool.
Cat. No.
Color
Tie Body
Width
ERG 299
ERG 297
ED02041
Black Handle:
Red Handle:
Replacement Cutting Blade for ERG 297, ERG 299
18-50 lbs, .094-.184
50-120 lbs, .184-.301
–
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 79
Cable Tie Installation Tools
Installation Tools
WT193A Installation Tool
Cat. No.
Description
Body Width
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Each
.094-.184
1
10 oz.
Body Width
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Each
.301
.094-.184
1
1
10 oz.
10 oz.
WT193A
Pistol-type, easy tension adjustment, cuts tail off flush
WT199
WT197
Cat. No.
Description
co
WT199/WT197 Installation Tool
m
WT193A
Pistol-type, easy tension adjustment, cuts tail off flush
Pistol-type, easy tension adjustment, cuts tail off flush
s.
WT197
WT199
nt
* Mil Spec Approved (WT197 - MS90387-2; WT199 - MS90387-1)
ne
WT1-TB/WT2-TB Installation Tool
po
Lightweight, hand-operated cable tying tools install cable ties up to .301 inch wide
and .080 inch thick. Made of high-impact plastic and steel to withstand shock and
rough handling, they are symmetrical in design for use by both left-hand and righthand operators.
They cinch up the tie with a squeeze action, and cut away the excess tail when
twisted 180 degrees. A specially designed pawl cuts away the tail if the tension limit
is exceeded, thereby preventing the cable tie from being over tightened. Ideally
suited to spot-tying applications.
in
ec
om
WT1-TB
Cat. No.
WT2-TB
on
l
WT1-TB
WT2-TB
Description
Compact hand tool made of high-impact
plastic, preset tension, cuts off flush,
lightweight and economical
Body Width
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Each
.094 thru .184
.184-.301
1
1
11⁄4 oz.
11⁄4 oz.
Deltec and Stainless Steel Tool
Cat. No.
WT3D
WT3S
Description
Installs self-locking Ty-Rap® cable ties and
Thomas & Betts 2-piece lashing ties.
Stainless steel cable tie installing tool.
Body Width
(in.)
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Each
.184 thru .500
1
8 oz.
1
8 oz.
WT3D
WT3S
Stainless Steel Installation Tool
Cat. No.
DAS250
Description
Installation Tool for Stainless Steel Ties
Std.
Pkg.
1
DAS250
79
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 80
Cable Tie Installation Tools
Cable Tie Tool
QC-100
A lightweight tool for least critical applications. Cinch tie to desired bundle and twist
tool to remove excess strap. Recommended for use with 18 - 50 pound ties.
Cat. No.
Description
QC-100
Cable Tie Tool, 18-50 lbs. tension
Plastic Handle
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Ea.
.094-.184"
1
2.56 oz.
co
m
QC-100 (plastic)
Tie Body
Width
L-200
nt
s.
Economy tool for use with 18 - 50 pound ties. Automatic cut-off removes excess
strap flush against cable tie head. Tool is equipped with adjustable tensioning.
Description
L-200
Cable Tie Tool, 18-50 lbs. tension
Steel Handle
ne
Cat. No.
Wt.
Ea.
.094-.184"
1
13.44 oz.
om
L-300-C
Std.
Pkg.
po
L-200 Metal (steel)
Tie Body
Width
on
l
L-300C Metal (steel)
in
ec
Rugged construction makes this tool ideal for use with our 120 - 175 pound ties.
Cinch tie to desired bundle and pull trigger to cut excess flush at Cable Tie head.
Field proven durability.
Cat. No.
Description
L-300C
Cable Tie Tool, 120-175 lbs. tension
Steel Handle
Tie Body
Width
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Ea.
.301-.345"
1
12 oz.
L-400-C
Heavy Duty tool for use with 18 - 50 pound ties. Automatic cut-off and adjustable
tensioning for dependable use in assembly applications.
L-400-C (plastic)
80
Cat. No.
Description
L-400-C
Cable Tie Tool, 18-50 lbs. tension
Plastic Handle
Tie Body
Width
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Ea.
.094-.184"
1
7.52 oz.
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:25 PM
Page 81
Cable Tie Installation Tools
Semi-automatic air tool speeds cable tying operation –
increases productivity
Consistent tension for all bundle diameters
on
l
in
ec
TR227
TR227R
om
po
ne
nt
s.
co
m
• Semi-automatic operation–produces fast, effortless tying; cinches and
trims tie in one fast motion
• Positive tail ejection–ensures high operating efficiency
• Precision engineered–gives you long-term dependable service,
reduces operator fatigue
• Adjustable tension–provides uniform, quality installations over wide
bundle diameter range
The TR227 pistol-type, semiautomatic air tool provides quick,
effortless cable tying. It installs self-locking Ty-Rap® cable ties
having body widths of .091" to .187" regardless of the tie’s
length or diameter of the wire bundle.
The trigger activated pneumatic tool:
1. tightens the tie to a preset tension,
2. trims it flush to the head,
3. positively ejects the cut-off portion of the cable tie
in a single stroke.
The tool is so easy to operate that just installing a
few ties is all the training required. This lightweight,
precision tool is designed to be the workhorse in
production tying operations. Its long barrel and
narrow nose make it ideal for reaching into congested
wire areas.
Designed with a comfort-grip handle to avoid operator
fatigue, the tool is quality engineered to provide years of
dependable service. Your wire harnessing and cable bundling
will be accomplished quickly, easily, and at low installed cost.
The tool has a convenient tension adjustment permitting each tie to be installed
with the proper tension regardless of variations in the bundle diameter. To increase
tension on the tie, turn the tension disc clockwise–to decrease tension, turn the
disc counterclockwise.
The tension range is indicated on the disc from min. to max.
Modular head
If difficulty should arise with operation of the tool, a convenient modular head
allows quick replacement. Simple on-line repair–downtime reduced to an absolute
minimum.
Ty-Rap® Pneumatic Tool
Cat. No.
TR227
TR227R
Description
Body Width
(in.)
Semiautomatic hand tool
.094-.184
Replaceable Head For TR227
81
3:25 PM
Page 82
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
co
m
8/18/05
on
l
(ang part 2) Tyrap.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 83
Wiring Duct
Wiring Duct and Accessories
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Open Slot Flush Profile Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vinyl Ducts
Narrow Slot Flush Profile Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Solid Wall Flush Profile Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Original Slot Duct – Vinyl
or (chlorine free) Noryl® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Round Hole Duct - Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
m
Solid Wall Duct – Vinyl
or (chlorine free) Noryl® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Tools and Rivets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
co
Duct Corner Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Duct Joining Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Wire Duct Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
s.
Wire Duct Panel Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
nt
Duct Cutting tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
in
ec
om
po
ne
Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 - 96
on
l
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 84
Wiring Duct and Accessories
Thomas & Betts Taylor ® Wiring Duct offers a total
solution for panel builders with the features you
need for organizing and protecting wiring.
• Available in open slot, solid wall, narrow slot and round hole
versions to meet your capacity and flexibility needs.
• Base and cover available in standard and flush style profiles.
• “No-Slip” covers with vinyl bead interlocks with duct sidewalls to
prevent vibration slippage.
• Dual scorelines on the slotted duct.
• North American and DIN standard mounting holes*.
• UL and CSA approved.
• Optional adhesive back for quick, hassle-free
installation.
• Complete selection of accessories and tools
for installation.
• Assorted colors, custom colors available.
s.
co
m
Flush sidewall and Non-slip cover to
cover for greater prevent vibration
slippage.
capacity.
nt
Slotted Duct – Narrow and Open Flush Profile
Deep slots for
larger wires all
the way to the
bottom.
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
• Up to 37 sizes, with complement of covers and
accessories.
• Smaller, higher number of fingers for more
concise harnessing.
• Improved flush sidewall and cover for greater
wire capacity.
• Versatile North American and DIN Standard
mounting holes allow same duct for multiple
applications.
• Dual Scoreline designed to yield clean breakoffs at the base of the fingers.
• Finger design restricts wire from slipping
along the edge; creates two levels of wire
service.**
• Straight deep slots allow larger wire sizes all
the way to the bottom.
Solid Wall Duct
North American
and DIN style
mounting holes.
Finger design
restricts wire
slippage along
edge.
Dual scorelines for
clean break-offs.
• Available in rigid vinyl (PVC) and lightweight halogen-free
Noryl.®**
• Available in improved flush sidewall and cover style for greater
wire capacity.*
• Versatile North American and DIN Standard mounting holes
allows same duct for multiple applications.**
Round Hole Duct
• Features maximum number of wire holes.
• Greater wall rigidity than open slot duct.
• Available in rigid vinyl (PVC).
** Applies to the new flush profile duct versions only.
** Does not apply to all styles.
Narrow Slot Flush Profile Duct Shown.
84
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 85
Wiring Duct and Accessories
®
Open Slot Flush Profile Duct – Vinyl
Nom. Size
Duct
Cat. No.
Cover
Cat. No.
W
H
T.5X.5T+
T.5X1T+
T.5C+
.50
.50
T.75X.75T+
T.75X1.5T+
T.75C+
Dimensions-Inches
.68
.68
.72
1.10
.79
.79
.75
.75
.75
1.50
.79
.79
.71
1.49
T1C+
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
.98
.98
.98
.98
.98
T1.5C+
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
T2C+
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
T3C+
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
T4X2T+
T4X3T+
T4X4T+
T4X5T+
T4C+
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
T6X4T+
T6C+
J
on ctr.
on ctr.
.28
.48
.32
.40
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.79
.79
on ctr.
on ctr.
.26
.87
.32
.39
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
.98
.98
.98
.98
.98
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.48
.87
1.46
2.26
3.06
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.48
.87
1.46
2.26
3.06
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.48
.87
1.46
2.26
3.06
4.25
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
1.13
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.00
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.48
1.46
2.26
3.06
4.25
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
• Standard lengths are 6 feet
6.00
ne
T3X1T+
T3X2T+
T3X3T+
T3X4T+
T3X5T+
H
po
T2X1T+
T2X1 .5T+
T2X2T+
T2X3T+
T2X4T+
T2X5T+
G
om
T1.5X1T+
T1.5X1.5T+
T1.5X2T+
T1.5X3T+
T1.5X4T+
F
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.46
2.26
3.06
4.25
.42
.42
.42
.42
.38
.38
.38
.38
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.50
.50
4.00
5.91
3.85
5.91
2.50
3.06
.42
.38
1.00
.50
in
ec
T1X1T+
T1X1.5T+
T1X2T+
T1X3T+
T1X4T+
E
m
.50
1.00
D
co
C
s.
B
nt
A
on
l
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
, CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
+ Catalog Number must be completed by adding suffix G for Gray, W for White, B for Blue, BK for Black. Example: T2 x 2TG is a 2" x 2" gray duct. Min. orders (72’) required for non-standard colors.
To order duct without mounting holes, add suffix –NM to catalog number. Example: T2 x 2TG-NM is a 2" x 2" gray duct with no mounting holes.
To order Adhesive-backed Duct, add suffix -A to Catalog Number. Example: T2 x 2TG-A is a 2" x 2" gray duct with adhesive backing. Shelf life for adhesive is 1 year.
Note: Noryl® duct is available in oyster white only. UL 94 V-1
Noryl® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co.
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
, UL 94 V-0 rated
CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
72
.1 Typ
G
H J
D
F
D
E
Bottom Mounting
Holes, 1⁄2 x 3⁄16
Typical Side View
Overall Height
Cover Installed
85
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 86
Wiring Duct and Accessories
®
Narrow Slot Flush Profile Duct – Vinyl
Cover Cat. No.
Cover
W
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
T.5 X .5HD+
T.5 X 1HD+
T.5C+
.50
.50
.50
1.00
.68
.68
.72
1.10
.79
.79
.78
1.16
.39
.39
.28
.48
on ctr.
on ctr.
.20
.20
.15
.15
T.75 X .75HD+
T.75 X 1.5HD+
T.75C+
.75
.75
.75
1.50
.79
.79
.71
1.49
.79
.79
.77
1.55
.39
.39
.375
1.03
on ctr.
on ctr.
.20
.20
.15
.15
T1C+
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
.98
.98
.98
.98
.98
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
.98
.98
.98
.98
.98
1.19
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
.70
1.07
1.25
2.50
3.26
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.20
.20
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
T1.5C+
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.19
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
.70
1.07
1.25
2.50
3.26
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.20
.20
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
T2C+
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.19
1.98
2.31
3.11
3.91
5.10
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
.70
1.07
1.25
2.50
3.26
4.38
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.20
.20
.20
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
T2.25C+
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
T3C+
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
T2.25
T2.25
T2.25
T2.25
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1.5HD+
2HD+
3HD+
4HD+
1HD+
2HD+
3HD+
4HD+
5HD+
T3.15 X 2HD+
T3.15 X 3HD+
T3.15 X 4HD+
T4
T4
T4
T4
X
X
X
X
2HD+
3HD+
4HD+
5HD+
T6 X 4HD+
co
s.
1HD+
1.5HD+
2HD+
3HD+
4HD+
5HD+
nt
T2
T2
T2
T2
T2
T2
X
X
X
X
X
X
1HD+
1.5HD+
2HD+
3HD+
4HD+
ne
X
X
X
X
X
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
.39
.39
.39
.39
1.07
1.25
2.50
3.26
.50
.50
.50
.50
.20
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
.15
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
1.13
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
1.19
2.31
3.11
3.91
5.10
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
.70
1.25
2.50
3.26
4.38
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.20
.20
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
po
T1.5
T1.5
T1.5
T1.5
T1.5
Dimensions-Inches
om
1 HD+
1.5HD+
2HD+
3HD+
4HD+
in
ec
X
X
X
X
X
T3.15C+
3.15
3.15
3.15
2.00
3.00
4.00
3.15
3.15
3.15
2.25
3.05
3.85
3.15
3.15
3.15
2.31
3.11
3.91
.39
.39
.39
1.25
2.50
3.26
1.00
1.00
1.00
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
T4C+
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
2.31
3.11
3.91
5.10
.39
.39
.39
.39
1.25
2.50
3.26
4.38
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
.20
.20
.20
.20
.15
.15
.15
.15
6.00
4.00
5.91
3.85
5.91
3.91
.39
3.26
2.50
.20
.15
on
l
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
Nom. Size
m
Cat. No.
Vinyl Duct
T6C+
• Standard lengths are 6 feet
+ Catalog Number must be completed by adding suffix G for Gray, W for White, B for Blue, BK for Black. Example: T2 x 2HD is a 2" x 2" gray duct. Min. orders (72’) required for non-standard colors.
To order duct without mounting holes, add suffix –NM to catalog number. Example: T2 x 2TG-NM is a 2" x 2" gray duct with no mounting holes.
To order Adhesive-backed Duct, add suffix -A to Catalog Number. Example: T2x2HDG-A is a 2" x 2" gray duct with adhesive backing. Shelf life for adhesive is 1 year.
Note: Noryl® duct is available in oyster white only.
Noryl® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co.
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
,
PVC duct is UL 94 V-0 rated
Noryl is UL 94 V-1 rated
CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
Bottom Mounting
Holes, 1⁄2 x 3⁄16
Typical Side View
86
Overall Height
Cover Installed
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 87
Wiring Duct and Accessories
®
Solid Wall Flush Profile Duct – Vinyl
Cover Cat. No.
Cover
W
H
A
B
C
D
E
T.5 X .5S+
T.5 X 1S+
T.5C+
.50
.50
.50
1.00
.68
.68
.72
1.10
.79
.79
.78
1.16
on ctr.
on ctr.
T.75 X .75S+
T.75 X 1.5S+
T.75C+
.75
.75
.75
1.50
.79
.79
.71
1.49
.79
.79
.77
1.55
on ctr.
on ctr.
T1C+
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
.98
.98
.98
.98
.98
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
.98
.98
.98
.98
.98
1.19
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
T1.5C+
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.57
1.19
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.13
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.97
1.19
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
5.10
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
1.52
2.25
3.05
3.85
2.36
2.36
2.36
2.36
1.58
2.31
3.11
3.91
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
1.13
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
1.19
2.31
3.11
3.91
5.10
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
3.15
3.15
3.15
2.00
3.00
4.00
3.15
3.15
3.15
2.25
3.05
3.85
3.15
3.15
3.15
2.31
3.11
3.91
1.00
1.00
1.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
2.25
3.05
3.85
5.04
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
2.31
3.11
3.91
5.10
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
6.00
4.00
5.91
3.85
5.91
3.91
2.50
T2.25
T2.25
T2.25
T2.25
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1.5S+
2S+
3S+
4S+
1S+
2S+
3S+
4S+
5S+
T3.15 X 2S+
T3.15 X 3S+
T3.15 X 4S+
T4
T4
T4
T4
X
X
X
X
2S+
3S+
4S+
5S+
T6 X 4S+
T2C+
T2.25C+
T3C+
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
T3.15C+
T4C+
T6C+
co
s.
1S+
1.5S+
2S+
3S+
4S+
5S+
nt
T2
T2
T2
T2
T2
T2
X
X
X
X
X
X
1S+
1.5S+
2S+
3S+
4S+
ne
X
X
X
X
X
Dimensions-Inches
po
T1.5
T1.5
T1.5
T1.5
T1.5
om
1 S+
1.5S+
2S+
3S+
4S+
in
ec
X
X
X
X
X
on
l
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
Nom. Size
m
Cat. No.
Vinyl Duct
• Standard lengths are 6 feet
+ Catalog Number must be completed by adding suffix G for Gray, W for White, B for Blue., BK for Black. Example: T2 x 2SG is a 2" x 2" gray duct. Min. orders (72’) required for non-standard colors.
To order duct without mounting holes, add suffix –NM to catalog number. Example: T2 x 2TG-NM is a 2" x 2" gray duct with no mounting holes.
To order Adhesive-backed Duct, add suffix -A to Catalog Number. Example: T2x2SG-A+ is a 2" x 2" gray duct with adhesive backing. Shelf life for adhesive is 1 year.
To order Duct with no mounting holes, add suffix “-NM” to the catalog number. Example: T2x2SG-NM.
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
, UL 94 V-0 rated
CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
Typical Side View
Overall Height
Cover Installed
Bottom Mounting
Holes, 1⁄2 x 3⁄16
87
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 88
Wiring Duct and Accessories
®
Original Slot Duct-Vinyl or (chlorine free) Noryl®
Noryl Cat. No.
+1510
+1550
+1520
+1530
+1540
+2010
+2150
+2020
+2030
+2040
+2050
+2530
+3010
+3120
+3020
+3030
+3040
+3050
+9020
+9026
+9030
+9040
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
–
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.00
1.25
.62
.62
.62
.50
1.00
1.25
.75
.75
.75
.56
1.10
1.35
.62
.73
.73
.38
.63
.52
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.50
.50
.50
–
.31
.31
–
.20
.20
–
–
–
.75
.75
.75
.75
1.25
1.50
.86
.86
.86
.75
1.25
1.50
1.06
1.06
1.06
.88
1.35
1.60
.62
.73
.73
.38
.52
1.00
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.50
.50
.50
–
.31
.31
–
.20
.20
51000
51120
51150
51020
51030
51040
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.18
1.18
1.20
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.10
1.35
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
.73
.73
.73
.73
1.00
1.00
.52
.52
1.00
1.25
2.25
3.25
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.31
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.20
.20
.20
.38
.38
.38
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.63
1.63
1.68
1.68
1.70
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.10
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
.73
.73
.73
1.00
1.00
.52
1.00
1.25
2.25
3.25
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.20
.20
.38
.38
.38
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.13
2.13
2.18
2.18
2.20
2.20
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
1.10
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
.73
.73
.73
1.00
1.00
1.50
.52
1.00
1.25
2.25
3.25
4.25
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.75
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.50
.20
.20
.38
.38
.38
.38
2.50
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.00
1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
51510
–
51520
51530
51540
52010
52150
52020
52030
52040
52050
50010
50015
50020
–
–
53120
–
53030
53040
53050
–
54020
54030
54040
54050
–
50030
50040
m
C
2.68
3.00
2.88
3.10
1.00
2.25
on ctr.
.50
.38
.38
3.13
3.13
3.18
3.18
3.20
3.20
1.00
1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
1.10
1.35
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
.73
.73
.73
1.00
1.00
1.50
.52
.52
1.25
2.25
3.25
4.25
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.75
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.50
.20
.20
.38
.38
.38
.38
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.20
4.20
4.18
4.20
4.20
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
1.10
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
.73
.73
1.00
1.00
1.50
.52
1.25
2.25
3.25
4.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.75
.31
.38
.38
.38
.50
.2
.38
.38
.38
.38
on
l
+4010
+4020
+4030
+4040
+4050
+9015
B
co
+9007
+9010
A
s.
+0750
+7120
+7510
+1000
+1120
+1150
+1020
+1030
+1040
H
nt
+9005
–
–
–
Dimensions-Inches
W
ne
+0500
+1010
+1250
Nom. Size
Cover
po
Duct
om
Cover
in
ec
Vinyl Cat. No.
Duct
• Standard lengths are 6 feet
+ Catalog Number must be completed by adding prefix for color: 9 for Gray, 8 for Black, 7 for White, 6 for Blue. Example: 92020 and 99020 is a 2" x 2" gray duct and a 2" gray cover.
Min. orders (72’) required for non-standard colors. To order duct without mounting holes, add suffix –NM to catalog number. Example: T2 x 2TG-NM is a 2" x 2" gray duct with no mounting holes.
To order Adhesive–backed Duct, add suffix A to Catalog Number. Example: 92020A is a 2" x 2" gray duct with adhesive backing. Shelf life for adhesive is 1 year.
Note: Noryl® duct is available in oyster white only. UL 94 V-1
Noryl® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co.
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
, UL 94 V-0 rated
CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
Bottom Mounting
Holes, 1⁄2 x 3⁄16
Typical Side View
88
Overall Height
Cover Installed
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 89
Wiring Duct and Accessories
®
Round Hole Duct—Vinyl
+2011
+2151
+2021
+2031
+2041
+2051
+2531
+3011
+3121
+3021
+3031
+3041
+3051
+4011
+4021
+4031
+4041
+4051
+9015
+9020
+9025
+9030
C
D
E
Rows of
Holes
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.25
1.75
2.00
.62
.62
.62
.62
.50
1.25
1.75
2.00
.75
.75
.75
.75
.56
1.35
1.88
2.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
1
1
2
2
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
1.25
1.50
2.00
.86
.86
.86
.86
.75
1.25
1.50
2.00
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
.88
1.35
1.60
2.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
1
1
2
3
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.18
1.18
1.20
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.10
1.35
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
1
1
2
3
4
5
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.63
1.63
1.68
1.68
1.70
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.10
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
1
2
3
4
5
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.13
2.13
2.18
2.18
2.20
2.20
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
1.10
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
1
2
3
4
5
5
2.50
3.00
2.68
3.00
2.88
3.10
on ctr.
4
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.00
1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.13
3.13
3.18
3.18
3.20
3.20
1.00
1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
1.10
1.35
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1
1
3
4
5
5
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.20
4.20
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
1.10
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1
3
4
5
5
+9040
co
m
B
s.
+1511
+1551
+1521
+1531
+1541
+9010
A
nt
+1001
+1121
+1151
+1021
+1031
+1041
+9007
Dimensions- Inches
H
in
ec
+0751
+7121
+7511
+7521
+9005
on
l
+0501
+1251
+1751
+0521
Nom. Size
W
ne
Cat. No.
po
Use With Cover
Vinyl
om
Cat. No.
• Standard lengths are 6 feet.
+ Catalog Number must be completed by adding suffix for color: 9 for Gray, 8 for Black, 7 for White. Example: 90751 and 99007 is a f" x f" gray duct and a f" gray cover.
Min. orders (72’) required for non-standard colors. To order duct without mounting holes, add suffix –NM to catalog number. Example: T2 x 2TG-NM is a 2" x 2" gray duct with no mounting holes.
• .375 diameter round hole.
Adhesive backed duct in round hole style is a custom order. Consult customer service for availability.
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
, UL 94 V-0 rated
CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
72
⁷⁄₁₆
C
⁵⁄₈
E
E
D
4
2
B
Bottom Mounting
Holes, 1⁄2 x 3⁄16
A
Typical Side View
Overall Height
Cover Installed
89
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 90
Wiring Duct and Accessories
®
Solid Wall Duct—Vinyl or (chlorine free) Noryl®
U+0201
U+0215
U+0202
U+0203
U+0204
U+0205
U+0253
B
C
D
+9005
-
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
1.00
1.25
1.75
2.00
.62
.62
.62
.62
.62
.50
1.00
1.25
1.75
2.00
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.56
1.10
1.35
1.88
2.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
+9007
-
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
.86
.86
.86
.86
.86
.75
.75
1.25
1.50
2.00
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
.88
1.10
1.35
1.60
2.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
U51000
U51125
U50115
U50102
U50103
U50104
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.18
1.18
1.20
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.10
1.35
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.63
1.63
1.68
1.68
1.70
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.10
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
on ctr.
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.13
2.13
2.18
2.18
2.20
2.20
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
1.10
1.60
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
2.50
3.00
2.68
3.00
2.88
3.10
on ctr.
3.00
1.00
3.13
1.00
3.38
1.10
1.00
50030
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.13
3.18
3.18
3.20
3.20
1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
3.38
1.35
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
on ctr.
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
50040
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
4.20
4.18
4.18
4.20
4.20
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
1.10
2.10
3.10
4.10
5.10
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
+9010
U50155
U50152
U50153
U50154
+9015
U50201
U50215
U50202
U50203
U50204
U50205
+9020
+9025
-
U+3125
U+0302
U+0303
U+0304
U+0305
+9030
U53125
U50302
U50304
U50305
+9040
U50402
U50403
U50404
U50405
50015
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
50020
on
l
in
ec
-
50010
m
A
s.
H
U+0301
U+0401
U+0402
U+0403
U+0404
U+0405
Dimensions-Inches
W
co
U+0151
U+0155
U+0152
U+0153
U+0154
Nom. Size
Cover
ne
U+1000
U+1225
U+0115
U+0102
U+0103
U+0104
Duct
po
U+0075
U+0710
U+0712
U+7515
U+0752
Cover
om
U+0050
U+0010
U+0125
U+0517
U+0052
Noryl Cat. No.
nt
Vinyl Cat. No.
Duct
E
• Standard lengths are 6 feet.
+ Catalog Number must be completed by adding prefix for color: 9 for Gray, 8 for Black, 7 for white. Example: U90050 and 99005 is a d" x d" gray duct and a d" gray cover.
Min. orders (72’) required for non-standard colors.
To order duct without mounting holes, add suffix –NM to catalog number. Example: T2 x 2TG-NM is a 2" x 2" gray duct with no mounting holes.
Adhesive backed duct in solid wall style is a custom order. Consult customer service for availability.
Note: Noryl® duct is available in oyster white only. UL 94 V-1
Noryl® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co.
Vinyl duct is UL Recognized
, UL 94 V-0 rated
C
CSA Certified and meets the JIC requirements.
72
E
E
D
B
4
A
Typical Side View
90
Overall Height
Cover Installed
Bottom Mounting
Holes, 1⁄2 x 3⁄16
2
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 91
Wiring Duct and Accessories
Tools and Rivets
This unique Rivet Setting Tool* sets a variety of nylon rivets, allowing simple installation of wiring duct. The rivet is placed in
the tool and inserted through the recommended clearance hole shown in Rivet installation table below. Pressure on the tool
head secures the rivet in place. Use 08200 Series rivets for wiring duct.
.125
.063
Nylon Rivets
Cat. No.
Use For
Quantity
08200C
08200M
Wiring Duct
100
1,000
.425
.187
.380
Rivet Installation Tool
i" Hole
Duct Cutting Tool
m
08205
1
co
The Taylor Duct Cutting Tool sports a sturdy,
all-steel construction. Its lightweight design
and tough, sharp cutting surface makes it
the perfect way to finish off your wiring duct
installation with a clean, professional finish.
08200 Series
Nominal
Hole Size
Inches
Tension
Shear
08205
i
25
40
Total Mat’l
Thickness
Inches
Cat. No.
Use For
Quantity
WDC-100
Cutting
1
.156-.250
ne
Rivet
Recommended
Max. Load: In.-Lbs.
Install.
Tool
nt
Cat No.
s.
Rivet Installation
Recommended spacing of rivets: 1 per foot for duct d"-1-d" wide. (Minimum of 2 per segment). 2 per foot for duct
2"-4" wide. (Minimum of 2 per segment).
po
Duct Corner Strip
Cat. No.*
.60
.80
Gray
White
Black
.47
Typ.
1.00
Cat. No.*
Color
98500
78500
88500
Gray
White
Black
*6 foot length
*6 foot length
Wire Duct Panel Shield
on
l
Wire Duct Divider
Duct Joining Strip
Duct Joining Strip is used to join two in-line wire ducts with
a smooth transition. Available in gray, white or black.
Color
in
ec
98000
78000
88000
om
Duct Corner Strip is used to provide smooth inside and
outside corners where two wiring ducts join to form a
corner. (See illustration.) Available in gray, white or black.
Dividers are installed in the same mounting holes as the
duct, with rivets or screws and may be used with ducts 2",
3" or 4" wide.
Duct
Height
Open
Slot
Solid
Wall
1"
1d"
2"
3"
4"
5"
+100DOS
+150DOS
+200DOS
+300DOS
+400DOS
+500DOS
+100D
+150D
+200D
+300D
+400D
+500D
*6 foot lengths
• Complete Catalog Number by adding prefix for
color: 9 for Gray, 8 for Black, 7 for white.
Panel Shields are two-part protective covers consisting of
fixed supports, either solid or slotted, and covers which are
available in four sizes. Covers and supports are made of
rigid vinyl and may be ordered in a choice of gray, black or
white. Shields mount to electrical cabinet sidewalls to keep
internal wiring out of sight.
Dimensions – Inches
Cat. No.
A
B
+3000
+3005
+3060
+3080
+3100
+3220
–
–
1.13
3.13
5.13
7.13
–
–
4.13
4.13
4.13
4.13
*6 foot lengths
• Complete Catalog Number by adding prefix for
color: 9 for Gray, 8 for Black, 7 for white.
91
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 92
Specifications
Recommended Maximum Number of Conductors in Duct
Based on 50% Area Fill
Duct Size-In.
H
d
1
1d
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
10
20
30
40
60
15
30
45
59
89
26
53
79
105
158
19
38
57
76
113
32
64
96
127
191
d
f
1
3
1b
1b
1b
1b
12
18
25
75
18
28
37
112
33
49
66
197
23
35
47
142
40
60
80
240
f
1
1d
2
1d
1d
1d
1d
22
30
45
60
33
45
66
89
59
79
118
158
42
59
85
113
72
96
143
191
1
1d
2
3
2
2
2
2
40
60
80
120
59
89
118
178
105
158
210
316
76
113
152
226
127
191
254
381
1
d
2
2d
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
60
90
120
150
180
240
89
133
178
222
266
356
158
236
316
394
473
632
113
170
226
283
340
452
191
286
381
477
572
762
80
120
160
240
320
118
178
236
356
472
210
316
420
632
840
152
226
304
452
608
254
381
508
762
1016
4
4
4
4
4
om
1
1d
2
3
4
ne
nt
s.
co
m
W
po
Open wiring (top) is
unsightly and vulnerable.
Panel Shield (bottom)
provides neat protection
for wiring.
Maximum Number Of Conductors
#14 Awg Conductors
#16 Awg Conductors
Mtw
Thwn
Mtw
Thwn
3/64 Ins.
2/64 Ins.
.110 Ins.
2/64 Ins.
.100 Ins.
in
ec
The above information is believed reliable. The user should however check the applicable specifications to verify values.
Properties of Materials Used in Fuse Blocks, Power Distribution
Blocks and Wiring Duct
PVC
Noryl
Polycarbonate
on
l
Temp Rating of Duct
60°C
95°C
125°C
Property
Specific Gravity
IZOD
Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus
Tensile Strength
Compressive Strength
Water Absorption
Hardness
Low Temp (Under IZOD Impact Test)
PVC
Noryl
-40°C
-40°F
-40°F
-40°C
Dielectric Strength
60 hertz, 25°C, s/t
Dielectric Constant
60 hz, dry
1Mhz, dry
Volume resistivity
Heat deflecting (°F@ 264 psi)
Flammability
Units
ASTM Test
PVC
Noryl®
ft-lb/in.
psi
psi
psi
psi
24 hrs-%
Rockwell
Duro D
D792
D256
D790
D790
D638
D695
D570
D785
D676
D149
1.43
2
10,900
382,000
5,500
8,600
0.10
R-111
78
1.10
5.0
12,800
360,000
7,800
16,000
0.07
R-115
vpm
400
D150
1.9
ohm-cm
°F
D257
D648
158
94 V-O
The above information is believed reliable. The user should however check the applicable specifications to verify values.
92
2.65
2.64
1017
212
94 V-1
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 93
Cross Reference
Taylor
Duct
Part #
Panduit
Duct
Part #
90500
90750
91010
91000
91510
E.5X.5LG6
E.75X.75LG6
E.5X1LG6
E1X1LG6
E1.5X1LG6
92010
93010
94010
91250
97120
Tyton
Duct
Part #
Width
Height
Taylor
Duct
Part #
Panduit
Duct
Part #
N/C
N/C
N/C
SL-1X1-G
SL-1.5X1-G
0.5
0.75
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
72150
71020
71520
72020
73020
E2X1.5WH6
E1X2WH6
E1.5X2WH6
E2X2WH6
E3X2WH6
E2X1LG6
E3X1LG6
N/C
E.5X1.25LG6
N/C
SL-2X1-G
SL-3X1-G
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
74020
71030
71530
72030
72530
91120
93120
97510
91150
91550
E1X1.25LG6
E3X1.25LG6
E.75X1.5LG6
E1X1.5LG6
E1.5X1.5LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
SL-1X1.5-G
SL-1.5X1.5-G
1
3
0.75
1
1.5
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
92150
91020
91520
92020
93020
E2X1.5LG6
E1X2LG6
E1.5X2LG6
E2X2LG6
E3X2LG6
N/C
SL-1X2-G
SL-1.5X2-G
SL-2X2-G
SL-3X2-G
2
1
1.5
2
3
94020
91030
91530
92030
92530
E4X2LG6
E1X3LG6
E1.5X3LG6
E2X3LG6
E2.5X3LG6
SL-4X2-G
SL-1X3-G
SL-1.5X3-G
SL-2X3-G
N/C
93030
94030
91040
91540
92040
E3X3LG6
E4X3LG6
E1X4LG6
E1.5X4LG6
E2X4LG6
SL-3X3-G
SL-4X3-G
SL-1X4-G
SL-1.5X4-G
SL-2X4-G
93040
94040
92050
93050
94050
E3X4LG6
E4X4LG6
E2X5LG6
E3X5LG6
E4X5LG6
SL-3X4-G
SL-4X4-G
N/C
SL-3X5-G
SL-4X5-G
80500
80750
81010
81000
81510
E.5X.5BL6
E.75X.75BL6
E.5X1BL6
E1X1BL6
E1.5X1BL6
82010
83010
84010
81250
87120
Tyton
Duct
Part #
Height
N/C
SL-1X2-W
SL-1.5X2-W
SL-2X2-W
SL-3X2-W
2
1
1.5
2
3
1.5
2
2
2
2
E4X2WH6
E1X3WH6
E1.5X3WH6
E2X3WH6
E2.5X3WH6
SL-4X2-W
SL-1X3-W
SL-1.5X3-W
SL-2X3-W
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
2.5
2
3
3
3
3
73030
74030
71040
71540
72040
E3X3WH6
E4X3WH6
E1X4WH6
E1.5X4WH6
E2X4WH6
SL-3X3-W
SL-4X3-W
SL-1X4-W
SL-1.5X4-W
SL-2X4-W
3
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
1.5
2
2
2
2
73040
74040
72050
73050
74050
E3X4WH6
E4X4WH6
E2X5WH6
E3X5WH6
E4X5WH6
SL-3X4-W
SL-4X4-W
N/C
SL-3X5-W
SL-4X5-W
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
4
1
1.5
2
2.5
2
3
3
3
3
70501
70751
71001
71511
72011
N/C
D.75X.75WH6
D1X1WH6
N/C
D2X1WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
3
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
73011
74011
71251
77121
71121
D3X1WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
3
4
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
73121
77511
71151
71551
72151
D3X1.25WH6
D.75X1.5WH6
D1X1.5WH6
D1.5X1.5WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
3
0.75
1
1.5
2
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.5
0.75
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
71751
70521
77521
71021
71521
N/C
N/C
D.75X2WH6
D1X2WH6
D1.5X2WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.5
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
1.75
2
2
2
2
E2X1BL6
E3X1BL6
N/C
E.5X1.25BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
72021
73021
74021
71031
71531
D2X2WH6
D3X2WH6
D4X2WH6
D1X3WH6
D1.5X3WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
1
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
81120
83120
87510
81150
81550
E1X1.25BL6
E3X1.25BL6
E.75X1.5BL6
E1X1.5BL6
E1.5X1.5BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
3
0.75
1
1.5
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
72031
72531
73031
74031
71041
D2X3WH6
D2.5X3WH6
D3X3WH6
D4X3WH6
D1X4WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
2.5
3
4
1
3
3
3
3
4
82150
81020
81520
82020
83020
E2X1.5BL6
E1X2BL6
E1.5X2BL6
E2X2BL6
E3X2BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
1
1.5
2
3
1.5
2
2
2
2
71541
72041
73041
74041
72051
D1.5X4WH6
D2X4WH6
D3X4WH6
D4X4WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1.5
2
3
4
2
4
4
4
4
5
84020
81030
81530
82030
82530
E4X2BL6
E1X3BL6
E1.5X3BL6
E2X3BL6
E2.5X3BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
2.5
2
3
3
3
3
73051
74051
90501
90751
91001
N/C
N/C
N/C
D.75X.75LG6
D1X1LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
3
4
0.5
0.75
1
5
5
0.5
0.75
1
83030
84030
81040
81540
82040
E3X3BL6
E4X3BL6
E1X4BL6
E1.5X4LG6
E2X4BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
3
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
91511
92011
93011
94011
91251
N/C
D2X1LG6
D3X1LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1.5
2
3
4
0.5
1
1
1
1
1.25
83040
84040
82050
83050
84050
E3X4BL6
E4X4BL6
E2X5BL6
E3X5BL6
E4X5BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
97121
91121
93121
97511
91151
N/C
N/C
D3X1.25LG6
D.75X1.5LG6
D1X1.5LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.75
1
3
0.75
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
70500
70750
71010
71000
71510
E.5X.5WH6
E.75X.75WH6
E.5X1WH6
E1X1WH6
E1.5X1WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
SL-1X1-W
SL-1.5X1-W
0.5
0.75
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
91551
92151
91751
90521
97521
D1.5X1.5LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
D.75X2LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1.5
2
0.5
0.5
0.75
1.5
1.5
1.75
2
2
72010
73010
74010
71250
77120
E2X1WH6
E3X1WH6
N/C
E.5X1.25WH6
N/C
SL-2X1-W
SL-3X1-W
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
91021
91521
92021
93021
94021
D1X2LG6
D1.5X2LG6
D2X2LG6
D3X2LG6
D4X2LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
3
4
2
2
2
2
2
71120
73120
77510
71150
71550
E1X1.25WH6
E3X1.25WH6
E.75X1.5WH6
E1X1.5WH6
E1.5X1.5WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
SL-1X1.5-W
SL-1.5X1.5-W
1
3
0.75
1
1.5
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
91031
91531
92031
92531
93031
D1X3LG6
D1.5X3LG6
D2X3LG6
D2.5X3LG6
D3X3LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
co
s.
nt
ne
po
om
in
ec
on
l
m
Width
93
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 94
Cross Reference
94
Taylor
Duct
Part #
Panduit
Duct
Part #
Tyton
Duct
Part #
Width
Height
Taylor
Duct
Part #
94031
91041
91541
92041
93041
D4X3LG6
D1X4LG6
D1.5X4LG6
D2X4LG6
D3X4LG6
94041
92051
93051
94051
80501
Panduit
Duct
Part #
Tyton
Duct
Part #
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
U80050
U80075
U80010
U80710
U81000
S.5X.5BL6NM
S.75X.75BL6NM
S.5X1BL6NM
S.75X1BL6NM
S1X1BL6NM
D4X4LG6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
2
3
4
0.5
4
5
5
5
0.5
U80151
U80201
U80301
U80401
U80125
80751
81001
81511
82011
83011
D.75X.75BL6
D1X1BL6
N/C
D2X1BL6
D3X1BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
0.75
1
1
1
1
84011
81251
87121
81121
83121
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
D3X1.25BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
0.5
0.75
1
3
87511
81151
81551
82151
81751
D.75X1.5BL6
D1X1.5BL6
D1.5X1.5BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
80521
87521
81021
81521
82021
N/C
D.75X2BL6
D1X2BL6
D1.5X2BL6
D2X2BL6
83021
84021
81031
81531
82031
Height
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.5
0.75
0.5
0.75
1
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
S1.5X1BL6NM
S2X1BL6NM
S3X1BL6NM
S4X1BL6NM
S.5X1.25BL6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1.5
2
3
4
0.5
1
1
1
1
1.25
U80712
U81125
U83125
U87515
U80115
S.75X1.25BL6NM
S1X1.25BL6NM
S3X1.25BL6NM
S.75X1.25BL6NM
S1X1.5BL6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.75
1
3
0.75
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
U80155
U80215
U80517
U80052
U80752
S1.5X1.5BL6NM
S2X1.5BL6NM
S.5X1.75BL6NM
S.5X2BL6NM
S.75X2BL6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1.5
2
0.5
0.5
0.75
1.5
1.5
1.75
2
2
0.75
1
1.5
2
0.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.75
U80102
U80152
U80202
U80302
U80402
S1X2BL6NM
S1.5X2BL6NM
S2X2BL6NM
S3X2BL6NM
S4X2BL6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
3
4
2
2
2
2
2
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
U80103
U80153
U80203
U80253
U80303
S1X3BL6NM
S1.5X3BL6NM
S2X3BL6NM
S2.5X3BL6NM
S3X3BL6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
D3X2BL6
D4X2BL6
D1X3BL6
D1.5X3BL6
D2X3BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
3
4
1
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
3
U80403
U80104
U80154
U80204
U80304
S4X3BL6NM
S1X4BL6NM
S1.5X4BL6NM
S2X4BL6NM
S3X4BL6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
82531
83031
84031
81041
81541
D2.5X3BL6
D3X3BL6
D4X3BL6
D1X4BL6
D1.5X4BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2.5
3
4
1
1.5
3
3
3
4
4
U80404
U80205
U80305
U80405
U70050
S4X4BL6NM
S2X5BL6NM
S3X5BL6NM
S4X5BL6NM
S.5X.5WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
SD-.5X.5-W
4
2
3
4
0.5
4
5
5
5
0.5
82041
83041
84041
82051
83051
D2X4BL6
D3X4BL6
D4X4BL6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
U70075
U70010
U70710
U71000
U70151
S.75X.75WH6NM
S.5X1WH6NM
S.75X1WH6NM
S1X1WH6NM
S1.5X1WH6NM
SD-.75X.75-W
SD-.5X1-W
N/C
SD-1X1-W
SD-1.5X1-W
0.75
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
0.75
1
1
1
1
84051
U90050
U90075
U90010
U90710
N/C
S.5X.5LG6NM
S.75X.75LG6NM
S.5X1LG6NM
S.75X1LG6NM
N/C
SD-.5X.5-G
SD-.75X.75-G
SD-.5X1-G
N/C
4
0.5
0.75
0.5
0.75
5
0.5
0.75
1
1
U70201
U70301
U70401
U70125
U70712
S2X1WH6NM
S3X1WH6NM
S4X1WH6NM
S.5X1.25WH6NM
S.75X1.25WH6NM
SD-2X1-W
SD-3X1-W
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
0.5
0.75
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
U91000
U90151
U90201
U90301
U90401
S1X1LG6NM
S1.5X1LG6NM
S2X1LG6NM
S3X1LG6NM
N/C
SD-1X1-G
SD-1.5X1-G
SD-2X1-G
SD-3X1-G
N/C
1
1.5
2
3
4
1
1
1
1
1
U71125
U73125
U77515
U70115
U70155
S1X1.25WH6NM
S3X1.25WH6NM
S.75X1.25WH6NM
S1X1.5WH6NM
S1.5X1.5WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
SD-1X1.5-W
SD-1.5X1.5-W
1
3
0.75
1
1.5
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
U90125
U90712
U91125
U93125
U97515
S.5X1.25LG6NM
N/C
S1X1.25LG6NM
S3X1.25LG6NM
S.75X1.25LG6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
0.5
0.75
1
3
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
U70215
U70517
U70052
U70752
U70102
S2X1.5WH6NM
S.5X1.75WH6NM
S.5X2WH6NM
S.75X2WH6NM
S1X2WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
SD-1X2-W
2
0.5
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
1.75
2
2
2
U90115
U90155
U90215
U90517
U90052
S1X1.5LG6NM
S1.5X1.5LG6NM
S2X1.5LG6NM
S.5X1.75LG6NM
S.5X2LG6NM
SD-1X1.5-G
SD-1.5X1.5-G
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
0.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.75
2
U70152
U70202
U70302
U70402
U70103
S1.5X2WH6NM
S2X2WH6NM
S3X2WH6NM
S4X2WH6NM
S1X3WH6NM
SD-1.5X2-W
SD-2X2-W
SD-3X2-W
SD-4X2-W
SD-1X3-W
1.5
2
3
4
1
2
2
2
2
3
U90752
U90102
U90152
U90202
U90302
S.75X2LG6NM
S1X2LG6NM
S1.5X2LG6NM
S2X2LG6NM
S3X2LG6NM
N/C
SD-1X2-G
SD-1.5X2-G
SD-2X2-G
SD-3X2-G
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
U70153
U70203
U70253
U70303
U70403
S1.5X3WH6NM
S2X3WH6NM
S2.5X3WH6NM
S3X3WH6NM
S4X3WH6NM
SD-1.5X3-W
SD-2X3-W
N/C
SD-3X3-W
SD-4X3-W
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
U90402
U90103
U90153
U90203
U90253
S4X2LG6NM
S1X3LG6NM
S1.5X3LG6NM
S2X3LG6NM
S2.5X3LG6NM
SD-4X2-G
SD-1X3-G
SD-1.5X3-G
SD-2X3-G
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
2.5
2
3
3
3
3
U70104
U70154
U70204
U70304
U70404
S1X4WH6NM
S1.5X4WH6NM
S2X4WH6NM
S3X4WH6NM
S4X4WH6NM
SD-1X4-W
SD-1.5X4-W
SD-2X4-W
SD-3X4-W
SD-4X4-W
1
1.5
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
U90303
U90403
U90104
U90154
U90204
S3X3LG6NM
S4X3LG6NM
S1X4LG6NM
S1.5X4LG6NM
S2X4LG6NM
SD-3X3-G
SD-4X3-G
SD-1X4-G
SD-1.5X4-G
SD-2X4-G
3
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
U70205
U70305
U70405
S2X5WH6NM
S3X5WH6NM
S4X5WH6NM
N/C
SD-3X5-W
SD-4X5-W
2
3
4
5
5
5
U90304
U90404
U90205
U90305
U90405
S3X4LG6NM
S4X4LG6NM
S2X5LG6NM
S3X5LG6NM
S4X5LG6NM
SD-3X4-G
SD-4X4-G
N/C
SD-3X5-G
SD-4X5-G
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
51000
52010
51120
53120
51150
NE1X1WH6
NE2X1WH6
N/C
N/C
NE1X1.5WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.5
co
s.
nt
ne
po
om
in
ec
on
l
m
Width
NORYL®
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 95
Cross Reference
NE1.5X1.5WH6
N/C
NE1X2WH6
NE1.5X2WH6
NE2X2WH6
54020
51030
51530
52030
53030
Taylor
Duct
Part #
Panduit
Duct
Part #
Width
Height
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1.5
2
1
1.5
2
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
Joining Strip
NE4X2WH6
NE1X3WH6
NE1.5X3WH6
NE2X3WH6
NE3X3WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
3
2
3
3
3
3
Divider Walls
54030
51040
51540
52040
53040
NE4X3WH6
NE1X4WH6
NE1.5X4WH6
NE2X4WH6
NE3X4WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
54040
52050
53050
54050
U51000
NE4X4WH6
N/C
NE3X5WH6
NE4X5WH6
NS1X1WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
4
2
3
4
1
4
5
5
5
1
U50201
U51125
U53125
U50115
U50155
NS2X1WH6NM
N/C
N/C
NS1X1.5WH6NM
NS1.5X1.5WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
1
3
1
1.5
1
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
U50215
U50102
U50152
U50202
U50402
N/C
NS1X2WH6NM
NS1.5X2WH6NM
NS2X2WH6NM
NS4X2WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
1
1.5
2
4
1.5
2
2
2
2
U50103
U50153
U50203
U50303
U50403
NS1X3WH6NM
NS1.5X3WH6NM
NS2X3WH6NM
NS3X3WH6NM
NS4X3WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
U50104
U50154
U50204
U50304
U50404
NS1X4WH6NM
NS1.5X4WH6NM
NS2X4WH6NM
NS3X4WH6NM
NS4X4WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
1
1.5
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
U50205
U50305
U50405
N/C
NS3X5WH6NM
NS4X5WH6NM
N/C
N/C
N/C
2
3
4
C.5LG6
C.75LG6
C1LG6
C1.5LG6
C2LG6
TC.5-G
TC.75-G
TC1-G
TC1.5-G
TC2-G
99026
99030
99040
89005
89007
C2.5LG6
C3LG6
C4LG6
C.5BL6
C.75BL6
89010
89015
89020
89026
89030
C1BL6
C1.5BL6
C2BL6
C2.5BL6
C3BL6
89040
79005
79007
79010
79015
C4BL6
C.5WH6
C.75WH6
C1WH6
C1.5WH6
N/C
TC.5-W
TC.75-W
TC1-W
TC1.5-W
79020
79026
79030
79040
C2WH6
C2.5WH6
C3WH6
C4WH6
TC2-W
N/C
TC3-W
TC4-W
NC1WH6
NC1.5WH6
NC2WH6
NC3WH6
NC4WH6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
CS1LG6
CS1WH6
CS1BL6
CSG
CSW
N/C
in
ec
99005
99007
99010
99015
99020
DJS1LG6
DJS1WH6
DJS1BL6
SCG
SCW
N/C
9100DOS
9150DOS
9200DOS
9300DOS
9400DOS
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
9500DOS
8100DOS
8150DOS
8200DOS
8300DOS
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
8400DOS
8500DOS
7100DOS
7150DOS
7200DOS
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
7300DOS
7400DOS
7500DOS
9100D
9150D
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
D1.5H6
D2H6
D3H6
D4H6
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
7100D
7150D
7200D
7300D
7400D
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
7500D
N/C
N/C
NR1C
NR1M
TNR
PR1
PRT1
ne
8150D
8200D
8300D
8400D
8500D
5
5
5
Width
Height
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
D1H6
nt
9200D
9300D
9400D
9500D
8100D
po
om
Covers
98500
78500
88500
Tyton
Duct
Part #
m
51550
52150
51020
51520
52020
Tyton
Duct
Part #
co
Panduit
Duct
Part #
s.
Taylor
Duct
Part #
Rivets & Tool
08200C
08200M
08205
N/C
TC3-G
TC4-G
N/C
N/C
on
l
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
NORYL® Covers
50010
50015
50020
50030
50040
Accessories
Corner Strip
98000
78000
88000
95
(ang part 3) Taylor.qxd
8/18/05
3:30 PM
Page 96
Cross Reference
Panduit
G Style
Part #
Iboco
C1WH6
D1X4LG6
G1X1.5WH6
G1X1.5LG6
–
TC1W
–
SL1X1.5W
SL1X1.5G
–
•
–
T1-1015W
T1-1015G
•
T1.5X2HDG
T1.5X2SG
T3X4SW
T4X3HDG
T2.25X2SW
SL1X3G
–
F1.5X1.5LG6
C3IB6
G1X3LG6
–
–
G1.5X1.5LG6
C3IB6
SL1.5X1.5G
–
T1-1030G
•
–
T1-1515G
–
C4IB6
F.5X.5LG6A
F3X3IB6
F3X4IB6
C4IB6
–
G3X3IB6
G4X4IB6
–
–
–
–
SD1.5X3W
F4X3WH6
G4X3WH6
SD1.5X4W
SD3X3W
SL4X3W
C1WH6
T1X1.5HDW
T1X1.5HDG
T.5CG
F1X1.5WH6
F1X1.5LG6
C.5LG6
T1X3HDG
T6CG
T.5X.5SG
T1.5X1.5HDG
F1X3LG6
T1.5X3SW
TA-4730G
T1-1522G
–
–
T1-4030G
TA-2222W
T4X2SG
–
TA-4022G
T6X4SG
T1X1SG
T1X1SW
–
SD1X1G
SD1X1W
TA-4722G
–
–
–
T1-0506G
–
–
–
T3X2SG
T6X4SW
–
–
–
–
–
TA-3022G
TA-4722W
•
–
–
–
T1-4030W
SEP-30
B6
T3X2SW
T1.5X4SG
T.5CW
–
SD1.5X4G
–
–
–
TA-3022W
–
•
–
–
–
SD1X3G
SL3X3W
–
SD3X4G
T1-3022G
–
T1-3030G
T1-4730G
–
G4X4LG6
SL3X4G
T1-4040
C1.5IB6
F4X2WH6
C1.5IB6
G4X2WH6
SD1X4W
–
–
–
–
T1-4022W
F2X4LG6
G2X4LG6
SD1.5X3G
–
–
–
T1-2240G
–
F3X3LG6
G3X3LG6
SL3X3G
T1-3030G
SD4X3G
SD3X3G
SD1.5X1.5G
SD4X4G
SL1X4G
TA4-030G
–
TA-1515G
–
T1-1040G
PRT1
–
–
–
TA-2215W
SEP-22
T3X2HDG
T1X3SG
T3X3HDW
T6X4HDG
T3X4SG
F3X2LG6
G1.5X1.5IB6
G2X3IB6
G1X3IB6
–
–
SL1X3W
–
–
T1-1030W
T4X4HDG
F4X4LG6
TA-4022W
T1-4730W
T4X2HDW
–
–
–
G1X4WH6
G1.5X3WH6
–
SL1X4W
SL1.5X3W
–
–
–
T1-1040W
T1-1530W
–
F1X4WH6
F1.5X3WH6
F3X4IB6
F4X4WH6
G3X4IB6
G4X4WH6
–
–
SL4X4W
T6X4HDW
T4X2HDG
T.5X.5HDW
F4X2LG6
–
G4X2LG6
F2X2IB6
–
G2X2IB6
F1X1LG6
G1X1LG6
F1X3IB6
F1.5X2IB6
G1X3IB6
G1.5X2IB6
F1.5X3LG6
F1X2WH6
G1.5X3LG6
G1X2WH6
T1.5X1.5HDW
T1.5X4HDW
F1.5X1.5WH6
F1.5X4WH6
G1.5X1.5WH6
G1.5X4WH6
F1X1.5IB6
on
l
T1.5X3HDG
T1X2HDW
F2X4WH6
SL1X1G
–
–
–
–
SL1.5X3G
–
–
SL1.5X1.5W
SL1.5X4W
G3X4WH6
SD1X1.5G
SL3X4W
–
T1-3040W
T1-1010G
TA-2215G
–
–
–
T4CG
T4X4SW
C4LG6
C4LG6
TC4G
SD4X4W
T1.5X2HDW
F1.5X2WH6
G1.5X2WH6
–
SEP15
•
–
–
T1-1522W
T2.25X2SG
T3CW
T1X1.5SW
C3WH6
C3WH6
–
TC3G
SD1X1.5W
TA-2222G
•
–
T1-1030G
T1-1022W
–
T1-1515W
T1-1540W
–
–
T1-4722W
TA-4730W
TA-1515W
–
T4X3SW
T2.25X3HDW
F2X3WH6
G2X3WH6
T1X1HDW
F1X1WH6
G1X1WH6
T3X2HDW
F3X2WH6
G3X2WH6
C2IB6
C4WH6
C2IB6
C4WH6
T1X4SG
s.
F3X4WH6
–
–
G3X4LG6
nt
T1X1.5SG
T3X4HDW
SL1.5X1
–
F3X4LG6
• Iboco includes cover with duct
T1-4722G
T1-4022G
–
–
–
G1X1.5IB6
G1X2IB6
T3X3HDG
G3X3WH6
G1X4LG6
T1-2240W
P4
F1X2IB6
T1.5X3SG
T2.25X4HDG
T1.5X2SW
G3X2LG6
F1X4LG6
–
B6
–
–
T1-4040W
–
–
SD1.5X1.5W
T1X4SW
F3X3WH6
T4X3SG
T3X3SG
T1.5X1.5SG
T4X4SG
T1X4HDG
G2X4WH6
T6X4HDW
T6X4SW
T1.5X1.5SW
96
–
–
–
–
–
in
ec
T2.25X3SW
G.75WH6
T2.25X4SW
po
F1.5X1.5IB6
F2X2IB6
F1X3IB6
T4X4HDW
T4CW
T1X2SW
C.75WH6
–
–
–
–
–
T3X4HDG
T2.25X4SG
TNR
G2X1.5WH6
T2.25X4HDW
G4X3LG6
Iboco
–
G1X1IB6
F2X1.5WH6
T1X1HDG
T2.25X1.5SG
T2.25X3SG
F4X3LG6
Tyton
–
–
SD3X4W
SL4X3G
–
om
T2.25X1.5HDW
G1.5X2LG6
F1X1IB6
T4X2SW
T6X4HDW
T.5X.5HDG
T1X4HDW
T1.5X3HDW
F1.5X2LG6
TNR
T.5X.5SW
T2.25X1.5SW
T1X3HDW
Panduit
G Style
Part #
m
T1CW
Panduit
F Style
Part #
T6X4SG
New Narrow and Solid Wall Flush Style Duct
T1.5X4SW
T3X3SW
T4X3HDW
Taylor
Duct
Part #
Tyton
co
Panduit
F Style
Part #
ne
Taylor
Duct
Part #
–
–
–
–
SL3X4G
–
–
–
–
T1-3040G
–
SD4X3W
–
–
–
R100X150LG6
TA-4030W
–
–
T1-2230W
SL1X1W
–
–
–
T1-1010W
–
T1-3022W
SD1X4G
–
TC4W
–
–
–
•
–
C1IB6
C1IB6
–
–
T1X2HDG
T2.25X2HDG
T1.5X4HDG
T2.25X1.5HDG
T2.25X3HDG
F1X2LG6
F2X2LG6
F1.5X4LG6
F2X1.5LG6
F2X3LG6
G1X2LG6
G2X2LG6
G1.5X4LG6
G2X1.5LG6
G2X3LG6
–
–
SL1.5X4G
–
T1-1022G
T1-2222G
T1-1540G
–
T1-2230G
T1.5CW
T1X2SG
T3CG
T1X3SW
T1CG
C1.5WH6
C1.5WH6
C3LG6
C3LG6
•
–
•
–
•
C1LG6
C1LG6
TC1.5W
–
TC3G
SD1X3W
TC1G
T6CW
T2.25CW
C2WH6
–
C2WH6
–
–
•
•
T2.25X2HDW
F2X2WH6
E2X2WH6
–
T1-2222W
T1.5CG
C1.5LG6
C1.5LG6
TC1.5G
•
T2.25CG
C2LG6
C2LG6
•
R4
R6
NR1C
NR1C
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 97
Terminal Products
and Tools
s.
co
m
Terminals
Overview ................................................... 98 - 101
Nylon Insulated Ring............................... 102 - 106
Vinyl Insulated Ring ................................ 107 - 109
Non-Insulated Ring ................................. 110 - 112
Heavy Duty Ring .............................................. 113
High Temperature Non-Insulated..................... 114
TEFZEL® Insulated Ring .................................. 115
Rectangular Rings .................................... 116-117
Flag Terminals .................................................... 118
Fork Terminals
Nylon Insulated Fork............................... 119 - 120
Vinyl Insulated Fork ......................................... 121
Non-Insulated Fork .......................................... 122
Locking Fork Terminals
Nylon Insulated Fork ........................................ 123
Vinyl Insulated Fork ......................................... 124
Heat Shrinkable Fork ....................................... 125
Non-Insulated Fork .......................................... 125
Pin Terminals ...................................................... 126
Insulated Ferrules ...................................... 127 - 128
Non-Insulated Ferrules ....................................... 129
Heat Shrinkable Terminals, Splices,
Disconnects ............................................ 130 - 131
Splice Connectors...................................... 132 - 134
Parallel Splices ................................................... 135
nt
ne
po
om
in
ec
on
l
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
Disconnects
Female (250 Series) ............................... 136 - 137
Piggy Back (250 Series) .................................. 137
Female (187 Series) ........................................ 138
Male (250 Series)............................................. 139
Male (187 Series and 110 Series) ................... 140
250 Series Adapters and Coupler.................... 141
Wristlock Disconnects ...................................... 141
Pin Terminals/Vinyl Terminals
(Mini-Pack) ....................................................... 142
Wire Joints – Nylon Insulated ............................. 143
Installation Kits.................................................... 144
Stripping/Cutting Tools .............................. 145 - 146
Application Tools
Plier Tools............................................... 147 - 148
Comfort Crimp® ........................................149 - 150
Rachet Hand Tools ................................. 151 - 154
Toggle Type.............................................154 - 155
Flag Terminal Type Hand Tool .........................154
TBM60RS Short Handle .................................. 155
Shure-Stake® Auto Feed .................................. 156
BAT22-6 Battery-Powered Crimping Tool. 157 - 158
Air Operated ........................................... 159 - 160
Air Hydraulic..................................................... 160
Twelve Ton Crimping ...................................... 161
Installation Dies................................................ 162
Electric Hydraulic Pump ................................... 163
Tool Charts ............................................. 164 - 165
Stud Size and Clearance Hole Chart .................. 165
Wire Guide Tables ..................................... 166 - 169
Military Cross Reference..................................... 170
Cross Reference for Packaging................. 171 - 174
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 98
Terminals
Why Sta-Kon® Terminals Are Better
are your goals, then you must design a
terminal with a long barrel. Most competitive barrel lengths range from 20%50% shorter than Sta-Kon® terminals.
The results are usually a stream of
electrical failure, rework and added
expense. This also provides the insulator with additional surface area, holding
tight to the barrel. Many competitive
insulators come off during crimping
due to a limited barrel length.
Thomas & Betts developed the first
tool-applied solderless terminals and
connectors over 60 years ago in
response to industry awareness of the
need for better performance of electrical systems.
co
Brazed or Overlapped Seam
nt
s.
This feature makes wire insertion faster
and easier. Chamfering eliminates
wire strand “hang up” and departure
upon insertion into the terminal’s barrel. The loss of
even a couple of wire
strands can have negative
results on electrical efficiency and resistance to
mechanical strain.
m
Chamfered/Funneled
Terminal Barrel Entry
po
ne
• Chamfered
Funnel Barrel
Entry.
• Anti-rotational
tongue.
• Hardened tongue.
• Complete wire
and stud size
identification.
After the insertion of a wire into the terminal’s barrel, a deep serrated interior
insures a large area of contact which
lowers the resistance of a connection.
With the mechanical force of the tool,
the wire strands cold flow into the serrated interior. This guarantees electrical resistance lower than the wire to
which it is applied. This feature also
prevents pullout from vibration and
mechanical strain. Deep internal serrations can be compared to the effective
holding power of a well treaded tire on
a wet highway.
in
ec
on
l
• Selectively annealed
long barrel.
• Longer barrel design.
• Color-code Tefzel ®,
Nylon or Vinyl
Insulators.
• Brazed or overlapping
seams.
om
Deep Internal
Serrations
Sta-Kon’s Long Barrel
Design
®
If lowering electrical resistance, preventing wire pullout, eliminating a
“missed” crimp and an insulator that
stays on the barrel during installation
98
A long barrel design is of little value
unless it is one solid piece. That is why
Thomas & Betts brazes the seam on
our vinyl insulated Sta-Kon® and overlaps the seam on nylon insulated terminals. Many competitive terminals have
butted seams. This means increased
chances for wirestrand loss, poor resistance, wire pullout and electrical failure. If the installer doesn’t position the
tool exactly on the correct spot on the
barrel, there’s likely going to be an
improper termination. The butted seam
can also fold due to tool-applied pressure piercing the terminals insulation
from the inside out. With a brazed or
overlapped seam the installer can
crimp anywhere along the barrel’s surface providing up to 2.5 times the tensile strength of a butted seam terminal,
guaranteeing proper electrical flow,
void free.
Strands enter as a
homogeneous group
and compact tightly
under compression due
to fully brazed seam
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 99
Terminals
Why Sta-Kon® Terminals Are Better – continued
To insure a Sta-Kon® terminal is properly plated and insulated, all our parts are
put through a process which cleans
and smooths the terminal of any manufacturing by-products, mainly grease,
oils and sharp edges. Many competitive
products do not put their product
through such rigorous finishing.
ne
nt
s.
co
Because of the mechanical strength of
copper, an installer can experience
fatigue associated with repeated installations. For this reason Thomas & Betts
puts our terminals through one more
step called selective annealing. This
process leaves the barrel soft enough
to crimp and form around the wire.
However, we “cold form” the tongue
during the manufacturing process so
it remains strong. This is done so
the tongue can withstand
repeated bends and bolt
tightening strain common in
most electrical installations. Many competitors
attempt to accomplish
similar goals by removing valuable material or
using a softer copper
which has lower conductivity. This increases electrical resistance as well as the odds
for shorting and downtime.
All Sta-Kon ® Terminals are
Deburred and Degreased
m
Selective Annealing
om
po
• Deep
Internal
Serrations.
in
ec
Anti-Rotational Tongues
on
l
• Flat bottom box.
• Electro-tin plating.
• Center reinforced
spring detent for
minimum insertion
force.
• Compound Spring
Rails provide
positive contact
after repeated
insertions.
This is a unique feature to the Thomas
& Betts ring tongue terminal. This
design prevents terminal shorting by
keeping the terminal secure in the terminal block. The installer can place a
greater number of terminals closer
together without worry.
Proper Identification
We identify all terminals with Thomas &
Betts initials, T & B. We also indicate
wire and stud sizes. These markings
are clearly visible on the surface of the
tongue, taking any guesswork out of
replacing or reordering additional
parts. Our superior bright plating also
assists in visibility.
Platings/Finish
Electroplated-Tin is standard. All others
require minimum order quantities and
are generally not stocked. Alternative
platings as follows: Gold, Silver, Tinalloys, Nickel, etc.
The following finishes are available on
most one-piece Sta-Kon® terminals:
Finish
Suffix
Gold Plate
GP
Nickel Plate
NP
Plain Finish
Silver Plate
PF
SP
Tin Plate
TP
Spec.
MIL-G-45204
Type II, Grade B,
C, D, Class O
QQ-N-290 Class 2,
Grade G
None
MIL-T-16366 Type I
or II, 400° F, 204° C
MIL-T-10727 Type I
To order add the indicated suffix to the
regular catalog number.
Underwriters Laboratories
Listing
Sta-Kon® Rings, Fork, and Locking
Forks are tested and listed to U.L.
486A, two-way splices to U.L. 486C,
disconnects to U.L. 310 and all applicable products to CSA 22.2.
99
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 100
Terminals
Sta-Kon® Ring, Fork & Locking Fork
• Complete line of installing tools engineered to match tool with terminal.
• First to gain military approval for pressure connections … many styles available for
military applications.
• Sta-Kon® products exceed test specification requirements of military, U.L. and CSA.
• TEFZEL® & Nylon Terminals provided with extra metal sleeve to grip insulation.
• Vinyl insulated and bare Sta-Kon® terminals feature brazed seam wire barrels which
can be crimped at any place on the barrel circumference.
Sta-Kon® Disconnects
co
m
• Internal barrel serrations and long barrel provide for maximum tensile strength.
• Complete line of installing tools, engineered to match tool with terminal.
• Funnel entry insulators allow for easier inserting of wire into barrel.
• Color-coded for easy installation.
The Shure-Stake® Tools are Matched to Terminals
ERG-2001
ne
nt
s.
The Shure-Stake® mechanism prevents the dies from releasing the terminal until
the proper compression has been completed. With this method, an operator
achieves a reliable crimp everytime. Thomas & Betts’ tooling techniques correctly
match tools, wire size and terminal to produce optimum mechanical and electrical
performance.
Sta-Kon® Technical Data
U.L. 94
Flammability
po
Terminals & Splices
Insulation Rating
om
Nylon
Vinyl
TEFZEL®
Disconnects
V-2
V-0
V-0
Voltage
Temperature
600V
600V
600V
300V
105°C
105°C
150°C
105°C
in
ec
The Sta-Kon® Terminal Numbering System
on
l
Distributor Package 100/50
Bulk “O.E.M.” Packaged 1000/500
Common to Both Packages
• Letter A denotes 22-18 AWG wire range
• Letter B denotes 16-14 AWG wire range
• Letter C denotes 12-10 AWG wire range
• Letter R preceding the above letters indicates the terminal is insulated
• No letter R… no insulation … no exception!
Distributor Packaged
Part numbers are very descriptive indicating insulation and type, stud size, tongue
style and the largest maximum wire that can be put inside.
• If the letter R precedes the number the part is nylon insulated – RA18-6
• If the letter R follows the number the part is vinyl insulated – 14RB-8
EXAMPLE: 10RC-8F
C – Indicates 12-10 AWG
10RC – Vinyl Insulated
8 – Indicates stud size
F – means a fork tongue terminal
FL – would indicate locking fork
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
100
EXAMPLE: 2RA18X
2 – Indicates a 2 way or butt style connector
X – means expanded insulation.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 101
Terminals
The Proper Installation Procedure for the Quality
Assured Connection
the conductor. See page 148 for
wire strippers.
stripped wire
m
The proper installation of terminals,
splices and connectors is very important to the efficient performance of an
electrical system. The properly
installed connector will allow good
conductivity through the termination. A
poor termination results in a high
resistance connection. A poor connector installation may cause damage or
failure of an entire system. Certain
basic requirements must be met to
make a good termination.
co
rest
indentor
terminal
orient tongue
as shown
The terminal must be properly installed.
Installation Procedure
1. Train the wires to eliminate fanning
of strands.
2. Open handles fully.
3. Insert terminal in proper die nest
and locate it as shown above. When
crimping a butt splice, position in
proper die nest with window facing
indentor.
4. Close handles slightly to secure terminal. Do not deform terminal.
5. Insert properly stripped wire into terminal.
6. Complete crimp by closing handles.
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
1. Before the connector or terminal is
installed on the conductor, follow
these recommended practices:
• Strip the insulation carefully so as to
avoid nicking or cutting conductor
strands.
• Strip the insulation to the proper
length so that the conductors can be
inserted fully into the connector barrel; the wire/cable should be visible
in the inspection hole of the lug; the
proper strip length can be found on
page 166.
2. Thomas & Betts wire strippers will
help eliminate these problems by
properly gaging and measuring the
depth and length requirements for
stripping
length
101
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 102
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Ring – Insulation Grip
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RZ22-2**
RZ22-4**
RZ22-6**
RZ22-8**
RZ22-10**
100
100
100
100
100
26-22
26-22
26-22
26-22
26-22
.083
.083
.083
.083
.083
#2
#4
#6
#8
#10
RAX23*
RAX43*
RAX63*
RAX83*
RAX103*
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
26-24
26-24
26-24
26-24
26-24
.125
.125
.125
.125
.125
#2
#4
#6
#8
#10
RA18-4
RA323
RA333
RA18-6
RA853
RA18-8
RA833
RA863
RA18-10
RA873
RA18-14
RA713
RA18-516
RA723
RA18-38
RA733
RA18-12
RA753
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
#4
#4
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape
RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
RB14-4
RB1323
RB14-6
RB853
RB1333
RB14-8
RB863
RB14-10
RB873
RB14-14
RB713
RB14-516
RB723
RB14-38
RB733
RB14-12
RB753
on
l
in
ec
om
RZ & RAX stock thickness: .02
RA & RB stock thickness: .03
RC stock thickness: .04
RC10-6
RC333
RC10-8
RC863
RC10-10
RC363
RC10-14
RC713
RC10-516
RC703
RC10-38
RC733
RC10-12
RC753
C
M
.57
.65
.65
.75
.75
.14
.21
.21
.25
.25
.13
.20
.20
.23
.23
.49
.54
.54
.62
.62
3
3
3
3
3
.66
.74
.84
.84
.84
.14
.20
.25
.25
.25
.14
.19
.22
.22
.24
.59
.64
.72
.72
.72
m
B
1
1
1
1
1
.70
.70
.70
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.86
.86
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.17
1.17
1.27
1.27
.23
.23
.23
.26
.26
.26
.26
.26
.31
.31
.46
.46
.46
.46
.53
.53
.72
.72
.14
.14
.14
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.35
.35
.50
.50
.59
.59
.59
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.84
.84
.84
.84
.87
.87
.92
.92
co
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
#4
#4
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
21⁄2
21⁄2
3
3
3
3
3
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
4
4
.72
.72
.89
.89
.74
.89
.89
.89
.89
1.08
1.08
1.08
1.08
1.17
1.17
1.25
1.25
.26
.26
.31
.31
.26
.31
.31
.31
.31
.47
.47
.47
.47
.53
.53
.72
.72
.14
.14
.25
.25
.14
.25
.25
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.35
.35
.50
.50
.59
.59
.71
.71
.59
.71
.71
.71
.71
.81
.81
.84
.84
.87
.87
.90
.90
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
3
3
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.12
1.12
1.21
1.21
1.27
1.27
1.37
1.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.53
.53
.53
.53
.59
.59
.72
.72
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.32
.32
.31
.31
.35
.35
.52
.52
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.86
.86
.94
.94
.98
.98
1.02
1.02
Installing tools: WT2000, WT112M, WT145C, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145A
Installing tool: WT1452 (RZ series only)
M
C
B
102
Dimensions
A
100
1000
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
* Not Listed By U.L. CSA
** CSA Listed only
U.L. Listed E9809
A
s.
Wire Range
26-22
22-16
18-14
12-10
nt
Color Code
yellow
red
blue
yellow
ne
Self-insulated with high dieletric-strength nylon
sleeves, these ring terminals are recommended
for temperatures up to 105°C. An inner bronze
insulation grip sleeve lengthens the flexing
radius of the conductor and eliminates conductor creep. The nylon jacket is color-coded:
po
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 103
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Ring – Expanded Insulation Grip
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RB14-4X
RB1324
RB14-6X
RB854
RB14-8X
RB864
RB14-10X
RB874
RB14-14X
RB714
RB14-516X
RB724
RB14-38X
RB734
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
#4
#4
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
RC10-6X
RC334
RC10-8X
RC864
RC10-10X
RC364
RC10-14X
RC714
RC10-516X
RC704
RC10-38X
RC734
RC10-12X
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
po
Dimensions
A
B
C
M
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
.80
.80
.95
.95
.95
.95
.95
.95
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.25
1.25
.26
.26
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.47
.47
.47
.47
.53
.53
.14
.14
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.42
.42
.67
.67
.79
.79
.79
.79
.79
.79
.92
.92
.92
.92
.95
.95
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.22
1.22
1.32
1.32
1.38
1.38
1.48
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.53
.53
.53
.53
.59
.59
.72
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.32
.32
.31
.31
.48
.48
.52
.91
.91
.91
.91
.91
.91
.96
.96
1.05
1.05
1.09
1.09
1.13
m
co
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications
(i.e. 12050 tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
s.
RB stock thickness: .03
RC stock thickness: .04
nt
Catalog numbers with the suffix X indicate an
expanded insulation grip. This means a wider
wire entry to accommodate heavy wall insulation.
Ring terminals won’t fall free even if the mounting screw loosens.
ne
Cat.
No.
om
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT2000, WT112M, WT145C, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145A
C
B
A
on
l
in
ec
M
103
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 104
Terminals
®
®
Heat Shrinkable Ring Terminals – Expanded Insulation Support
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RAS18-6X
RAS18-8X
RAS18-10X
100
100
100
22-18
22-18
22-18
.170
.170
.170
#6
#8
#10
RBS14-6X
RBS14-8X
RBS14-10X
100
100
100
16-14
16-14
16-14
.200
.200
.200
RCS10-6X
RCS10-8X
RCS10-10X
RCS10-14X
50
50
50
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.250
.250
.250
.250
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tool: WT1255
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
RAS & RBS stock thickness: .03
RCS stock thickness: .04
on
l
in
ec
om
po
A
ne
B
nt
M
C
104
C
M
2
3
2
1.23
1.26
1.26
.25
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
1.10
1.10
1.10
#6
#8
#10
3
3
31⁄2
1.23
1.23
1.26
.25
.25
.31
.27
.27
.27
1.10
1.10
1.10
#6
#8
#10
b"
3
5
5
6
1.34
1.34
1.34
1.34
.31
.37
.37
.49
.27
.27
.27
.32
1.15
1.15
1.15
1.15
m
B
s.
These ring terminals are self-insulated with
heat shrinkable polyolefin and internally coated
sealant. Upon completed installation, a fully
sealed connection is achieved to protect the
joint against the degrading effects of galvanic
action, corrosion, and environmental exposure.
Dimensions
A
co
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 105
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Ring
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RD167
RD8-10
RD367
RD8-14
RD717
RD8-516
RD727
RD8-38
RD737
RD8-12
RD757*
200
25
200
25
200
25
200
25
200
25
200
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
.340
.340
.340
.340
.340
.340
.340
.340
.340
.310
.310
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
RD10161
RD10361
RD10711
RD10721
RD10731
200
200
200
200
200
8AN
8AN
8AN
8AN
8AN
.270
.270
.270
.270
.270
#8
#10
b"
j"
c"
RE6-10
RE267
RE6-14
RE717
RE6-516
RE727
RE6-38
RE737
RE6-12
RE757*
20
200
20
200
20
200
20
200
20
200
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
M
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
1.48
1.48
1.48
1.54
1.54
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.79
1.79
.42
.42
.42
.46
.46
.57
.57
.57
.57
.82
.82
.28
.28
.28
.36
.36
.36
.36
.36
.36
.55
.55
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.32
1.32
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.39
1.39
12
12
12
12
12
1.40
1.40
1.45
1.53
1.53
.41
.41
.45
.56
.56
.24
.24
.34
.34
.34
1.20
1.20
1.22
1.25
1.25
s.
co
m
C
200
200
200
200
6AN
6AN
6AN
6AN
.315
.315
.315
.315
#10
b"
j"
c"
16
16
16
16
1.55
1.55
1.70
1.70
.49
.49
.60
.60
.24
.27
.34
.34
1.31
1.31
1.40
1.40
RF4-10
RF267
RF4-14
RF717
RF4-516
RF727
RF4-38
RF737
RF757*
15
100
15
100
15
100
15
100
100
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
.510
.510
.510
.510
.510
.510
.510
.510
.500
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
21
21
21
21
21
21
23
23
23
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.90
.56
.56
.56
.56
.62
.62
.62
.62
.82
.36
.36
.36
.36
.35
.35
.35
.35
.55
1.49
1.49
1.49
1.49
1.53
1.53
1.53
1.53
1.49
RF10261
RF10711
RF10721
RF10731
100
100
100
100
4AN
4AN
4AN
4AN
.380
.380
.380
.380
#10
b"
j"
c"
26
26
26
26
1.78
1.78
1.80
1.80
.55
.55
.62
.62
.30
.30
.34
.34
1.51
1.51
1.49
1.49
RG2-10
RG267
RG2-14
RG717
RG2-516
RG727
RG2-38
RG737
RG2-12
RG757
10
50
10
50
10
50
10
50
10
50
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
.588
.588
.588
.588
.588
.588
.588
.588
.588
.588
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.35
2.35
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.80
.80
.40
.40
.40
.40
.40
.40
.40
.40
.49
.49
1.83
1.83
1.83
1.83
1.83
1.83
1.83
1.83
1.93
1.93
RG9711
RG9731
RG9751
50
50
100
1AN
1AN
1AN
453
.453
.453
b"
c"
d"
48
48
48
2.07
2.07
2.26
.69
.69
.80
.40
.40
.49
1.74
1.74
1.84
nt
RE10261
RE10711
RE10721
RE10731
om
in
ec
on
l
*Brazed Seam, Lolly-Pop Style Tongue.
B
.420
.420
.420
.420
.420
.420
.420
.420
.395
.395
po
RD, RE, RF stock thickness: .04
RG stock thickness: .05*
Dimensions
A
ne
Cat.
No.
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.76
1.83
1.83
.49
.49
.49
.49
.61
.61
.61
.61
.82
.82
.28
.28
.28
.28
.34
.34
.34
.34
.55
.55
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.43
1.43
AN – Aircraft Wire. U.L. Listed E9809. Installing tools: TBM6/TBM6S, ERG-2007, (RD & RE Except Brazed Seam)
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
M
C
B
A
105
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 106
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Ring – continued
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
RH9711
RH9731
RH9751
100
50
100
1AN
1AN
1AN
.500
.500
.500
b"
c"
d"
54
54
54
RJ9711
RJ9731
RJ9751
50
25
100
1/0AN
1/0AN
1/0AN
.550
.550
.550
b"
c"
d"
RH717
RH727
RH737
RH757
50
50
50
100
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
.629
.629
.629
.629
b"
j"
c"
d"
RK9731
RK9751
25
25
2/0AN
2/0AN
.610
.610
c"
d"
RJ717
RJ727
RJ737
RJ757
50
50
50
50
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
.675
.675
.675
.675
RL9731
RL9751
25
100
3/0AN
3/0AN
RK717
RK727
RK737
25
25
25
om
RL737
RL757
RM737
RM747
RM757
in
ec
M
2.14
2.14
2.34
.77
.77
.77
.44
.44
.54
1.81
1.81
1.90
80
80
80
2.35
2.35
2.49
.83
.83
.89
.46
.46
.55
1.97
1.97
2.04
80
80
80
80
2.14
2.14
2.14
2.34
.77
.77
.77
.77
.43
.43
.43
.54
1.81
1.81
1.81
1.90
70
70
2.52
2.60
.93
.93
.55
.55
2.14
2.15
b"
j"
c"
d"
80
80
80
80
2.34
2.34
2.34
2.48
.83
.83
.83
.89
.46
.46
.46
.54
1.96
1.96
1.96
2.03
.680
.680
c"
d"
120
120
2.83
2.83
1.04
1.04
.57
.57
2.36
2.36
3/0
3/0
3/0
.765
.765
.765
b"
j"
c"
84
84
84
2.60
2.60
2.60
.93
.93
.93
.54
.54
.54
2.21
2.21
2.21
100
20
4/0AN
4/0AN
.750
.750
c"
d"
160
160
3.00
3.00
1.13
1.13
.66
.66
2.51
2.51
25
100
4/0
4/0
.785
.785
c"
d"
130
130
2.83
2.83
1.04
1.04
.57
.57
2.35
2.35
25
25
25
250MCM
250MCM
250MCM
.868
.868
.868
c"
k"
d"
130
130
130
3.00
3.00
3.00
1.13
1.13
1.13
.65
.65
.65
2.51
2.51
2.51
on
l
co
nt
ne
AN – Aircraft Wire
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: TBM6/TBM6S, ERG-2007, (RD & RE Except Brazed Seam)
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
M
C
B
A
106
m
C
s.
RM9731
RM9751
Dimensions
B
po
Stock Thickness:
RH = .05
RJ = .06
RK = .06
RL = .07
RM = .07
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 107
Terminals
®
®
Vinyl Insulated Ring – Insulation Grip
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
18RA-4
RA77
18RA-6
RA857
18RA-8
RA867
18RA-10
RA877
18RA-14
RA717
18RA-516
RA727
18RA-38
RA737
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
#4
#4
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
14RB-4
RB1327
14RB-6
RB857
14RB-8
RB867
14RB-10
RB877
14RB-14
RB717
14RB-516
RB727
14RB-38
RB737
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.03
.04
om
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
on
l
in
ec
10RC-6
RC337
10RC-8
RC777
10RC-10
RC367
10RC-14
RC717
10RC-516
RC707
10RC-38
RC737
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
Dimensions
B
C
M
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
.97
.97
.94
.94
.97
.97
.97
.97
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.24
1.24
.31
.31
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.50
.54
.54
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.88
.88
.88
.88
.91
.91
#4
#4
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
.94
.94
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
1.14
1.14
1.15
1.15
1.16
1.16
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.50
.54
.54
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.89
.89
.89
.89
.91
.91
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.16
1.16
1.17
1.17
1.29
1.29
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.50
.59
.59
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.37
.44
.44
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.92
.92
.99
.99
co
m
A
s.
Stock Thickness:
RA & RB =
RC
=
Wire Range
22-16
18-14
12-10
nt
Color Code
red
blue
yellow
po
These ring terminals are self-insulated with a
PVC insulation sleeve of extra length to give protection and relieve bending stress at wire’s flex
point. Brazed seam barrel is serrated to obtain
high pull-out value. Terminal is made of high
conductivity electrolytic copper, electro-tin plated.
Insulation material is color-coded:
ne
Cat.
No.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG-2001, ERG-2003
M
C
B
A
107
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 108
Terminals
®
®
Vinyl Insulated Ring – Expanded Insulation Support
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
18RA-6X
18RA-8X
RA867-170
18RA-10X
RA877-170
18RA-14X
RA727-170
100
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
j"
14RB-4X
14RB-6X
RB857-200
14RB-8X
RB867-200
14RB-10X
RB877-200
14RB-14X
RB717-200
14RB-516X
14RB-38X
100
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
100
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
#4
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
c"
10RC-6X
RC337-250
10RC-8X
RC777-250
10RC-10X
RC367-250
10RC-14X
RC717-250
10RC-516X
10RC-38X
RC737-250
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
om
C
M
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
1.13
1.13
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.37
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.88
.88
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
.94
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
1.14
1.14
1.15
1.16
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.54
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.38
.38
.38
.35
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.89
.89
.89
.91
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.16
1.16
1.17
1.29
1.29
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.59
.59
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.44
.44
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.92
.99
.99
co
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
c"
c"
on
l
in
ec
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG-2001, ERG-2003
108
M
C
B
A
m
B
nt
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050 tool
and application dies). See pages 161- 162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
ne
Stock Thickness:
RA & RB = 03
RC
= .04
po
Catalog numbers with the suffix X indicate an
expanded insulation support. This means a wider
wire entry to accommodate heavy wall insulation.
Ring terminals won’t fall free even if the mounting
screw loosens.
Dimensions
A
s.
Pkg.
Qty.
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 109
Terminals
®
®
Vinyl Insulated Ring
Max.
Ins.
Dia.
Wire
Range
A
B
C
M
Series RDV – Aircraft Wire AN
RDV10161
#8
RDV10361
#10
RDV10711
b"
RDV10721
j"
RDV10731
c"
.270
.270
.270
.270
.270
8
8
8
8
8
1.40
1.40
1.45
1.53
1.53
.41
.41
.45
.56
.56
.24
.24
.27
.34
.34
1.20
1.20
1.22
1.25
1.25
Code Wire AWG
RDV167
RDV367
RDV717
RDV727
RDV737
RDV757*
.340
.340
.340
.340
.340
.310
8
8
8
8
8
8
1.48
1.48
1.54
1.63
1.63
1.79
.42
.42
.46
.57
.57
.82
.28
.28
.36
.36
.36
.55
1.29
1.29
1.32
1.35
1.35
1.39
6
6
6
6
1.55
1.55
1.70
1.70
.45
.49
.60
.60
.24
.27
.34
.34
1.31
1.31
1.40
1.40
6
6
6
6
6
1.65
1.65
1.76
1.76
1.83
.45
.49
.61
.61
.82
.28
.28
.34
.34
.55
1.40
1.40
1.47
1.47
1.43
.315
.315
.315
.315
Code Wire AWG
REV267
REV717
REV727
REV737
REV757*
.420
.420
.420
.420
.395
nt
ne
#10
b"
j"
c"
d"
s.
Series REV – Aircraft Wire AN
REV10261
#10
REV10711
b"
REV10721
j"
REV10731
c"
Dimensions
m
#8
#10
b"
j"
c"
d"
po
Stock Thickness: .04
Stud
Size
co
Cat.
No.
M
C
B
A
on
l
in
ec
*Brazed Seam, Lolly-Pop Style Tongue
om
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
Installing tool: ERG-2007 (RD & RE Except Brazed Seam), TBN6/65
109
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 110
Terminals
®
®
Non-Insulated Ring
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
A18-4
A18-6
A85
A18-8
A86
A18-10
A87
A18-14
A71
A18-516
A72
A18-38
A73
A18-12
A75
100
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
#4
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
B14-4
B132
B14-6
B133
B14-8
B86
B14-10
B87
B14-14
B71
B14-516
B72
B14-38
B73
B14-12
B75TB
B85
B134
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
1000
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
#4
#4
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
#6
#8
om
Stock Thickness:
A & B = .03
BC = .05
C = .04
Bolt
Hole
C
M
.75
.72
.72
.75
.75
.75
.75
.92
.92
.92
.92
.99
.99
1.06
1.06
.31
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.50
.54
.54
.72
.72
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.37
.37
.37
.35
.35
.38
.38
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.67
.67
.67
.67
.67
.67
.70
.70
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.72
.72
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.93
.93
.93
.93
.96
.96
1.06
1.06
.75
.72
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.50
.50
.50
.50
.54
.54
.72
.72
.31
.25
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.38
.38
.38
.38
.35
.35
.38
.38
.27
.27
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.70
.70
.59
.59
s.
co
m
B
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
heavy duty 16-14
use C tooling
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
.81
.81
.87
.87
.87
.87
.93
.93
1.04
1.04
1.09
1.09
1.32
1.32
.25
.25
.39
.39
.39
.39
.51
.51
.54
.54
.63
.63
.76
.76
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.38
.38
.38
.38
.54
.54
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.77
.77
.77
.77
.94
.94
C10-6-SK
C33
C10-8-SK
C77
C10-10
C26
C36
C10-14
C71
C10-516
C70
C72
C10-38
C73
C10-12
C75
50
500
50
500
50
500
500
50
500
50
500
500
50
500
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
4
4
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
.82
.82
.82
.82
.85
.85
.82
.91
.91
.98
.98
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.21
1.21
.31
.31
.31
.31
.38
.38
.31
.50
.50
.50
.50
.59
.59
.59
.72
.72
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.38
.38
.45
.45
.45
.38
.38
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.73
.73
.80
.80
.80
.84
.84
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT111M, WT112M, WT110M, ERG-2002, ERG-2005, WT2000
M
C
B
A
110
Dimensions
A
BC14-6
BC85
BC14-8
BC86
BC14-10
BC87
BC14-14
BC71
BC14-516
BC72
BC14-38
BC79
BC14-12
BC75
in
ec
on
l
nt
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and applicaton dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape
RA2573M.
Wire
Range
ne
These non-insulated ring terminals are made of
electrolytic copper for high conductivity. They
can be installed with crimping tools having a
single indentor or double indentor (recommended for solid wire). Serrated barrel increases grip on wire. Wire range identification is
stamped on the tongue of each terminal.
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
Pkg.
Qty.
po
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 111
Terminals
®
®
Non-Insulated Ring – Brazed Seam
Wire
Range
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
M
D8-10
D36*
D8-14-SK
D71*
D8-516
D72*
D8-38
D73*
D8-12
D75*
25
200
25
200
25
200
25
200
25
200
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
16
16
14
14
16
16
14
14
14
14
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.32
1.32
1.32
1.32
1.49
1.49
.48
.48
.48
.48
.59
.59
.59
.59
.82
.82
.36
.36
.36
.36
.49
.49
.49
.49
.55
.55
.90
.90
.90
.90
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.09
1.09
E6-10
E26*
E6-14
E71*
E6-516
E72*
E6-38
E73*
E6-12
E75*
20
200
20
200
20
200
20
200
20
200
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
17
17
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.32
1.32
1.32
1.32
1.49
1.49
.48
.48
.48
.48
.60
.60
.60
.60
.82
.82
.36
.36
.36
.36
.49
.49
.49
.49
.55
.55
.90
.90
.90
.90
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.08
1.08
F4-10
F26*
F4-14
F71*
F4-516
F72*
F4-38
F73*
F4-12
F75*
20
200
20
200
20
200
20
200
20
200
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.52
1.52
.48
.48
.48
.48
.60
.60
.60
.60
.82
.82
.36
.36
.36
.36
.49
.49
.49
.49
.55
.55
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.11
1.11
co
s.
nt
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ne
om
Stock Thickness:
D & E = .06
F = .07
D10, E10, F10 = .04
D975 & F975 = .04
po
These non-insulated ring terminals are made of
electrolytic copper for high conductivity. They
can be installed with crimping tools having a
single indentor or double indentor (recommended for solid wire). Serrated barrel increases grip on wire. Wire range identification is
stamped on the tongue of each terminal.
m
Pkg.
Qty.
Cat.
No.
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
Dimensions
M
in
ec
Installing tools: ERG-2005 (D Series only), WT115A D, E, F and G, TBM6/TBM6S, WT3185
Installing dies: 11802 INDENTOR (D-E-F-G), D-11803-NEST, E-11805-NEST, F-11806-NEST (all ordered separately)
Not available on Mylar Tape.
* Brazed seam, lolly-pop style torque
on
l
C
B
A
111
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 112
Terminals
®
®
Non-Insulated Ring – Tubular
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
M
D10161
D10361
D10711
D10721
D10731
D975*
200
200
200
200
200
200
8
8
8
8
8
8
#8
#10
b"
j"
c"
d"
12
12
12
12
12
12
1.15
1.15
1.20
1.28
1.28
1.46
.41
.41
.45
.56
.56
.83
.28
.28
.36
.36
.36
.49
.95
.95
.97
1.00
1.00
1.06
E10261
E10711
E10721
E10731
200
200
200
200
6
6
6
6
#10
b"
j"
c"
14
14
14
14
1.26
1.26
1.38
1.38
.49
.49
.60
.60
.24
.27
.34
.34
1.02
.99
1.04
1.04
F10261
F10711
F10721
F10731
F975*
100
100
100
100
200
4
4
4
4
4
#10
b"
j"
c"
d"
20
20
20
20
20
1.37
1.37
1.42
1.42
1.49
.55
.55
.62
.62
.83
.30
.30
.34
.34
.45
1.07
1.07
1.08
1.08
1.10
b"
j"
c"
d"
#10
b"
j"
c"
d"
50
50
50
50
40
40
40
40
40
1.59
1.59
1.59
1.79
1.59
1.59
1.59
1.59
1.79
.69
.69
.69
.80
.69
.69
.69
.69
.80
.40
.40
.40
.49
.40
.40
.40
.40
.49
1.26
1.26
1.26
1.36
1.26
1.26
1.26
1.26
1.36
A
112
m
b"
j"
c"
d"
b"
50
50
50
50
50
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.85
1.65
.77
.77
.77
.77
.77
.43
.43
.43
.54
.43
1.32
1.32
1.32
1.41
1.32
J971
J972
J973
J974
J975
J20-38
50
50
50
50
50
10
1/0AN-2/0
1/0AN-2/0
1/0AN-2/0
1/0AN-2/0
1/0AN-2/0
2/0
b"
j"
c"
k"
d"
c"
60
60
60
60
60
70
1.94
1.94
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.84
.84
.84
.84
.89
.89
.83
.48
.48
.53
.51
.51
.46
1.53
1.53
1.58
1.56
1.56
1.46
K971
K972
K973
K974
K975
K30-38
50
50
50
50
50
5
2/0AN-3/0
2/0AN-3/0
2/0AN-3/0
2/0AN-3/0
2/0AN-3/0
3/0
b"
j"
c"
k"
d"
c"
76
76
76
76
76
82
2.08
2.08
2.08
2.08
2.08
2.08
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
1.69
1.69
1.69
1.70
1.70
1.69
L973
L974
L975
L40-38
50
50
50
5
3/0AN-4/0
3/0AN-4/0
3/0AN-4/0
4/0
c"
k"
d"
c"
92
92
92
100
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
1.04
1.04
1.04
1.04
.57
.57
.57
.57
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
M972
M973
M974
M975
M250-38
50
50
50
50
5
4/0AN-250MCM
4/0AN-250MCM
4/0AN-250MCM
4/0AN-250MCM
250MCM
j"
c"
k"
d"
c"
112
112
112
112
135
2.28
2.40
2.40
2.40
2.40
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
.62
.65
.65
.65
.65
1.90
1.91
1.91
1.91
1.91
om
B
co
1AN-1/0
1AN-1/0
1AN-1/0
1AN-1/0
1/0
in
ec
on
l
C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
100
100
100
100
10
H971
H972
H973
H975
H10-14
M
10
10
10
10
100
100
100
100
100
s.
G2-14
G2-516
G2-38
G2-12
G926
G971
G972
G973
G975
nt
Stock Thickness:
G & H = .05
J & K = .06
L & M = .07
ne
These non-insulated ring terminals are made of
electrolytic copper for high conductivity. They
can be installed with crimping tools having a
single indentor or double indentor (re commended for solid wire). Serrated barrel increases grip on wire. Wire range identification is
stamped on the tongue of each terminal.
po
Cat.
No.
AN – Aircraft Wire
Installing tools: TBM6/TBM6S, WT3185 (G, H, J Series only)
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
* Brazed seam, lolly-pop style torque
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 113
Terminals
®
®
Nylon #16-14 AWG – Heavy Duty
Stud Size Marked
In This Area
B
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b
b
j
j
c
c
d
d
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Dimensions
A
B
C
M
.98
.98
1.04
1.04
1.04
1.04
1.10
1.10
1.21
1.21
1.26
1.26
1.49
1.49
.25
.25
.39
.39
.39
.39
.51
.51
.54
.54
.63
.63
.76
.76
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.38
.38
.38
.38
.54
.54
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.94
.94
.94
.94
1.11
1.11
ERG-2001, WT2000, WT145C, and power tools as recommended crimp in the 12-10 nest (yellow)
C
s.
M
A
on
l
Stud Size Marked
In This Area
B
C
M
A
Non-Insulated
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
po
in
ec
copper .050 thk.
electro tin-plate
#16-14
green vinyl or nylon insulator
14RBC-6
RBC857
14RBC-8
RBC867
14RBC-10
RBC877
14RBC-14
RBC717
14RBC-516
RBC727
14RBC-38
RBC797
14RBC-12
RBC757
om
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
ne
Cat.
No.
nt
Vinyl #16-14 AWG – Heavy Duty
Nylon or Vinyl Insulated
Material:
Finish:
Wire Range:
Color Code:
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
m
RBC14-6
RBC853
RBC14-8
RBC863
RBC14-10
RBC873
RBC14-14
RBC713
RBC14-516
RBC723
RBC14-38
RBC793
RBC14-12
RBC753
Pkg.
Qty.
co
Cat.
No.
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
M
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
j"
j"
c"
c"
d"
d"
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.06
1.06
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.19
1.19
1.29
1.29
1.34
1.34
1.57
1.57
.25
.25
.39
.39
.39
.39
.51
.51
.54
.54
.63
.63
.76
.76
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.38
.38
.38
.38
.54
.54
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.19
1.19
Dimensions
Non-Insulated #16-14 AWG – Heavy Duty
Cat.
No.
BC14-6
BC85
BC14-8
BC86
BC14-10
BC87
BC14-14
BC71
BC14-516
BC72
BC14-38
BC79
BC14-12
BC75
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
16-14 heavy duty
use RC tooling
–
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b
b"
j
j"
c
c"
d
d"
–
–
–
–
–
–
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Dimensions
A
B
C
M
.81
.81
.87
.87
.87
.87
.93
.93
1.04
1.04
1.09
1.09
1.32
1.32
.25
.25
.39
.39
.39
.39
.51
.51
.54
.54
.63
.63
.76
.76
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.38
.38
.38
.38
.54
.54
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
.77
.77
.77
.77
.94
.94
ERG-2002, WT111M, WT2000, and power tools as recommended, crimp in the 12-10 nest
113
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 114
Terminals
High Temperature Non-Insulated Ring – 1200°F Max.
Terminals for nichrome wire NW Series
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
M
NW21
NW22
NW23
NW18-10
NW52
1000
1000
1000
100
1000
24-22
24-22
24-22
20-18
20-18
#6
#8
#10
#10
#8
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
.59
.59
.59
.63
.63
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.28
.28
.28
.28
.28
.44
.44
.44
.38
.38
NW81
NW14-8
NW14-10
NW83
NW14-12
NW84
1000
100
100
1000
100
1000
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
#6
#8
#10
#10
#12*
#12*
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.31
.31
.31
.28
.28
.28
.51
.51
.51
.31
.28
.51
NW10-8
NW10-10
NW10-12
50
50
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
#8
#10
#12*
3
3
3
.66
.66
.66
.31
.31
.31
.28
.28
.28
.51
.51
.51
M
om
po
C
ne
* #12 stud is approximate 1⁄4" stud.
Installing tool: WT1377
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
on
l
in
ec
A
114
B
Dimensions
m
co
Stock Thickness:
24-22 ga. = .032
20-18 ga. = .032
16-14 ga. = .040
12-10 ga. = .040
s.
For easily installed, permanent terminations of
solid, round, or stranded nichrome wires as
used in toasters, irons, heaters, etc.
High temperature non-insulated ring terminals
and splices are designed for use with solid or
stranded resistance wires as used in appliances
such as toasters, irons, and heaters.
nt
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 115
Terminals
®
®
Tefzel® Insulated Ring – Insulation Grip
Cat.
No.
Max.
Ins.
Dia.
Stud
Size
Pkg
Wire
Range
Dimensions
A
B
C
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
1/4"
1/4"
5/16"
5/16"
3/8"
3/8"
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
M
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.84
.84
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.84
.84
.84
.84
.84
.84
1.08
1.08
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.46
.46
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.31
.31
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.81
.81
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.11
1.11
1.23
1.23
1.29
1.29
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.52
.52
.52
.52
.58
.58
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.32
.32
.31
.31
.35
.35
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.85
.85
.96
.96
1.00
1.00
in
ec
om
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
co
Series RCT
RCT333
RCT10-6
RCT863
RCT10-8
RCT363
RCT10-10
RCT713
RCT10-14
RCT703
RCT10-516
RCT733**
RCT10-12**
#6
#6
#8
#6
#10
#10
1/4"
1/4"
s.
1000
100
1000
1000
1000
100
1000
100
po
Series RBT
RBT853
RBT14-6
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put RBT863
RBT14-8
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
RBT873
12050 tool and application dies).
RBT14-10
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M. RBT713
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
RBT14-14
nt
Package Quantities:
RAT & RBT = 1000 pcs.
RCT = 500 pcs.
ne
Stock Thickness:
RAT & RBT = .03
RCT = .04
m
Series RAT – For U.L. 94V-O Flammability Rating/High Temperature and Chemical Resistance.
RAT853
1000
#6
.140
22-18
.81
.25
.25
RAT18-6
100
#6
.140
22-18
.81
.25
.25
RAT863
1000
#8
.140
22-18
.84
.31
.25
RAT18-8
100
#8
.140
22-18
.84
.31
.25
RAT873
1000
#10
.140
22-18
.84
.31
.25
RAT18-10
100
#10
.140
22-18
.84
.31
.25
RAT713
1000
1/4"
.140
22-18
1.07
.46
.31
RAT18-14
100
1/4”
.140
22-18
1.07
.46
.31
on
l
** Not available on tape.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tool: WT145C, WT112M
M
C
B
A
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
115
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 116
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Rectangular Rings
B
C
Series RA
RA486
RA485
RA483
RA484
RA481
RA482
RA480**
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
#4
#4
#5
#6
#6
#8
#8
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
.796
1.015
.859
1.015
1.109
1.109
1.359
.237
.237
.277
.237
.302
.302
.390
.237
.404
.277
.404
.465
.465
.621
Series RB
RB486
RB485
RB483
RB484
RB481
RB482
RB480**
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
#4
#4
#5
#6
#6
#8
#8
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.796
1.015
.859
1.015
1.109
1.109
1.359
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
#4
#4
#5
#6
#6
#8
#8
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
RC483
RC484
RC481
RC482
RC480**
.984
1.187
1.046
1.203
1.281
1.281
1.531
M
Bu-Ships
Tongue
Shape
.143
.195
.143
.195
.227
.227
.310
L86P-1
L85P-1
L83P-1
L84P-1
L81P-1
L82P-1
L80P-1
.237
.237
.277
.237
.302
.302
.390
.237
.404
.277
.404
.465
.465
.621
.143
.195
.143
.195
.227
.227
.310
L86P-2
L85P-2
L83P-2
L84P-2
L81P-2
L82P-2
L80P-2
.237
.237
.277
.237
.302
.302
.390
.237
.404
.277
.404
.465
.465
.621
.143
.195
.143
.195
.227
.227
.310
L86P-3
L85P-3
L83P-3
L84P-3
L81P-3
L82P-3
L80P-3
co
s.
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and application dies).
Series RC
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M. RC486
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
RC485
m
A
nt
Note:
22-18 ga. = 1-2 Navy
16-14 ga. = 21⁄2-4 Navy
12-10 ga. = 6-9 Navy
Pkg
Wire
Range
ne
Stock Thickness:
RA & RB = .03
RC = .04
Dimensions
Stud
Size
po
Cat.
No.
on
l
in
ec
om
** Not available on tape.
Note: RA, RB, RC486 for use with BU-Ships terminal board types 26TB. RA, RB, RC485 for use with 25TB and 27TB. RA, RB, RC483 for use
with 8TB. RA, RB, RC484 for use with 10TB and 11TB. RA, RB, RC481 for use with 6TB, 7TB and 9TB. RA, RB, RC482 for use with 15TB. RA,
RB, RC480 for use with 3TB, 4TB, 5TB, 16TB, 17TB and 18TB.
Note: When ordering terminals on tape add the suffix M, example: (RA250M), to the catalog number.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: ERG2001, WT145C
116
C
M
B
A
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 117
Terminals
®
®
Non-Insulated Rectangular Rings
A
B
C
M
Series A
A486
A485
A483
A484
A481
A482
A480**
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
#4
#4
#5
#6
#6
#8
#8
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
.65
.87
.70
.87
.96
.96
1.21
.237
.237
.277
.237
.302
.302
.390
.237
.404
.277
.404
.465
.465
.621
.143
.195
.143
.195
.227
.227
.310
L86
L85
L83
L84
L81
L82
L80
Series B
B486
B485
B483
B484
B481
B482
B480**
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
#4
#4
#5
#6
#6
#8
#8
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.65
.87
.70
.87
.96
.96
1.21
.237
.237
.277
.237
.302
.302
.390
.237
.404
.277
.404
.465
.465
.621
.143
.195
.143
.195
.227
.227
.310
L86
L85
L83
L84
L81
L82
L80
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
#4
#4
#5
#6
#6
#8
#8
.237
.237
.277
.237
.302
.302
.390
.237
.404
.277
.404
.465
.465
.621
.143
.195
.143
.195
.227
.227
.310
L86
L85
L83
L84
L81
L82
L80
po
C483
C484
C481
C482
C480**
ne
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050 tool
and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Series C
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
C486
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
C485
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
m
Pkg
co
Note:
22-18 ga. = 1-2 Navy
16-14 ga. = 2 1⁄2-4 Navy
12-10 ga. = 6-9 Navy
Bu-Ships
Tongue
Shape
Wire
Range
s.
Stock Thickness:
A & B = .03
C = .04
Dimensions
Stud
Size
nt
Cat.
No.
.73
.90
.76
.94
1.03
1.03
1.27
on
l
in
ec
om
** Not available on tape.
Note: A, B, C486 for use with Bu-Ships terminal board types 26TB. A, B. C485 for use with 25TB, 27TB. A, B, C483 for use with 8TB. A, B,
C484 for use with 10TB and 11TB. A, B, C481 for use with 6TB, 7TB and 9TB. A, B, C482 for use with 15TB. A, B, C480 for use with 3TB,
5TB, 16TB, 17TB and 18TB.
Note: When ordering terminals on tape add the suffix M, example: (RA250M), to the catalog number.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tool: ERG 2002
C
M
B
A
117
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 118
Terminals
®
®
Non-Insulated Flag
C
Wire
Range
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
Bolt
Hole
1
Dimensions
A
B
C
M
AB14-6A
AB51
AB14-8A
AB52
AB14-10A
AB53
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-14
22-14
22-14
22-14
22-14
22-14
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
2 ⁄2
21⁄2
21⁄2
21⁄2
21⁄2
21⁄2
.55
.55
.55
.55
.55
.55
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.22
.22
.22
.22
.22
.22
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
.39
C51
C10-8A
C52
C10-10A
C53
1000
50
500
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
5
5
5
5
5
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.48
.48
.48
.48
.48
D236
D226
D271
1000
1000
1000
9,8,7
9,8,7
9,8,7
#10
#10
1
⁄4"
co
M
Pkg.
Qty.
–
–
–
.83
.88
.92
.50
.50
.50
.25
.29
.33
.59
.64
.68
E226
E271
E272
1000
1000
1000
6,5
6,5
6,5
s.
Cat.
No.
–
.93
.97
1.05
.50
.50
.50
.29
.33
.41
.69
.73
.81
F226
F271
F272
F273
1000
1000
1000
1000
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
#10
b"
j"
c"
–
–
–
–
1.07
1.10
1.18
1.20
.56
.63
.63
.63
.33
.33
.41
.43
.80
.80
.88
.90
G671
G672
G673
1000
1000
1000
2
2
2
b"
j"
c"
–
–
–
1.20
1.28
1.32
.63
.63
.63
.33
.41
.46
.89
.97
1.02
on
l
in
ec
om
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: ERG-2004, WT129
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
118
#10
b"
j"
nt
Stock Thickness:
AB = .03
C = .04
D = .06
E = .06
F = .07
G = .08
ne
Flag terminals allow a 90° connection to the
terminal block without bending the wire.
po
A
m
B
–
–
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 119
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Fork – Insulation Grip
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
M
RA18-6F
RA1103
RA18-8F
RA1123
RA18-10F
RA1153
RA18-14F
RA1163
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
.83
.83
.86
.86
.86
.86
.95
.95
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.44
.44
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.31
.31
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.70
.70
RB14-6F
RB1113
RB14-8F
RB1123
RB14-10F
RB1153
RB14-14F
RB1163
RB1103
RB1124
RB1154
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
1000
1000
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.190
.190
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
#6
#8
#10
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
31⁄2
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
.87
.87
.87
.87
.87
.87
.95
.95
.74
.95
.95
.31
.31
.31
.31
.38
.38
.44
.44
.28
.31
.31
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.28
.28
.16
.25
.25
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.74
.74
.60
.79
.79
RC10-6F
RC1113
RC10-8F
RC1123
RC10-10F
RC1153
RC10-14F
RC1163
RC1124
RC1154
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
500
500
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.250
.250
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
#8
#10
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.97
.97
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.12
1.12
1.10
1.10
.31
.31
.37
.37
.37
.37
.50
.50
.37
.37
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.86
.86
.91
.91
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
om
s.
co
m
Max.
Ins.
po
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Wire
Range
nt
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
Pkg.
Qty.
ne
Fork terminals with nylon insulation sleeves, recommended for temperatures up to 105°C. Inner
bronze insulation grip sleeve lengthens flex radius
of conductor and eliminates conductor creep.
Nylon jacket is color-coded.
Cat.
No.
Dimensions
M
C
B
A
on
l
in
ec
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145A
119
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 120
Terminals
®
®
Nylon Insulated Fork Flanged Tongue – Insulation Grip
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RA18-6FS
RA1203
RA18-8FS
RA1223
RA18-10FS
RA1253
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
RB14-6FS
RB1203
RB14-8FS
RB1223
RB14-10FS
RB1253
RB1204
RB1224
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
1000
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.162
.190
.190
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
#6
#8
RC10-8FS
RC1223
RC10-10FS
RC1253
RC1224
RC1254
50
500
50
500
1000
1000
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.210
.210
.210
.210
.250
.250
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
C
om
B
in
ec
A
on
l
C
M
3
3
3
3
3
3
.75
.75
.89
.89
.93
.93
.28
.28
.31
.31
.38
.38
.16
.16
.23
.23
.26
.26
.62
.62
.65
.65
.68
.68
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
.74
.74
.89
.89
.94
.94
.79
.94
.28
.28
.31
.31
.38
.38
.28
.31
.16
.16
.23
.23
.27
.27
.16
.23
.60
.60
.66
.66
.69
.69
.67
.71
5
5
5
5
5
5
.97
.97
1.00
1.00
1.08
1.12
.34
.34
.38
.38
.34
.38
.23
.23
.26
.26
.23
.26
.73
.73
.74
.74
.80
.86
m
B
co
s.
#8
#8
#10
#10
#8
#10
Dimensions
A
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145A, WT2130A(RC)
M
120
nt
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
po
Fork terminals allow easy installation because
screw needs only to be loosened. Suffix S indicates a flanged-tongue fork with turned up tips
for extra holding protection.
ne
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 121
Terminals
®
®
Vinyl Insulated Fork – Insulation Support
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
18RA-6F
RA1167
18RA-8F
RA1147
18RA-10F
RA1157
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
.150
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
14RB-6F
RB647
14RB-6FS
14RB-8F
RB657
14RB-10F
RB1157
14RB-14F
RB1717
100
1000
100
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
10RC-6F
RC1337
10RC-8F
RC1147
10RC-10F
RC1157
10RC-14F
RC1167
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
.210
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
Dimensions
A
B
C
M
5
5
5
5
5
5
.94
.94
.97
.97
.97
.97
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.97
.97
.89
.97
.97
.97
.97
1.11
1.11
.31
.31
.30
.31
.31
.31
.31
.44
.44
.27
.27
.25
.27
.27
.27
.27
.38
.38
.81
.81
.75
.81
.81
.81
.81
.89
.89
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.15
1.15
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.50
.50
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.37
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
m
co
s.
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
nt
These fork terminals have extra-long PVC insulation sleeve for protection and stress relief at
wire’s flex point. Brazed seam barrel is serrated for high pull-out value. Terminal is high conductivity electrolytic copper, electro-tin plated.
Insulation is color-coded.
ne
Cat.
No.
po
U.L. Listed E9809. Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT2130A(RC)
M
om
C
B
®
on
l
in
ec
A
Fork terminals allow easy installation since the
mounting screw does not have to be completely
removed. Catalog numbers with the suffix X indicate an expanded insulation support. This means
a wider wire entry to accommodate heavy wall
insulation.
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
®
Vinyl Insulation Fork – Expanded Insulation Support
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
18RA-6FX
RA1167-170
18RA-8FX
RA1147-170
18RA-10FX
RA1157-170
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
14RB-6FX
RB647-200
14RB-8FX
RB657-200
14RB-10FX
RB1157-200
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
10RC-8FX
RC1147-250
10RC-10FX
RC1157-250
10RC-14FX
50
500
50
500
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
Cat.
No.
Dimensions
A
B
C
M
5
5
5
5
5
5
.94
.94
.97
.97
.97
.97
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
6
6
6
6
6
6
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
7
7
7
7
7
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.17
.38
.38
.38
.38
.50
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
U.L. Listed E9809. Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG2001, ERG2003 WT2130A(RC)
M
C
B
A
121
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 122
Terminals
Non-Insulated Fork
Cat.
No.
B
C
M
4
4
4
4
4
4
.72
.72
.75
.75
.75
.75
.25
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
B14-6F
B64
B19†
B14-8F
B65
B14-10F
B115
B14-14F
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.75
.75
.66
.75
.75
.75
.75
.90
.31
.31
.25
.31
.31
.31
.31
.44
.27
.27
.13
.27
.27
.27
.27
.38
.59
.59
.50
.59
.59
.59
.59
.68
C10-6F
C133
C10-8F
C114
C10-10F
C115
C10-14F
C116
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
.77
.77
.82
.82
.82
.82
.98
.98
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.38
.50
.50
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.37
.37
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.73
.73
nt
s.
co
m
A
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT111M, WT112M, WT110M, WT2000, ERG-2002, ERG-2005
M
in
ec
on
l
Dimensions
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
C
A
122
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
om
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Bolt
Hole
ne
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
Wire
Range
A18-6F
A116
A18-8F
A114
A18-10F
A115
po
These non-insulated fork terminals are made of
electrolytic copper for high conductivity. They
can be installed with crimping tools having a
single indentor or double indentor (recommended for solid wire). Serrated barrel
increase grip on wire. Wire range identification
is stamped on the tongue of each terminal.
Pkg.
Qty.
B
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 123
Terminals
Locking fork terminals have a specially
designed tongue that lets them go on
like a fork and stay on like a ring.
®
®
Nylon Insulated Locking Fork – Insulation Grip
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RA18-6FL
RA2213
RA18-8FL
RA2243
RA18-10FL
RA2253
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
.136
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
RB14-6FL
RB2213
RB2214
RB14-8FL
RB2233
RB14-10FL
RB2253
RB2254
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.162
.162
.190
.162
.162
.162
.162
.190
RC10-6FL
RC2203
RC2204
RC10-8FL
RC2213
RC10-10FL
RC2223
RC2224
RC10-14FL
RC2233
50
500
1000
50
500
50
500
1000
50
500
.210
.210
.250
.210
.210
.210
.210
.250
.210
.210
om
Dimensions
B
C
M
5
5
5
5
5
5
.86
.86
.86
.86
.86
.86
.25
.25
.29
.29
.29
.29
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
#10
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.87
.87
.95
.87
.87
.87
.87
.95
.25
.25
.25
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.71
.71
.79
.71
.71
.71
.71
.71
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
#10
b"
b"
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
.97
.97
1.07
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.10
1.12
1.12
.31
.31
.31
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.50
.50
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.32
.32
.81
.81
.91
.81
.81
.81
.81
.91
.86
.86
co
m
A
s.
nt
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
po
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Pkg.
Qty.
ne
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
Cat.
No.
8
8
on
l
in
ec
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, WT145A, WT2130A(RC)
M
C
B
A
123
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 124
Terminals
®
®
Vinyl Insulated Locking Fork – Insulation Support
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
18RA-6FL
RA2217
RA2227
18RA-8FL
RA2247
18RA-10FL
RA2257
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.150
.150
.155
.150
.150
.150
.150
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
14RB-6FL
RB2207
RB2217
14RB-8FL
RB2237
14RB-10FL
RB2257
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
.170
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
10RC-6FL
RC2207
10RC-8FL
RC2217
10RC-10FL
RC2227
10RC-14FL
RC2237
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.220
.220
.220
.220
.220
.220
.220
.220
Dimensions
B
C
M
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.25
.25
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.25
.25
–
.25
.25
.25
.25
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.25
.25
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
1.09
.31
.31
.37
.37
.37
.37
.49
.49
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
m
A
co
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
b"
b"
s.
nt
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Pkg.
Qty.
ne
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
Cat.
No.
M
po
U.L. Listed E9809. Installing tools: ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145C, WT2000, WT112M
C
om
B
A
®
®
in
ec
Vinyl Insulated Locking Fork – Expanded Insulation Support
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
18RA-6FLX
18RA-8FLX
18RA-10FLX
RA2257-170
100
100
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
.170
.170
.170
.170
#6
#8
#10
#10
14RB-6FLX
RB2207-200
RB2217-200
14RB-8FLX
RB2237-200
14RB-10FLX
RB2257-200
100
1000
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
.200
10RC-6FLX
RC2207-250
10RC-8FLX
10RC-10FLX
RC2227-250
10RC-14FLX
50
500
50
50
500
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
.250
on
l
Cat.
No.
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put
on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e.
12050 tool and application dies). See pages
K61- K62.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
B
C
M
5
5
5
5
.97
.97
.97
.97
.25
.29
.29
.29
.25
.25
.25
.25
.81
.81
.81
.81
#6
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.97
.31
.31
.29
.31
.31
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
#6
#6
#8
#10
#10
b"
8
8
8
8
8
8
1.07
1.07
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.22
.31
.31
.37
.37
.37
.50
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.32
.91
.91
.91
.91
.91
.96
U.L. Listed E9809. Installing tools: ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145C, WT2000, WT112M
M
C
B
A
124
Dimensions
A
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 125
Terminals
®
®
Heat Shrinkable Locking Fork Terminals – Expanded
Insulation Support
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
RAS18-6FLX
RAS18-8FLX
RAS18-10FLX
100
100
100
22-18
22-18
22-18
.170
.170
.170
#6
#8
#10
5
5
5
1.350
1.350
1.350
.25
.29
.29
RBS14-6FLX
RBS14-8FLX
RBS14-10FLX
100
100
100
16-14
16-14
16-14
.200
.200
.200
#6
#8
#10
6
6
6
1.350
1.350
1.350
.25
.29
.29
RCS10-6FLX
RCS10-8FLX
RCS10-10FLX
RCS10-14FLX
50
50
50
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.250
.250
.250
.250
#6
#8
#10
1
⁄4"
8
8
8
8
1.350
1.350
1.350
1.350
.31
.37
.37
.49
co
m
Pkg.
Qty.
Cat.
No.
Dimensions
nt
s.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tool: WT1255
Note: Heat Shrinkable terminals not available on Mylar Tape.
ne
B
po
A
®
®
Non-Insulated Locking Fork
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
M
A18-6FL
A221
A18-8FL
A224
A18-10FL
A225
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
22-16
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
4f
4f
4f
4f
4f
4f
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.25
.25
.29
.29
.29
.29
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
B14-6FL
B220
B14-8FL
B223
B14-10FL
B225
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
18-14
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
4f
4f
4f
4f
4f
4f
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.25
.25
.29
.29
.29
.29
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
C10-6FL
C220-TB
C10-8FL
C221
C10-10FL
C222-TB
C10-14FL
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
#6
#6
#8
#8
#10
#10
1
⁄4"
7f
7f
7f
7f
7f
7f
7f
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.31
.31
.37
.37
.37
.37
.49
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
.66
in
ec
om
Cat.
No.
Stock thickness same as ring terminal of same
size.
on
l
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on
Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M.
(Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Dimensions
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT110M, WT111M, WT112M, WT2000, ERG-2002, ERG2005
M
C
B
A
125
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 126
Terminals
Pin Terminals
Nylon Insulated Terminals
Cat.
No.
Vinyl – 300V
Nylon – 300V
D
(Dia.)
L
Recommended
Tools
1000
1000
500
22-18
16-14
12-10
.075
.075
.110
.63
.63
.76
WT111M
ERG-2002
ERG-2002
Vinyl
18RA-47PT
RA47PT
14RB-47PT
RB47PT
10RC-55PT
RC55PT
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.075
.075
.075
.075
.110
.106
.85
.85
.87
.87
1.06
1.06
ERG-2003
ERG-2001
Nylon
RA18-47PT
RA147PT
RB14-47PT
RB147PT
RC10-55PT
RC155PT
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.85
.85
.87
.87
1.06
1.06
ERG-2003
WT2000
co
m
Non-Insulated
A47PT
B47PT
C55PT
s.
Voltage Rating
Wire
Range
nt
• Provides an easy and effective way to terminate stranded wire into European/metric-style
terminal blocks.
• Designed to prevent shorting, wire strand loss
and/or wire pullout resulting from improper
termination of stranded wire.
• Designed to meet emerging global standards
which require wire-to-metric style terminal
block installations be terminated with a “pin”
style terminal.
• Available in vinyl insulated, nylon insulated,
and non-insulated styles.
• All styles offered in 22 AWG to 10 AWG and
compatible with existing Sta-Kon® tooling.
Pkg.
Qty.
.075
.075
.075
.075
.110
.106
om
po
ne
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050 tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape RA2573M. (Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
on
l
in
ec
Non-Insulated
126
Vinyl/Nylon
ERG-2001
ERG-2001
ERG-2001
ERG-2001
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 127
Insulated Ferrules
Features
How to Apply a Ferrule
• Ferrules ensure reliable electrical connections when terminating conductors in screw clamp terminal blocks.
• Strip the insulation from the end of the wire and insert
into the insulated end of the ferrule.
• Fraying and breaking of wire strands is prevented and
the possibility of an unreliable connection is minimized.
• Using the designated crimping tool, place the metal
shaft into the tool’s appropriate slot. Compress the tool
to make a crescent-shape depression along the length
of the ferrule.
• Insulated ferrules prevent conductor breakage due to
bending, wire stress or vibration, while facilitating wire
insertions into the terminal block clamp.
• Insert the crimped ferrule into the terminal block.
• Tighten the ferrule and wire into the terminal block.
m
• Ferrules are the preferred alternative to twisting wire
stands or tinning the wire end before terminating into a
terminal block.
Materials
co
• Ferrules are thin-walled copper tubes, which are
mechanically crimped onto the ends of stranded wires.
• They are easy to use – simply strip the wire, slide the
ferrule onto the end of the wire and crimp.
• High conductivity copper
s.
• Tin plating
MM2
F2020
F2021
F2022
F2023
F2024
F2025
F2026
F2027
F2028
F2029
F2030
F2031
F2032
F2033
F2034
F2035
F2036
F2037
F2038
F2039
F2040
F2041
F2042
F2043
F2044
F2045
F2046
F2047
F2048
F2049
F2050
F2051
F2052
F2053
F2054
F4004
F4005
F4006
F4007
F4008
F4009
22
22
22
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
14
14
14
12
12
12
10
10
8
8
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
1/0
1/0
26
26
24
24
22
22
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
4.00
4.00
4.00
6.00
6.00
10.00
10.00
16.00
16.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
35.00
35.00
35.00
50.00
50.00
0.14
0.14
0.25
0.25
0.34
0.34
A
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
RED
RED
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
GREY
GREY
GREY
YELLOW
YELLOW
RED
RED
BLUE
BLUE
YELLOW
YELLOW
YELLOW
RED
RED
RED
BLUE
BLUE
Grey
Grey
Yellow
Yellow
Purple
Purple
in
ec
on
l
.453 / 11.5
.531 / 13.5
.610 / 15.5
.472 / 12.0
.551 / 14.0
.630 / 16.0
.709 / 18.0
.492 / 12.5
.571 / 14.5
.650 / 16.5
.728 / 18.5
.571 / 14.5
.650 / 16.5
.728 / 18.5
.965 / 24.5
.591 / 15.0
.748 / 19.0
.984 / 25.0
.889 / 17.5
.787 / 20.0
1.024 / 26.0
.787 / 20.0
.984 / 25.0
.827 / 21.0
1.063 / 27.0
.906 / 23.0
1.142 / 29.0
1.142 / 29.0
1.220 / 31.0
1.378 / 35.0
1.181 / 30.0
1.260 / 32.0
1.535 / 39.0
1.417 / 36.0
1.614 / 41.0
.413/10.5
.492/12.5
.413/10.5
.492/12.5
.413/10.5
.492/12.5
ne
AWG
om
Cat. No.
Dimensions
Inches/MM
Color
B
øC
øD
E
.236 / 6.0
.315 / 8.0
.394 / 10.0
.236 / 6.0
.315 / 8.0
.394 / 10.0
.472 / 12.0
.236 / 6.0
.315 / 8.0
.394 / 10.0
.472 / 12.0
.315 / 8.0
.394 / 10.0
.472 / 12.0
.708 / 18.0
.315 / 8.0
.472 / 12.0
.708 / 18.0
.394 / 10.0
.472 / 12.0
.708 / 18.0
.472 / 12.0
.708 / 18.0
.472 / 12.0
.708 / 18.0
.472 / 12.0
.708 / 18.0
.630 / 18.0
.708 / 18.0
.866 / 22.0
.630 / 16.0
.708 / 18.0
.984 / 25.0
.787 / 20.0
.984 / 25.0
.236/6.0
.315/8.0
.236/6.0
.315/8.0
.236/6.0
.315/8.0
.043 / 1.1
.043 / 1.1
.043 / 1.1
.051 / 1.3
.051 / 1.3
.051 / 1.3
.051 / 1.3
.059 / 1.5
.059 / 1.5
.059 / 1.5
.059 / 1.5
.071 / 1.8
.071 / 1.8
.071 / 1.8
.071 / 1.8
.091 / 2.3
.091 / 2.3
.091 / 2.3
.114 / 2.9
.114 / 2.9
.114 / 2.9
.142 / 3.6
.142 / 3.6
.181 / 4.6
.181 / 4.6
.236 / 6.0
.236 / 6.0
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.335 / 8.5
.335 / 8.5
.335 / 8.5
.413 / 10.5
.413 / 10.5
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.098 / 2.5
.098 / 2.5
.098 / 2.5
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.118 / 3.0
.118 / 3.0
.118 / 3.0
.118 / 3.0
.134 / 3.4
.134 / 3.4
.134 / 3.4
.134 / 3.4
.165 / 4.2
.165 / 4.2
.165 / 4.2
.189 / 4.8
.189 / 4.8
.189 / 4.8
.244 / 6.2
.244 / 6.2
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.346 / 8.8
.346 / 8.8
.433 / 11.0
.433 / 11.0
.433 / 11.0
.492 / 12.5
.492 / 12.5
.492 / 12.5
.591 / 15.0
.591 / 15.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.008 / 0.20
.014 / 0.35
.014 / 0.35
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
po
Conductor
Section
nt
Insulated Ferrules
Installation
Tooling
Bag
Pkg.
Qty.
Case
Pkg.
Qty.
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
T3 & ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
ERG-2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
500
500
500
500
500
500
5000
10000
5000
5000
10000
5000
5000
5000
10000
5000
5000
10000
5000
5000
5000
10000
5000
5000
5000
5000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
Ferrule Dimensions conform to DIN 46228. Part 4.
127
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 128
Insulated Ferrules
Insulated Twin Ferrules
Dimensions
Inches/MM
Color
2
Cat. No.
AWG
MM
F8000
F8001
F8002
F8003
F8005
F8006
F8007
F8008
F8009
F8010
F8011
2x 20
2x 18
2x 18
2x 17
2x 17
2x 16
2x 16
2x 14
2x 14
2x 12
2x 10
2x 0.50
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
2x 1.00
2x 1.00
2x 1.50
2x 1.50
2x 2.50
2x 2.50
2x 4.00
2x 6.00
WHITE
GREY
GREY
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
GREY
YELLOW
A
B
øC
øD
E
.591 / 15.0
.591 / 15.0
.669 / 17.0
.591 / 15.0
.669 / 17.0
.630 / 16.0
.787 / 20.0
.728 / 18.5
.846 / 21.5
.906 / 23.0
.984 / 25.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.394 / 10.0
.315 / 8.0
.394 / 10.0
.315 / 8.0
.472 / 12.0
.394 / 10.0
.512 / 13.0
.472 / 12.0
.551 / 14.0
.059 / 1.5
.071 / 1.8
.071 / 1.8
.081 / 2.05
.081 / 2.05
.091 / 2.3
.091 / 2.3
.114 / 2.9
.114 / 2.9
.150 / 3.8
.193 / 4.9
.177 / 4.5
.201 / 5.1
.201 / 5.1
.201 / 5.1
.201 / 5.1
.252 / 6.4
.252 / 6.4
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.339 / 8.6
.378 / 9.6
.010 / 0.25
.010 / 0.25
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.008 / 0.20
Case
Pkg.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
100
100
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
1000
1000
Installation
Tooling
Bag
Pkg.
Qty.
Case
Pkg.
Qty.
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
T1, T3 & ERG-2
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
10000
10000
10000
10000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
ERG-2 / 6MM DIE
ERG-2 / 10MM DIE
co
Ferrule Dimensions conform to DIN 46228. Part 4.
Bag
Pkg.
Qty.
Installation
Tooling
m
Conductor
Section
Conductor
Section
OLD DIN
FRENCH
FRENCH
FRENCH
FRENCH
FRENCH
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.50
0.14
0.14
0.25
0.25
0.34
0.34
2.50
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.50
2.50
ORANGE
WHITE
YELLOW
RED
Grey
Grey
Yellow
Yellow
Purple
Purple
BLUE
WHITE
Lt BLUE
RED
BLACK
GREY
B
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.413/10.5
.492/12.5
.413/10.5
.492/12.5
.413/10.5
.492/12.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.571 / 14.5
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.236/6.0
.315/8.0
.236/6.0
.315/8.0
.236/6.0
.315/8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
.315 / 8.0
øC
øD
E
.043 / 1.1
.051 / 1.3
.059 / 1.5
.071 / 1.8
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.031/.80
.091 / 2.3
.043 / 1.1
.051 / 1.3
.059 / 1.5
.071 / 1.8
.091 / 2.3
.102 / 2.6
.110 / 2.8
.118 / 3.0
.134 / 3.4
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.079/2.0
.165 / 4.2
.102 / 2.6
.110 / 2.8
.118 / 3.0
.134 / 3.4
.165 / 4.2
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.010/.25
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
nt
20
18
18-17
16
26
26
24
24
22
22
14
20
18
18-17
16
14
A
ne
OLD DIN
OLD DIN
OLD DIN
OLD DIN
MM2
in
ec
F4000
F4001
F4002
F4003
F4004
F4005
F4006
F4007
F4008
F4009
F4020
F4021
F4023
F4024
F4027
F4028
AWG
po
Cat. No.
Dimensions
Inches/MM
Color
om
Style
s.
Insulated Ferrules (Old DIN and French Standards)
Ferrule Dimensions conform to DIN 46228. Part 4.
on
l
Tooling for Sta-Kon® Insulated Ferrules
Cat. No.
T1
T3
ERG-2
Description
Std. Pkg.
Sta-Kon Crimp tool for wire ferrules #20-14 AWG – insulated handle
Sta-Kon® Crimp tool for wire ferrules #26-10 AWG – insulated handle
Comfort Crimp® Sta-Kon® Crimp Tool with Shure-Stake® mechanism, for installing wire ferrules #26-1 AWG.
4 interchangeable die sets included. Insulated handle. Packaged in sturdy plastic carrying case.
1
1
1
®
ERG3000 Dies available.
T3
T1
T&B Part No.
ERG-2
128
ERG2014F
ERG128F
ERG6F
ERG4F
ERG2F
ERG1F
Description
ERG3000 Die for ferrules, size 20-14 AWG
ERG3000 Die for ferrules, size 12-8 AWG
ERG3000 Die for ferrules, size 6 AWG
ERG3000 Die for ferrules, size 4 AWG
ERG3000 Die for ferrules, size 2 AWG
ERG3000 Die for ferrules, size 1 AWG
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 129
Non-Insulated Ferrules
Uninsulated Ferrule Terminals
Conductor
Section
Dimensions (Inches / MM)
C
F9000
24
.25
.030 / 0.75
.067 / 1.7
.196 / 5
.006 / 0.15
T1, ERG2
1000
F9001
F9002
22
22
.50
.50
.039 / 1.0
.039 / 1.0
.083 / 2.1
.083 / 2.1
.236 / 6
.394 / 10
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
1000
100
F9003
F9004
18
18
.75
.75
.047 / 1.2
.047 / 1.2
.091 / 2.3
.091 / 2.3
.236 / 6
.394 / 10
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
1000
1000
F9005
F9006
18
18
1.0
1.0
.055 / 1.4
.055 / 1.4
.098 / 2.5
.098 / 2.5
.236 / 6
.394 / 10
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
1000
1000
F9007
F9008
F9009
F9010
16
16
16
16
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
.067 / 1.7
.067 / 1.7
.067 / 1.7
.067 / 1.7
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.276 / 7
.394 / 10
.473 / 12
.709 / 18
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
1000
1000
1000
1000
F9011
F9012
F9013
F9014
14
14
14
14
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
.087 / 2.2
.087 / 2.2
.087 / 2.2
.087 / 2.2
.139 / 3.4
.139 / 3.4
.139 / 3.4
.139 / 3.4
.276 / 7
.394 / 10
.472 / 12
.709 / 18
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
.006 / 0.15
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
T1, T3, ERG2
1000
1000
1000
1000
F9015
F9016
F9017
F9018
12
12
12
12
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.110 / 2.8
.158 / 4
.158 / 4
.158 / 4
.158 / 4
.354 / 9
.472 / 12
.591 / 15
.709 / 18
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
1000
1000
1000
1000
F9019
F9020
F9021
10
10
10
6.0
6.0
6.0
.138 / 3.5
.138 / 3.5
.138 / 3.5
.185 / 4.7
.185 / 4.7
.185 / 4.7
.472 / 12
.591 / 15
.709 / 18
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
250
250
250
F9022
F9023
F9024
8
8
8
10.0
10.0
10.0
.177 / 4.5
.177 / 4.5
.177 / 4.5
.228 / 5.8
.228 / 5.8
.228 / 5.8
.472 / 12
.591 / 15
.709 / 18
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
250
250
250
F9025
F9026
F9027
F9028
F9029
6
6
6
6
6
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
.228 / 5.8
.228 / 5.8
.228 / 5.8
.228 / 5.8
.228 / 5.8
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.295 / 7.5
.472 / 12
.591 / 15
.709 / 18
.984 / 25
1.26 / 32
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
.008 / 0.2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
T3, ERG2
250
250
250
250
250
F9030
F9031
F9032
F9033
4
4
4
4
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
.287 / 7.3
.287 / 7.3
.287 / 7.3
.287 / 7.3
.374 / 9.5
.374 / 9.5
.374 / 9.5
.374 / 9.5
.591 / 15
.709 / 18
.984 / 25
1.26 / 32
.010 / .25
.010 / .25
.010 / .25
.010 / .25
ERG2
ERG2
ERG2
ERG2
1000
1000
1000
1000
F9034
F9035
F9036
2
2
2
35.0
35.0
35.0
.327 / 8.3
.327 / 8.3
.327 / 8.3
.433 / 11
.433 / 11
.433 / 11
.709 / 18
.984 / 25
1.26 / 32
.010 / .25
.010 / .25
.010 / .25
ERG2
ERG2
ERG2
100
100
100
F9037
F9038
F9039
1/0
1/0
1/0
50.0
50.0
50.0
.406 / 10.3
.406 / 10.3
.406 / 10.3
.512 / 13
.512 / 13
.512 / 13
.709 / 18
.984 / 25
1.18 / 30
.012 / 0.3
.012 / 0.3
.012 / 0.3
ERG2
ERG2
ERG2
100
100
100
co
s.
nt
ne
po
om
in
ec
E
m
MM2
on
l
A
Pkg.
Qty.
AWG
D
D
Installation
Tooling
Cat. No.
C
E
A
129
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 130
Heat Shrinkable Terminal, Splices, Disconnects
Heat Shrinkable
lation, a fully sealed connection is
achieved to protect the joint against the
degrading effects of galvanic action,
corrosion, and environmental exposure.
These ring terminals, butt splices and
disconnects are self-insulated with heat
shrinkable polyolefin and internally
coated sealant. Upon completed instal-
®
®
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RAS18-6X
RAS18-8X
RAS18-10X
100
100
100
22-18
22-18
22-18
.170
.170
.170
#6
#8
#10
RBS14-6X
RBS14-8X
RBS14-10X
100
100
100
16-14
16-14
16-14
.200
.200
.200
RCS10-6X
RCS10-8X
RCS10-10X
RCS10-14X
50
50
50
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
C
M
2
3
2
1.23
1.26
1.26
.25
.31
.31
.27
.27
.27
1.10
1.10
1.10
#6
#8
#10
3
3
31⁄2
1.23
1.23
1.26
.25
.25
.31
.27
.27
.27
1.10
1.10
1.10
#6
#8
#10
b"
3
5
5
6
1.34
1.34
1.34
1.34
.31
.37
.37
.49
.27
.27
.27
.32
1.15
1.15
1.15
1.15
co
B
s.
.250
.250
.250
.250
Dimensions
A
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tool: WT1255
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
po
These ring terminals are self-insulated with
heat shrinkable polyolefin and internally coated
sealant. Upon completed installation, a fully
sealed connection is achieved to protect the
joint against the degrading effects of galvanic
action, corrosion, and environmental exposure.
ne
Cat.
No.
m
Pkg.
Qty.
nt
Heat Shrinkable Ring Terminals – Expanded Insulation Support
RAS & RBS stock thickness: .03
RCS stock thickness: .04
on
l
in
ec
om
M
C
B
A
®
®
Heat Shrinkable Locking Fork Terminals – Expanded
Insulation Support
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Bolt
Hole
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
RAS18-6FLX
RAS18-8FLX
RAS18-10FLX
100
100
100
22-18
22-18
22-18
.170
.170
.170
#6
#8
#10
5
5
5
1.350
1.350
1.350
.25
.29
.29
RBS14-6FLX
RBS14-8FLX
RBS14-10FLX
100
100
100
16-14
16-14
16-14
.200
.200
.200
#6
#8
#10
6
6
6
1.350
1.350
1.350
.25
.29
.29
RCS10-6FLX
RCS10-8FLX
RCS10-10FLX
RCS10-14FLX
50
50
50
50
12-10
12-10
12-10
12-10
.250
.250
.250
.250
#6
#8
#10
1
⁄4"
8
8
8
8
1.350
1.350
1.350
1.350
.31
.37
.37
.49
Cat.
No.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tool: WT1255
Note: Heat Shrinkable terminals not available on Mylar Tape.
B
A
130
Dimensions
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 131
Heat Shrinkable Terminal, Splices, Disconnects
®
®
Heat Shrinkable-Fully Insulated 250 Disconnects – Female
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins
Tab
Size
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
RAS18-250AX
RBS14-250AX
RCS10-250AX
25
25
50
22-18
16-14
12-10
.170
.200
.250
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
4
5
6
A
1.82
1.77
1.80
Installing tool: WT1255
co
m
A
®
s.
®
Heat Shrinkable-Fully Insulated 250 Disconnects – Male
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins
Tab
Size
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
22-18
16-14
12-10
.170
.200
.250
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
4
5
6
nt
Pkg.
Qty.
ne
Cat.
No.
25
25
25
1.80
1.75
1.80
po
18RAS-251TX
14RBS-251TX
10RCS-251TX
A
Installing tool: WT1255
on
l
in
ec
om
A
Heat Shrinkable Splices – Butt Type – Expanded Insulation
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
50
1000
50
500
25
500
2RAS18X
RAAS22X
2RBS14X
RBBS22X
2RCS10X
RCCS22X
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.170
.170
.200
.200
.250
.250
3
3
3
3
7
7
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.60
1.60
.25
.25
.26
.26
.31
.31
Installing tool: WT1255
These butt splices are self-insulated with heat
shrinkable polyolefin and internally coated
sealant. Upon completed installation, a fully
sealed connection is achieved to protect the
joint against the degrading effects of galvanic
action, corrosion, and environmental exposure.
A
B
131
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 132
Splices Connectors
Butt Type Splices
or PVC. Nylon insulated splices meet
or exceed the requirements of MIL-T7928. These splices are color-coded
according to wire size.
In butt splices, the wires are butted
together and crimped at each end of
the splice. They are available either
non-insulated, or insulated with nylon
®
®
Nylon Insulated Splices – Aircraft Systems Splices
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
50
50
500
50
500
25
250
26-22
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
2
6
6
6
6
8
8
1.22
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.89
1.89
.15
.25
.25
.28
.28
.35
.35
co
m
Wire
Range
s.
2RZZ
2RAA
RAA23
2RBB
RBB23
2RCC
RCC23
Pkg.
Qty.
nt
Cat.
No.
Dimensions
A
om
po
B
ne
Not U.L. Listed
Installing tools: WT145C, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT1452(R22)
®
®
in
ec
Nylon Insulated Splices – Butt Type – Insulation Support
on
l
Cat.
No.
2RA18
RAA21
2RB14
RBB21
2RC10
RCC21
2RD8
RDD27
2RE6
REE28
2RF4
Pkg.
Qty.
Max
Ins.
Dia.
Wire
Range
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
25
200
20
200
15
.115
.115
.148
.148
.210
.210
.340
.340
.420
.420
.510
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
8
8
6
6
4
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT145C, WT112M, TBM6/TBM6S (D-F)
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
A
B
132
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
3
3
3
3
7
7
25
25
35
35
40
Dimensions
A
B
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.26
1.26
1.69
1.69
1.85
1.85
1.85
.18
.18
.21
.21
.28
.28
.36
.36
.45
.45
.52
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 133
Splice Connectors
®
®
Vinyl Insulated Splices – Butt Type – Expanded Insulation
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
1000
1000
100
1000
1000
50
500
500
Max.
Ins
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
12-10
.155
.170
.155
.200
.210
.250
.210
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
3
3
3
3
3
3
7
7
7
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.31
1.31
1.31
.25
.25
.23
.26
.26
.23
.31
.31
.29
Dimensions
m
2RA18X
RAA217-170
RAA217
2RB14X
RBB217-200
RBB217
2RC10X
RCC217-250
RCC217
Wire
Range
co
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT145C, WT2000, WT112M, ERG-2001, ERG-2003, WT2130A
Bulk No's:RAA22X– RBB22X – RCC22X
50
500
50
500
25
250
Max.
Ins
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.170
.170
.200
.200
.250
.250
3
3
3
3
7
7
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.60
1.60
.25
.25
.26
.26
.31
.31
nt
2RAS18X
RAAS22X
2RBS14X
RBBS22X
2RCS10X
RCCS22X
Wire
Range
ne
Pkg.
Qty.
po
These butt splices are self-insulated with heat
shrinkable polyolefin and internally coated
sealant. Upon completed installation, a fully
sealed connection is achieved to protect the
joint against the degrading effects of galvanic
action, corrosion, and environmental exposure.
Cat.
No.
s.
Heat Shrinkable Splices – Butt Type – Expanded Insulation
Dimensions
in
ec
om
Installing tool: WT1255
®
®
Non-Insulated Splices – Butt Type
on
l
A, B & C bulk numbers can be put on Mylar
Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050 tool
and application dies). See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape
RA2573M. (Bulk number 1000 and 500 packages.)
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
25
200
20
200
15
200
5
25
2A-18
AA2
2B-14
BB2
2C-10
CC2-TB
2D-8
DD102
2E-6
EE2
2F-4
FF2
2G21
GG2
Wire
Range
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
9-8-7
9-8-7
6-5
6-5
4-3
4-3
2-1
2-1
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
1
2 ⁄2
21⁄2
21⁄2
21⁄2
7
7
18
18
25
25
30
30
40
40
Dimensions
A
B
.62
.62
.62
.62
.72
.72
1.03
1.03
1.12
1.12
1.25
1.25
1.72
1.72
.12
.12
.16
.16
.22
.22
.28
.28
.37
.37
.44
.44
.55
.55
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools – A, B, C: WT111M, WT110M, WT2000, ERG-2002, ERG2005, WT112M
Installing tools – D, E, F, G: WT115A, TBM6/TBM6S
A
B
133
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 134
Splice Connectors
Overlap Type Splices
tages in simplicity of installation, and
small size. One crimp completes the
splice.
Wires are laid side by side in the connector, and the connection is made in
one crimp. These splices offer advan-
®
®
Nylon Insulated Splices – Overlap Type (Parallel)
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
2A20
RAA24
2B-16
RBB25
2C-12
RCC26
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
22-20
22-20
18-16
18-16
14-12
14-12
2
2
2
2
4
4
.84
.84
.84
.84
.90
.90
.20
.20
.23
.23
.28
.28
Dimensions
s.
U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools: WT2000, WT112M
Wire
Range
m
Pkg.
Qty.
co
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
ne
Cat.
No.
nt
High-Tech Splice-Overlap Type (Parallel)
1000
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
18-16
3
.31
.16
Dimensions
po
675-1425
Wire
Range
®
®
om
Non-Insulated Splices – Overlap Type
on
l
in
ec
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
Dimensions
2A22-20
A1A
2B18-16
B1B
2C14-12
C1C
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
22-20
22-20
18-16
18-16
14-12
14-12
2
2
3
3
4
4
.31
.31
.31
.31
.37
.37
.12
.12
.16
.16
.22
.22
2D10-9
D1D
2E8-7
E1E
2F6-5†
F1F
2G4-2†
G1G
H1H
20
200
20
200
20
200
10
100
100
10-9
10-9
8-7
8-7
6-5
6-5
4-2
4-2
2-1
5
5
7
7
8
8
20
20
20
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.69
.69
.69
.31
.31
.37
.37
.44
.44
.58
.58
.58
Dimensions
A
Max.
Ins
Dia.
1.22
1.22
1.22
.115
.148
.210
Not U.L. Listed. U.L. Listed E9809
Installing tools – A, B, C: WT110M, WT2000, WT111M, WT112M
Installing tools – D, E, F, G: WT115A, TBM6/TBM6S
†
Tefzel® Insulated Butt Splice
Cat.
No.
A
B
RAAT21
RBBT21
RCCT21
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
1000
1000
1000
22-18
16-14
12-10
3
3
7
Installing tool – WT-145C
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
134
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 135
Parallel Splices
NEW
s.
Tin-plated Copper
22AWG to 500 MCM
UL, CSA Listed
nt
Material:
Range:
Listing:
co
m
Sta-Kon® Parallel Splices offer solutions for hundreds
of OEM, utility and communications applications. These
splices provide excellent reliability, long-term performance,
and a UL listed connection at a low installed cost. Sta-Kon
parallel splices are resistant to corrosion and preserve the
electrical integrity of the wires in single or multiple strands.
The new Sta-Kon parallel splices also feature an intelligent
constructable part number for quick identification of the
wire range and pack quantity.
ne
A
Wire Strip Length Chart
Cir Mil
Range
in
ec
A18-PS-M
B14-PS-M
C10-PS-D
D8-PS-D
E6-PS-D
F4-PS-W
G2-PS-W
H1/0-PS-C
J2/0-PS-C
K3/0-PS-L
L4/0-PS-L
M250-PS-Q
N300-PS-X
P400-PS-X
R500-PS-V
Wire
Size
22-16 AWG
16-14 AWG
12-10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG
4 AWG
2 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 MCM
300 MCM
400 MCM
500 MCM
on
l
Cat.
Number
om
po
C B
509-3,260
2,050-5,180
5,180-13,100
13,100-20,800
20,800-33,100
33,100-52,600
52,600-83,700
83,700-119,500
119,500-150,500
150,500-190,000
190,000-231,100
231,100-300,000
300,000-380,000
380,000-478,000
478,000-600,000
®
®
Length
(A)
O.D.
(B)
I.D.
(C)
0.314
0.315
0.380
0.375
0.500
0.531
0.640
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.770
1.063
1.125
1.250
1.438
0.129
0.155
0.220
0.260
0.365
0.410
0.521
0.571
0.632
0.701
0.766
0.926
1.100
1.200
1.330
0.086
0.113
0.170
0.180
0.266
0.302
0.396
0.446
0.507
0.564
0.629
0.749
0.882
0.956
1.060
Pack
Qty.
1000
1000
500
500
500
250
250
100
100
50
50
25
10
10
5
UPC
Number
78621093625
78621093626
78621093627
78621089076
78621089080
78621089082
78621089084
78621089086
78621089078
78621089777
78621089092
78621089094
78621089096
78621089098
78621089100
• The total combined cross sectional area of all wires must be within the CMA range.
Tools
Wire Size
22-10 AWG
16-6 AWG
8-2 AWG
1/0 AWG - 500 MCM
Tools
ERG2002, WT111M, WT112M, WT2000
ERG2005
WT115A, TBM8-750M1, TBM8-750BSCR
TBM8-750M1, TBM8-750BSC
135
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 136
Disconnects
tially insulated, and fully insulated
styles, in both nylon and vinyl. They are
available in various tab widths including
.250", .187", and .110", and a combination size. A unique construction of the
female disconnect offers long-term
dependability. The brazed seam serrated barrel provides maximum tensile
strength.
Disconnect terminals provide a quick,
reliable method of connection to terminal blocks and boards without the use
of tools. They are supplied in a variety
of styles to meet virtually all quick-disconnect requirements. Female disconnect terminals and matching male tabs
accommodate a range of 22-10 AWG,
and are available in non-insulated, par-
®
®
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Tab
Size
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
RA250
RB14-250F
RB250
RC10-250F
RC250
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.136
.136
.162
.162
.215
.215
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
4
4
4
4
4
4
.91
.91
.91
.91
1.04
1.04
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
18RA-250F
RA257
RA257-170
14RB-250F
RB257
RB257-200
10RC-250F
RC257
100
1000
1000
100
1000
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.150
.150
.170
.170
.170
.200
.250
.250
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
4
4
.96
.96
.96
.96
.96
.96
1.03
1.03
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
.29
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.165
.165
.185
.185
.225
.225
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
4
4
5
5
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.04
1.04
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
.38
25
25
50
22-18
16-14
12-10
.170
.200
.250
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
4
5
6
1.83
1.78
1.80
–
–
–
2
18RA-250F
vinyl self-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
3
om
3 18RA-2577
on
l
4
RA2573
14RB-2577
RB2573
10RC-2577
RC2573
in
ec
18RA-2577
nylon fully-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
po
2
ne
1 RA18-250F
s.
RA18-250F
nylon self-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
nt
Cat.
No.
co
Pkg.
Qty.
m
250 Series – Female Disconnects
1
4 RAS18-250AX
RBS14-250AX
RCS10-250AX
Material: brass
Finish: tin plated
U.L. Listed E66716
RAS18-250AX
heat-shrinkable fully
insulated disconnects
installing tool – WT1255
B
A
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be
put on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications
(i.e. 12050 tool and application dies). See
pages 161-162 for description of tooling.
Please add the suffix “M” for Mylar Tape
(i.e. RA2573-M).
136
3
3
Dimensions
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 137
Disconnects
®
®
250 Series – Female Disconnects – continued
RA2577F
RB14-250A
RB2577F
RC10-250A
RC2577F
2 A18-250
A250-TB
B14-250
B250
C10-250F
C250
2
A18-250
3 B14-250F
non-insulated
installing tools – WT111M,
WT1110M, WT2000,
ERG-2002, WT112M
B250G
A252G
B14-250A
B252G
C10-250A
C252G
3
U.L. Listed E66716
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
50
500
50
500
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.170
.170
.190
.190
.245
.245
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
4
4
5
5
6
6
.80
.80
.80
.80
.80
.80
.71
.71
.72
.72
.88
.88
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
–
–
–
–
–
–
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
3
3
4
4
.73
.73
.73
.73
.73
.73
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
.31
100
1000
16-14
16-14
–
–
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
5
5
.87
.87
.31
.31
50
1000
50
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
–
–
–
–
–
–
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
3
3
4
4
.58
.58
.58
.58
.64
.64
.61
.61
.62
.62
.63
.63
Dimensions
po
B14-250F
Tab
Size
ne
4 A18-250A
Max.
Ins.
m
RA18-250A
nylon open top
insulated 90° flag
installing tools –
WT145C, WT2000,
ERG-2001, ERG-2003,
WT112M
Wire
Range
co
1 RA18-250A
Pkg.
Qty.
s.
Cat.
No.
nt
1
B
non-insulated/insulation
grip installing
tool – WT110M
om
A
B
A18-250A
in
ec
4
250 Series – Piggy Back Disconnects – Nylon Insulated
non-insulated 90° flag
installing tools –
WT110M, WT111M,
WT2000, ERG-2002,
WT112M
on
l
A
Cat.
No.
5
RA18-250FP
RA250P
RB14-250FP
RB250P
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Tab
Size
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
C
100
1000
100
1000
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
.136
.136
.163
.163
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
3
3
.87
.87
.87
.87
.30
.30
.30
.30
.43
.43
.43
.43
Dimensions
For stacking applications
Installing Tool – WT112M
5
B
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can be put on Mylar Tape for
reel fed applications (i.e. 12050
tool and application dies).
See pages 161-162 for description
of tooling.
Please add the suffix “M” for Mylar
Tape (i.e. RA2573-M).
A
C
30
O
137
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 138
Disconnects
®
®
1
Pkg.
Qty.
Tab
Size
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Dia.
A
B
1 RAD18-183
RAD1833
RAD18-182
RAD1823
RBD14-183
RBD1833
RBD14-182
RBD1823
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.136
.136
.136
.136
.163
.163
.163
.163
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
2
18RAD-183
RAD1837
18RAD-182
RAD1827
14RBD-183
RBD1837
14RBD-182
RBD1827
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.150
.150
.150
.150
.170
.170
.170
.170
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.85
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
3
18RAD-18377
RAD18377
18RAD-18277
RAD18277
14RBD-18377
RBD18377
14RBD-18277
RBD18277
100
500
100
500
100
500
100
500
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.150
.150
.150
.150
.170
.170
.170
.170
.89
.89
.89
.89
.89
.89
.89
.89
.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
4
AD18-183
AD183
AD18-182
AD182
BD14-183
BD183
BD14-182
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
.64
.64
.64
.64
.64
.64
.64
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
50
500
50
500
50
500
50
500
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
.187 x .032
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.150
.150
.150
.150
.170
.170
.170
.170
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.59
.59
.59
.59
.61
.61
.61
.61
3
18RAD-18377
nylon fully-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
om
4
on
l
5
RAD18-187A
RAD1877F
RAD18-188A
RAD1887F
RBD14-187A
RBD1877F
RBD14-188A
RBD1887F
in
ec
AD18-183
non-insulated
installing tools –
WT111M, ERG-2002,
WT2000, WT112M,
RAD18-187A
5
U.L. Listed E66716
Material: brass
Finish: tin plated
nylon fully-insulated 90° flag
installing tools – WT1145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
B
B
A
Disconnect terminals provide a quick, reliable
method of connection to terminal blocks and
boards without the use of tools. They are supplied in a variety of styles to meet virtually all
quick-disconnect requirements. Female disconnect terminals and matching male tabs accommodate a range of 22-10 AWG, and are available in non-insulated, partially insulated, and
fully insulated styles, in both nylon and vinyl.
They are available in various tab widths including .250", .187", and .110", and a combination
size. A unique construction of the female disconnect offers long-term dependability.
138
co
18RAD-183
vinyl self-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
s.
2
nt
nylon self-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
po
RAD18-183
m
Cat.
No.
ne
187 Series – Female Disconnects
A
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can
be put on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050 tool and application
dies). See pages 161-162 for description
of tooling.
Please add the suffix “M” for Mylar Tape
(i.e. RA2573-M).
Dimensions
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 139
Disconnects
®
®
250 Series – Male Tabs
1
Cat.
No.
18RA-250T
18RAS-251TX
B
Dimensions
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.150
.150
.170
.170
.250
.250
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
3
3
4
4
.95
.95
.95
.95
1.08
1.08
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
18RA-251T
RA25177
14RB-251T
RB25177
10RC-251T
RC25177
50
500
50
500
25
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
.150
.150
.170
.170
.210
.210
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
5
5
5
5
5
5
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.17
1.17
.45
.45
.45
.45
.45
.45
3
18RAS-251TX
14RBS-251TX
10RCS-251TX
25
25
25
22-18
16-14
12-10
.170
.200
.250
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
4
5
6
1.80
1.75
1.80
–
–
–
4
A18-250T
B14-250T
100
100
22-18
20-14
–
–
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
3
3
.87
.87
–
–
5
A18-251T
A251
B14-251T
B251
C10-251T
100
1000
100
1000
50
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
12-10
–
–
–
–
–
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
2
2
2
2
2
.68
.68
.68
.68
.68
–
–
–
–
–
s.
co
m
100
1000
100
1000
50
500
Material: brass
Finish: tin plated
B
A
A18-250T
in
ec
4
on
l
Non-insulated/insulated grip
installing tool – WT110M
5
A
18RA-250T
RA2517
14RB-250T
RB2517
10RC-250T
RC2517
om
heat shrinkable nylon fully
insulated
installing tool – WT1255
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
po
3
Tab
Size
1
18RA-251T
nylon fully insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
Max.
Ins.
nt
2
Wire
Range
ne
vinyl self-insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
Pkg.
Qty.
Most standard bulk catalog numbers can
be put on Mylar Tape for reel fed applications (i.e. 12050 tool and application
dies). See pages 161-162 for description of tooling.
Please add the suffix “M” for Mylar
Tape (i.e. RA2573-M).
18-251T
Non-insulated
installing tools – WT110M,
WT111M, WT2000,
WT112M, ERG-2002, WT112M
139
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 140
Disconnects
®
®
1
187 Series – Male Tabs
Cat.
No.
18RAD-187
vinyl insulated
installing tools – WT145C,
WT2000, ERG-2001,
ERG-2003, WT112M
Pkg.
Qty.
Tab
Size
Wire
Range
Max
Ins.
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
Dia.
A
100
100
100
100
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
.187 x .032
.187 x .020
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
.150
.150
.170
.170
4
4
4
4
.87
.87
.87
.87
1 18RAD-187
18RAD-188
14RBD-187
14RBD-188
m
U.L. Listed E66716
Material: brass
Finish: tin plated
B
s.
co
A
2
3
3
on
l
non-insulated
installing tools –
WT111M, WT2000,
WT112M
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
A18-110F
A10-TB
A18-111F
A11
B14-110F
B10TB
B14-111F
B11-TB
in
ec
A18-111F
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
Wire
Range
Max
Ins.
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
B
.110 x .032
.110 x .032
.110 x .020
.110 x .020
.110 x .032
.110 x .032
.110 x .020
.110 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
.110
.110
.110
.110
.135
.135
.135
.135
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.110 x .032
.110 x .032
.110 x .020
.110 x .020
.110 x .032
.110 x .032
.110 x .020
.110 x .020
22-18
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
16-14
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.59
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
Tab
Size
ne
nylon-insulated
installing tool –
WT465
RA18-110F
RA10SK
RA18-111F
RA11
RB14-110F
RB10-SK
RB14-111F
RB11-TB
po
2
Pkg.
Qty.
om
RA18-111F
Cat.
No.
nt
110 Series – Disconnects*
Dimensions
*Not U.L. Listed or CSA approved.
Material: brass
Finish: tin plated
B
A
Most standard bulk catalog numbers
can be put on Mylar Tape for reel fed
applications (i.e. 12050 tool and
application dies).
See pages 161-162.
Please put the suffix M for Mylar Tape
RA2573M. (Bulk number 1000 and
500 packages.)
140
RA Series requires a
12061 Die.
RB Series requires a
12062 Die.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 141
Disconnects
1
250 Series – Adapters & Coupler †
Cat.
No.
1 F250TA
FTA250
2 RB14-250
RBB250
2
Pkg.
Qty.
Tab
Size
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
50
1000
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
50
500
.250 x .032
.250 x .032
Not U.L. Listed
Cat. No. F250TA –
Dimensions
A
B
3
3
.82
.82
.56
.56
7
7
2.35
2.35
.51
.51
†
Cat. No. RB14-250 –
co
insulated coupler
no tool required
Male
m
RB14-250
Material: brass
Finish: tin plated
Material: brass
Finish: none
Insulation: vinyl
s.
1
nt
B
ne
A
2
po
B
in
ec
om
A
Wristlock Disconnects †
RA18D
on
l
Nylon-insulated wire barrels
installing tool –
WT2000 (Not U.L.)
B14-D
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
Wire
Range
Max.
Ins.
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
A
A1
Dimensions
RA18D
RA23
RB14D
RB23
50
1000
50
500
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
.136
.136
.162
.162
4
4
4
4
.99
.99
.99
.99
1.70
1.70
1.70
1.70
B14-D
B23
50
1000
16-14
16-14
.187
.187
4
4
.97
.97
1.66
1.66
Not U.L. Listed
Note: Not available on Mylar Tape.
†
non-insulated/insulation grip
installing tool –
WT110M (Not U.L.)
A
A
Nylon Insulated and Non-insulated
Picture shows wristlock assemblied as 2
pieces. Parts are sold by the piece not
assemblies.
141
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 142
Pin Terminals/Vinyl Terminals (Mini-Pack)
®
®
Sta-Kon® Mini-Pack Terminals
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
U.L. Listed E9809
142
Wire
Range
Bolt
Hole
22-18
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
22-18
22-18
16-14
16-14
16-14
12-10
12-10
22-18
16-14
12-10
22-18
16-14
12-10
#6
#8
#10
#6
#8
#10
#10
1
⁄4
#8
#10
#6
#8
#10
#8
#10
–
–
–
–
–
–
co
m
Std.
Pack.
s.
• Convenient 20-count packaging.
• Wire ranges from 22 AWG to 10 AWG.
• Vinyl Insulated Ring and forked-tongued terminals, female disconnects, butt-type splice
connectors.
Note: “CP” designates mini-pack quantities.
Refer to other catalog pages for description and
dimensional information.
18RA-6FCP
18RA-8CP
18RA-10CP
14RB-6CP
14RB-8CP
14RB-10CP
10RC-10CP
10RC-14CP
18RA-8FCP
18RA-10FCP
14RB-6FCP
14RB-8FCP
14RB-10FCP
10RC-8FCP
10RC-10FCP
2RA18XCP
2RB14XCP
2RC10XCP
18RA-250FCP
14RB-250FCP
10RC-250FCP
Unit
Qty.
nt
Cat.
No.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 143
Wire Joints – Nylon Insulated
®
®
Crimp on Wire Joints – Tool Applied
Cat.
No.
Pkg.
Qty.
1 RB44
100
1000
50
500
100
1000
RB4TB
RC55
RC6
RP12
RP7
2
two piece
2 PT66M
nylon insulator
PT6M
PT60M
3
3 PT70
PT70M
PT80
Installing tool – WT161M
one piece
non-insulated
Installing tool –
WT161M
Wt./Lbs.
Per
1000
Dimensions
Min.
Max.
A
B
2#18
2#16
4#18
2#12
3#14
4#12
.31
–
.43
–
.53
–
.78
–
.95
–
1.00
–
100
100
100
2#18
–
2#14
3#12 combination
Insulator only
3#12 Connector only
–
.50
.31
–
.93
.37
4
2
2
200
200
50
2#14
3#18
2#16
3#12
4#12
4#10
.29
.31
.35
.34
.37
.62
2
2
6
m
one piece
nylon self-insulated
Installing tool – WT2000,
WT2130A (RC & RP)
Wire Range
co
1
2
3
3
s.
U.L. Listed E9809
Items on this page sold in multiples of unit packages only.
Sta-Kon® wire joints come in one-piece nylon,
self-insulated and non-insulated, and a twopiece nylon insulator. Tool applied.
ne
nt
Installation Procedure for “PT” Connectors
om
po
Twist wires, insert through
serrated barrel of wire joint.
(PT60M, PT70, PT70M, PT80).
A
on
l
Cat.
No.
A
Allowable Wire Combinations
#22 #20 #18 #16 #14 #12
2-3
1-2
#10
2
3
A
A
#22
Allowable Wire Combinations
#20
#18 #16 #14 #12
1-4
2
1-3
3
1-2
3
3
RB4/RB44 2
1-2
2
1
1
3-5
3
2-4
RC6/RC55
2
1
3
2
2
1
B
B
B
Cat.
No.
Screw PT6 insulator firmly
onto
PT160M barrel.
1-4
1
1-3
1-3
1
1
2-5
2
1
1
3
2
2
3
3
#10
Cat.
No.
1
1
1
2
#22
T&B
B
T&B
in
ec
1
Crimp and trim off excess wire
with WT161M hand tool.
Allowable Wire Combinations
#20
#18 #16 #14 #12
1
1
RP7/RP12
2-4
1-3
1
3-6
1
2
3
4
#10
2
1
1
2-4
1
2
3
2-3
1-2
1-2
1
4-6
143
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 144
Installing Kits
Wiring Organizer
Cat.
No.
ORG2
Description
Heavy Duty Steel Drawer with (17) compartments to hold Sta-Kon® terminals, Color-Keyed®
lugs, Ty-Rap® cable ties, and other small parts
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
1
4
Drawer does not include Thomas & Betts products.
ORG-2
Sta-Kit*
Cat.
No.
Description
2RA18X butt splices for 22-18 AWG,
2RB14X butt splices for 18-14 AWG,
2RC10X butt splices for 12-10 AWG,
10RC-10 ring terminals for 12-10 AWG,
10RC-10FL locking fork terminals for 12-10 AWG,
10RC-250F disconnects for 12-10 AWG,
14RB-10 ring terminals for 18-14 AWG,
14RB-8FL locking fork terminals for 18-14 AWG,
14RB-250F disconnects for 18-14 AWG,
18RA-8F Fork Terminals for 22-18 AWG,
18RA-6FL locking fork terminals for 22-18 AWG,
18RA-250F disconnects for 22-18 AWG
WM-0-THRU 9
WT112M crimping tool and 100 TY525M
Ty-Rap® cable ties (approx. length 71⁄2˝)
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
1
1
om
po
ne
nt
s.
100
100
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
STAKIT*
co
m
For residential or light commercial installations we recommend this proven assortment of popular Sta-Kon® vinyl terminals. This kit includes a WT112M criming tool.
* (All splices, terminals and disconnects are vinyl insulated).
in
ec
Installation Kits
on
l
Cat. No.
PK-1002
PK1002
(includes
terminals
WT-2000
& steel box)
PK1003
(includes
disconnect
terminals
WT-2000
& steel box)
Contents
100
100
100
100
18RA-6FL Terminals
18RA-8FL Terminals
14RB-8FL Terminals
14RB-10FL Terminals
50
100
100
50
10RC-10FL Terminals
2RA-18X Splices
2RB-14X Splices
2RC-10X Splices
100
100
50
100
18RA-250F Disconnects
14RA-250F Disconnects
10RC-250 Disconnects
A18-250F Disconnects
100
50
50
100
B14-250 Disconnects
C10-250F Disconnects
B14-250A Disconnects
14RB-250T Disconnects
1
1
100
200
1
1
100
ERG1-WS wire stripper
WT2000 Installing Tool
TY-523M Cable Ties
TY-525M Cable Ties
WM-0-45 Marker Book
WM-A-Z Marker Book
2RA-18X Butt Splices
100
50
100
100
100
50
2RB-14X Splices
2RC-10X Splices
18RA-6FL Terminals
14RB-8FL Terminals
14RB-10FL Terminals
10RC-10FL Terminals
Cat. No.
PK2005
PK-2005
144
Wt.
Contents
7
7
Wt.
10
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 145
ERG1-WS
Wire Stripping/Cutting Tool
m
The ERG1-WS is a self-adjusting wire stripping and cutting tool
for insulated wires ranging from 34 AWG (0.02 mm2) to 8 AWG
(10 mm2). The ERG1-WS has the widest stripping range for
this type tool in the industry. It also incorporates interchangeable stripping cassettes for a wide
range of wire insulations. The lightweight, ergonomic design makes
this tool ideal for higher volume
production as well as portable
field usage. This tool replaces the ERG1 cutting/stripping tool.
co
The Sta-Kon® ERG1-WS Wire Stripping Tool
advantages:
ne
nt
s.
• Versatile - Interchangeable cassettes allows
the user to strip a wide range of insulations
without having to change tools. Integral
wire cutter lets user cut and strip with the
same tool.
in
ec
om
po
• Powerful - The V-Blade cassette is
designed for stripping
difficult insulation like PTFE coated wire.
on
l
ERG1-WS features interchangeable
blades that allow user to strip a wide
range with the same tool.
(“V” Blade Cassette shown)
• Safe & Ergonomic - Stationary handle has a soft grip molded
into the tool for extra comfort. Optimized grip span and lightweight ensures comfortable operation for the user. Cutting
blades are not exposed so user's hands are protected.
• Automatic & Precise - Tool automatically strips wire to preset
length. Hard plastic wire stop allows the user to easily adjust
wire strip length. Fine adjustability slide allows user to strip
thin insulation jackets without damaging conductors.
• Durable & Reliable - Cutting blades manufactured from high
grade hardened steel. Body is molded in a new high-strength
plastic to withstand the harshest working environments. Tool
has been tested to over 150,000 cycles.
Specifications
Stripping Capacity:
Straight Blade Cassette, PVC Insulations
34-8 AWG (0.02-10 mm2)
“V” Blade Cassette, All Insulations
34-10 AWG (0.02-6 mm2)
Cutting Capacity:
Flexible wires - 8 AWG (10 mm2)
Rigid wires - 16 AWG (1.5 mm2)
Dimensions:
7.5" x 4.8" x 0.8" (191 x 123 x 20 mm)
Weight
0.3 lbs (0.136 kg)
Please ask your Thomas & Betts Sales Representative for a
complete catalog of quality Sta-Kon® wire termination products.
Sta-Kon® ERG1-WS Ordering Information
Cat No.
ERG1-WS
SBC-1
VBC-1
Description
Ergonomic Wire Stripping Tool
Replacement Straight Blade Cassette
Replacement “V” Blade Cassette
Weight Ea.
UPC
.3 lbs
.03 lbs
.03 lbs
786210-86322
786210-86324
786210-86328
ERG1-WS Wire Stripping/Cutting Tool is shipped with one Straight Blade
Cassette. “V” Blade Cassettes sold separately. Tool and Replacement Blades
are shipped in packaging suitable for merchandising display.
145
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 146
SWS01 / DWS02
Cutting & Stripping TOOL
Ergonomic Handles
Dial to adjust the
stripping length
from 3/16” to 2/3”
(Polypropylene)
m
Interchangeable
Stripping Blades
(Stainless Steel)
s.
co
Cat. No.: BWS
om
po
(Stainless Steel)
#22 - #10 AWG
(0.4 to 4 mm2)
on
l
0.03” to 0.09”
(0.7 to 2.3 mm)
in
ec
Reliability tested on more than 150,000 operations.
Copper or
Aluminum
Conductors
Double stripper
available :
model DWS02
146
ne
Self-Adjusting for
#22 - #10 AWG
Interchangeable
Cutting Blades
nt
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
3/16” to 2/3”
(4 to 17 mm)
Lateral grip of the
wire with automatic
adjustment at the
section.
Single stripper : model SWS01
3/16”
(5 mm)
Cut and strip the
wires from #22 to
#10 AWG in a single
operation.
Release.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 147
Application Tools
Plier Type Tools
Cat.
No.
Description
A, B, C non-insulated terminal and splices and A, B noninsulated terminals with insulation grip
A, B, C, PT non-insulated terminal and splices
RA, RB, A, B, C, non-insulated and RC insulated nylon and
vinyl terminal and splices
WT110M
WT110M
1
1 lb
co
s.
4-01
520/2
M22
NOTE: ONLY THIS HANDLE
PAINTED GREEN
nt
AB
C
®
G
ON LU
STA-K
TO 18
A 22
TO 14
B 18
TO 10
C 12
ne
®
INSTALLS
.030-.050
INSTALLS"A
“A&&B"
B”STA-KON
STA-KON® TERMINALS-GAUGING
TERMINALS-GAUGING .030-.050
®
CLOSING
CLOSINGINSULATION
INSULATIONGRIP
GRIPON
ONSTA-KON
STA-KON®"B"
“B”SIZE
SIZETERMINALS
TERMINALS
AND
ANDDISCONNECT
DISCONNECTTIPS.
TIPS.
po
®
CLOSING
SIZE TERMINALS
TERMINALS
CLOSING INSULATION
INSULATION GRIP
GRIP ON
ON STA-KON
STA-KON® "A"
“A” SIZE
AND
AND DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT TIPS.
WT110M
TIPS.
Installs “C” Sta-Kon® terminals-gauging .075-.095
Installs “A” & “B” Sta-Kon® terminals-gauging .030-.050
Closing Insulation Grip on Sta-Kon® “B” size
terminals and disconnect tips.
Closing Insulation Grip on Sta-Kon® “A” size
terminals and disconnect tips.
in
ec
om
These tools are designed in a variety of
styles—some with wire cutters and strippers—
for installation of the various STA-KON terminal
series. #22-10 AWG wire range.
9 19/32"
on
l
CUTTERS
1 lb
1 lb
INSTALLS “C”
"C" STA-KON
STA-KON®®TERMINALS-GAUGING
TERMINALS-GAUGING.075-.095
.075-.095
INSTALLS
WT112M
STA-KON® LUG
A 22 TO 18
B 18 TO 14
C 12 TO 10
WT111M
1
1
9-19/32"
WT111M
1 1/4"
Wt.
Each
m
WT111M
WT112M
Std.
Pkg.
2 15/16"
PLASTISOL
HANDLES
Cutters
Installs “A” & “B” Sta-Kon® terminals
gauging .027-.053.
Installs “C” Sta-Kon® terminals
gauging .072-.098.
1 1/4”
1 1/4"
TTS
AS & BE
THOM
B&C
FOR A,
MINALS
N TER
STA-KO
M
WT 112
2-15/16”
2- 15/16"
BLACK
Wire Cutter
®
INSTALLS “A” & “B” STA-KON TERMINALS
GAUGING .027-.053
INSTALLS “C” STA-KON TERMINALS
GAUGING .072-.098
WT111M
Wire
WIRE Cutter
CUTTER
ORANGE
CRIMPING
NEST FOR
Crimping
Nest
INSULATED STA-KONS®
for
insulated Sta-Kons®
CRIMPING
NEST FOR
Crimping
Nest for
NON-INSULATED STA-KONS®
non-insulated Sta-Kons®
PLASTISOL HANDLE
GRIPS GRIPS
PLASTISOL
HANDLE
COLOR: BLACK & ORANGE
COLOR: BLACK & ORANGE
WT112M
Installs insulated and non-insulated Sta-Kon®
terminals, splices, disconnects, and wire joints
22-10 AWG.
147
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 148
Application Tools
Plier Type Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
Description
A, B, C, PT non-insulated terminal and splices
A, B, C: AB, PT, RA, RB, RC insulated and non-insulated
terminal and splices
WT161M
WT2000
Wt.
Each
1
1 lb
1
1 lb
m
WT161M
Std.
Pkg.
WT2000
s.
co
These tools are designed in a variety of
styles—some with wire cutters and strippers—
for installation of the various STA-KON terminal
series. #22-10 AWG wire range.
nt
CUTTERS
Cutters
in
ec
WT161M
on
l
Installs “A,” “B,” and “C” size (#18-#10 wire)
Sta-Kon terminals, splices, and wire joints
(PT-60M and PT-70).
148
WireCUTTER
Cutter
WIRE
om
®
STA-KONNest
Installing
INSTALLING NEST
ORANGE PLASTISOL
COATED HANDLE
8
10
SOL
18
16
14
12
10
AB
C
12
6-32
10-24
10-32
INSUL
Handle GRIPS
Grips
HANDLE
LATCH
Latch
2-3/16"
8-32
NON
INSUL
ne
po
Cushion
CUSHIONGrip
GRIPHandle
HANDLE
22-10
Plier CRIP
Grip
PLIER
Wire
Stripper
WIRE STRIPPER
Handle RETURN
Return
HANDLE
SPRINGS
Spring
WIRE
Wire CUTTER
Cutter
22-10
.070
.070
.080
.080
STR
22-20
18
16
14
Insulation
INSULATIONCrusher
CRUSHER
4-40
BLACK PLASTISOL
COATED HANDLE
CrimpINDICATOR
Indicator GAUGE
Gauge
CRIMP
CRIMPING NEST FOR INSULATED
Crimping Nest for insulated
WT2000
Wire Cutter—No. 10 AWG and smaller solid or
stranded wire.
Crimping Nests—Insulated and non-insulated
Sta-Kon terminals, splices and wire joints on
No. 22 to No. 10 AWG, solid or stranded wire.
Cutters—Chasing feature for screws, sizes
4-40, 6-32, 8-32, 10-24, 10-32.
Wire Stripper—Removes most types of insulation from No. 22-10 AWG stranded wire and No.
18-8 AWG solid wire.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 149
Application Tools
Shure-Stake®
mechanism helps
to ensure a
complete crimp
cycle before it
releases the tool.
Rubberized thermoplastic
handle combines
maximum friction with a
soft, comfortable feel that
reduces muscle tension.
Comfort Crimp ® Terminal Tool
Concerned about safety? Down
time? Health care costs?
Thomas & Betts’ ergonomically
designed Comfort Crimp® tool helps
reduce the risk of Carpal Tunnel
Syndrome, the cause of almost one
out of every two industrial injuries.
This tool’s unique design delivers the
same reliable crimp with up to 60%
less handle force than other terminal
hand tools. So you won’t have to sacrifice your hand to make a successful
crimp. We’ve researched the tool
components to provide maximum
comfort to the operator while assuring
a complete crimp.
Just wrap your hands around our
Comfort Crimp® terminal tool. It’s such
a relief you won’t want to handle any
other tool ever again.
m
Advanced
ergonomic
design of handle
distributes the
force more
evenly across the
hand.
po
ne
nt
s.
Color-coded die nests
on both the right and
left sides of the tool
are included for
insulated terminals.
toggle action increases
mechanical gain, which
dramatically reduces
handle force – and the
stress on your hands.
co
For easy visual
verification of
crimps, integrity
dots are
embossed on the
top and bottom
of the terminal.
on
l
ERG-2002
in
ec
om
ERG-2001
SURE STAKE RELEASE
ON BOTH SIDES
(22-18) A NEST
(16-14) B NEST
(12-10) C NEST
149
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 150
Application Tools
Comfort Crimp Terminal Tool
®
Cat.
No.
ERG-2001
ERG-2001
ERG-2002
RA, RB, RC Nylon & vinyl terminals, splices & disconnects
A, B, C Non-insulated terminals, splices, disconnects
1
1
ERG-2004
C and C Flag terminal AB Flag terminal and A, B, C noninsulated terminals, splices, disconnects
1
ERG-2005
B, C, D Non-insulated terminals, splices, (D tubular only)
1
ERG-2007
RD & RE Insulated terminals (Except Brazed Seam)
1
ERG-2008
Non-insulated terminals #8 AWG - 1/0 AWG
1
co
m
NEW
Std.
Pkg.
Description
s.
ERG-2008
Tool Gaging Requirements*
nt
Shure-Stake®
release on
ON BOTH SIDES
both sides
Terminal locator
Nest
Gaging
Min.-Max.
ERG-2001
RA
RB
RC
.100—.106
.116—.124
.148—.156
ERG-2002
A
B
C
.062—.067
.084—.089
.110—.115
ERG-2004
AB
C
.062—.067
.110—.115
ERG-2005
B
C
D
.082—.090
.117—.125
.145—.153
ERG-2007
8 (RED)
6 (BLUE)
.190—.196
.212—.218
ERG-2008
Self-Contained
Rotating Die
8AWG - 1/0 AWG
ne
Cat. No.
(12-10) C NestT
(16-14) B NestT
(22-18) A NestT
STA
-KON ®
NO.
ERG
-200
2
on
l
CAT.
in
ec
Shure-Stake®
release on
both sides
om
Installs nylon and vinyl insulated terminals,
disconnects, and splices 22-10/22-14 AWG.
The force required to release the Shure-Stake®
mechanism should be no less than 15 lbs.
po
(22-18) A NestT
(16-14) B NestT
(12-10) C NestT
Installs Non-insulated Terminals, Disconnects,
and Splices 22 - 10 AWG.
The force required to release the Shure-Stake®
mechanism should be no less than 15 lbs.
PUSH
* Gauges available from T&B Tool Service
ERG-2001
Nest
Gaging
Min.-Max.
Red
Blue
Yellow
.100 – .106
.116 – .124
.148 – .156
ERG-2002
Installs Non-insulated Terminals #8 AWG 1/0 AWG.
UL Listed crimp per UL standard 486C on
tubular D, E, F, G, and H style Sta-Kon®
Terminals.
150
Nest
Gaging
Min.-Max.
A
B
C
.067 – .062
.089 – .084
.115 – .110
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 151
Application Tools
Rachet Hand Tools
Cat.
No.
Description
RA, RAX, RB, RBC, RC, RAA, RBB, RBC, RCC nylon terminal
WT145A
UPPER NEST
LOWER NEST
ABECFSDJ LJSALSDKL JKSDA
Upper
UPPER
Nest
NEST
LOCATOR
Locator
SCREW
Nest
Gaging
Min.-Max.
Upper
Lower
.097 – .106
.121 – .128
ne
nt
s.
Installs RA, RB, RBC, RC nylon terminals.
Correct compression every time-the ShureStake® mechanism principle prevents opening
of the handles until full staking action is completed. Installs self-insulated and non-insulated
Sta-Kon® terminal series in the #26-10 AWG
wire range.
With the “Lower” gage (683-G-398) placed into
the rectangular side of the lower nest, the force
required to release the Shure-Stake® mechanism should be 10-40 lbs.
WT145A
co
WT145A
m
ASDFJJAFLL KLKLJ
Load
LOAD
BAR
Bar
LOAD
Lower
BAR
Nest
po
Go,
GO,No-Go
NO-GO
GAGE
Gage
om
Rachet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
RA, RB, RC, RAA, RBB, RCC, RBC nylon and vinyl terminals, splices and disconnects
on
l
in
ec
WT145C
Description
1
Nest
Gaging
Min.-Max.
Upper
Lower
.118 – .122
.169 – .173
WT145C
Correct compression every time-the
Shure-Stake® mechanism principle prevents opening of the handles until full
staking action is completed. Installs
self-insulated and non-insulated StaKon® terminal series in the #26-10 AWG
wire range.
Installs RA, RB, RC nylon terminals,
disconnects, splices and RA, RB, RC
vinyl terminals, disconnects, splices.
The force required to release the ShureStake® mechanism should be 10 lbs.
minimum.
Upper
Nest
UPPER NEST
Lower Nest
LOWER NEST
Go, No-Go
GO.
NO GO
Gage
GAGE
LOCATOR
151
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:32 PM
Page 152
Application Tools
Rachet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
NW Ring Terminals
WT1377
WT1377
Std.
Pkg.
Description
1
Use Front Nest to install NW18 series term., NW20 series term., NW22 series term., NW50 series term.
Use Rear Nest to install NW10 series term., NW14 series term., NW80 series term., 675-14716 series term.
Installs NW Series Heater Wire Terminals
Correct compression every time-the ShureStake® mechanism principle prevents opening
of the handles until full staking action is completed. Installs self-insulated and non-insulated
Sta-Kon® terminal series in the #26-10 AWG
wire range.
CAUTION:
HANDLES ARE
CAUTION: NON-INSULATIONG.
HANDLES ARE
NON-INSULATING.
DO
NOT CRIMP
DO NOT CRIMP
ENERGIZED
WIRES.
ENERGIZED WIRES.
m
W20, NW50 SERIES TERMINALS
SEE GAGING TABLES
s.
SHURE STAKE® MECHANISM
®
SHURE-STAKE
MECHANISM
RELEASE OPPOSITE SIDE
RELEASE OPPOSITE SIDE
ne
nt
NW80
NW20
NW50
co
NW20, NW50 series terminals NW80 series terminals
SERIESgaging
TERMINALS
.064 – .069
gaging .047 – .054 NW80
SEE GAGING TABLES
po
Ratchet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
om
WT1452
Installs RZ, RV Terminals (26-22 AWG wire)
and Splices.
Installs RZ, RV Terminals/Splices
Max. Gage
“No-Go”
BT
.039
.049
RZ, RV #26-#22
.063
.073
in
ec
on
l
1
Min. Gage
“Go”
Nest
152
Std.
Pkg.
Description
Thomas & Betts
BT
BT
GAGING
Gaging
#26-#22
#26-#22
GAGING
Gaging
WT14
52
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 153
Application Tools
Rachet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
Std.
Pkg.
Description
RA, RB .110 insulated disconnects
WT465
1
WT465
N1
Installs .110 RA, RB disconnects.
Pre-load requirement: 20-50 lbs.
A
FORCE
N9
N9
.032
.078
.098
.094
s.
co
FORCE
.116
.112
m
.102
.098
1 3/4
nt
Rachet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Description
Std.
Pkg.
RA, RB, RC Heat Shrinkable nylon insulated terminals, butt splices and disconnects
1
ne
Cat.
No.
WT1255
on
l
in
ec
CONDUCTOR
CRIMP AREA
STRIPPING LENGTH
RED & BLUE = 1/4"
YELLOW = 11/32"
WT2130A
Installs RBC, RC, RD, Sta-Kon® terminals and
RC6 and RP7 wire joints.
The force required to release the Shure-Stake®
mechanism should be 20 lbs. minimum.
Nest
22-18
098/086
16-14
.113/.101
12-10
.161/.149
STRIPPED
WIRE
Std.
Pkg.
Description
RC, RBC, and RD insulated terminal #14-#8
1
WT2130A
Nest
2130A LATED
SU
RE
NO. WT
ER WI
CAT. NG SELF-IN
COPP
TALLIINALS ON GRIP
ION
®
RM
FOR INS
ING
ON TEN-INSULATCORPORAT
STA-K
NO BETTS
&
AS
THOM
12-1
Gaging
Rachet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
WT2130A
WT1255
WT1255
12-10
16-14
22-16
om
po
Pre-load 35 to 45 pounds.
Gaging
Min.-Max.
12-10
.147 – .157
8
.185 – .195
0
153
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 154
Application Tools
Ratchet Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
For Use With Sta-Kon® Series
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Each
1
6
For 8 AWG to 250 MCM non-insulated Sta-Kon® terminals
WT3185
Installation and Gaging Procedure – Adjustable Crimper
Gaging Procedure
WT3185
m
1. Close the tool jaws until they bottom.
2. Select the side of tool to be gaged (Tubular or Brazed seam)
3. Move indentor until the pointer slot aligns (click) with the selected cable size: For brazed
seam connector use 6 AWG. For tubular connectors use 2/0.
4. Gage the crimping area with a suitable pin gage. The gage diameter must fall within
.4056010 tubular and .215±.010 for 6 AWG. brazed product.
co
Checking Handle Pre-load
nt
s.
1. Lay the tool on a flat surface as shown in figure 3. Open handle and release it so that it will
close of its own weight.
2. Measure the handle spread distance at the inner surface of the handle tips as shown in
figure 3.
3. If the distance is 14"±1/2" the tool is adjusted properly. If not, the tool should be adjusted.
Pre-load Adjustment Procedure
po
ne
1. Turn Adjustment screw clockwise to increase handle spread and counterclockwise to
decrease handle spread. (refer to figure 3.)
Toggle Type Hand Tools
WT115A
on
l
in
ec
Installs Thomas & Betts Sta-Kon® terminals
series D, E, F, and G.
om
Cat.
No.
Installs Thomas & Betts Sta-Kon® terminals
series D, E, F, and G flag terminals.
For Use With Sta-Kon® Series
D, E, F, & G non-insulated terminals
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Ea.
1
4
DOWEL PIN
FRAME
DOWEL PIN
DOWEL PIN
HANDLE
INDENTOR
WT115A
Flag Terminal Type Hand Tool
Cat.
No.
WT129
Std.
Pkg.
Description
D, E, F, & G non-insulated flag terminals
1
WT115A & WT129A
Nest
D, E, F, G Nests
D.E.F.G. NESTS
154
D
E
F
G
Gaging
.138 ± .005
.170 ± .005
.192 ± .005
.222 ± .005
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 155
Application Tools
Toggle Type Hand Tools – (Continued)
Cat.
No.
For Use With Sta-Kon® Series
TBM6
TBM6S
D thru M (Dies not included) RD thru RM
D thru M (Dies not included) RD thru RM with Shure-Stake®
Installs D thru M non-insulated terminals and
splices, RD thru RM nylon insulated terminals
and splices
Close handles until lower die touches upper die.
Measure distance between ends of handles.
Distance must be 11" min. and 14" max. If it is
less than 11" or more than 14", the tool needs
adjustment.
Wt.
Ea.
1
1
9
9
Std.
Pkg.
Wt.
Ea.
1
6
LOWER DIE
MOVABLE JAW
TOOL HEAD
co
TBM6, TBM6S
UPPER DIE
m
TBM6
Std.
Pkg.
Cat. No.
Use in installing tool Cat. No. TBM6 and
TBM6S.
Gaging
GAGING
11803
11803
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
11802
po
GAGING
Gaging
om
Indentor
INDENTOR
in
ec
on
l
Term.
Size
Gaging
± .010
D
E (Tubular)
E (Brrazed), F (Tubular)
F (Brazed), G
H
J
K
L
M
.152
.152
.167
.206
.234
.272
.250
.266
.312
Installing Dies for Nylon Insulated Sta-Kon® Terminals TBM6 & TM6S Tool
Cat. No.
Die Set
Use in installing tool Cat. No. TBM6 & TBM6S.
Indentor
Movable
Die
ne
Nest
Stationary
Die
nt
NEST
Nest
s.
Installing Dies for Non-Insulated Code and Aircraft Sta-Kon® Terminals
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
Term.
Size
Gaging
± .010
RD
RE
RF
RG
RH
RJ
RK
RL
RM
.170
.202
.254
.321
.339
.370
.382
.456
.554
TBM60RS Short Handle Ratchet Tool
Cat.
No.
TBM60RS
For Use With Sta-Kon Series
D thru M (Uninsulated terminals)
RD thru RM (Insulated terminals)
For more information, see page K5.
Gaging Procedure
1. Ratchet handles until jaws are fully closed.
2. Insert GO, NO-GO gage into nest. GO gage should enter freely. NO-GO gage should
not enter.
155
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 156
Application Tools
Shure-Stake® Auto-Feed Tool
Cat.
No.
12050
Std.
Pkg.
Description
Compact, pneumatically operated unit for crimping tape-mounted STA-KON® terminals;
equipped with a Shure-Stake® mechanism which ensures a full compression each time
1
Space Requirement – 30" W x 20" H x 20" D
Weight – 55 lbs.
Wire Range – #26 - #10 AWG
Air Pressure 90-125 psi input air supply
m
12050
s.
co
Safety Features
• Fully guarded foot pedal.
• Dies color matched to terminals.
• Clear plastic safety guard over die area.
• Automatic tool shut-down when safety guard
is removed.
• “Ram UP” emergency switch.
ne
Installing Dies for 12050
po
GAGING
Gaging
nt
Crimping tape-mounted STA-KON® terminals.
Wire Range – #26 - #10 AWG.
Sta-Kon®
Terminal Type
Insulated Terminals
on
l
Gaging
in
ec
om
RA – Nylon
RA – Vinyl
RB – Nylon
RB – Vinyl
RC – Nylon and
Vinyl Insulated
A – Non-Insulated
B – Non-Insulated
C – Non-Insulated
C Disconnect, Non-Insul
RV – RZ
AWG
Wire Size
Die
Cat. No.
Gaging
Min.-Max.
Max.
Insul.
Dia.
22-18
12-10
12051
12054*
12052
12055*
12056
.108/.114
.117/.121
.133/.139
.122/.126
.149/.157
.136
.150
.162
.170
.210
22-18
16-14
12-10
12-10
26-24
12057
12058
12059
12060
683-54335
.061/.068
.083/.090
.126/.134
.103/.111
.075/.081
–
–
–
–
–
16-14
* Can also be used on nylon.
RA Series requires a
12061 Die.
Non-insulated Terminals
156
RB Series requires a
12062 Die.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 157
Battery-Powered Crimping Tool
BAT22-6
1
1 /2 Tons of Grip for Less than Three Pounds!
m
T&B’s newest battery-powered tool is fast and portable for
making high volume and difficult-to-reach terminal installations in a
snap. The Sta-Kon® BAT22-6 delivers 1.5 tons of crimping force
with an easy, push-button trigger. The lightweight, ergonomic
design minimizes the risk of repetitive motion injuries that can
occur with traditional hand crimping tools. And at less than three
pounds, one-hand operation is easy while still packing enough
power to crimp up to 6 AWG terminals in seconds.
co
BAT22-6 Advantages
• Interchangeable Dies The BAT22-6 uses the exact dies
om
po
ne
nt
s.
from the Thomas & Betts Comfort Crimp line of ergonomic tools
for Sta-Kon®, Spec-Kon®, and Dragon Tooth® terminals. These
can be quickly changed to crimp non-insulated and insulated
terminals up to 6 AWG. And because the dies are the same as
our hand tools, crimps will be exactly the same between StaKon® hand tools such as our ERG-2001 and the new BAT22-6.
on
l
in
ec
Easy to handle, it delivers fast and effective crimping power.
• 360° Rotating Head The BAT22-6 head rotates 360° giving the user the added flexibility when crimping hard- to-reach
connections.
• Short Cycle Time With crimping times of less than two
seconds, this tool brings speed to the workplace. Quick, lightweight and manuverable, the new BAT22-6 makes installing
terminals faster and easier than ever.
• NiCd Battery Operation The NiCd battery provides longlasting battery life to complete up to 150 crimps on a single
charge. An extra battery and charger are included with the
tool ensuring round-the-clock operation. The battery charger
provides full battery life in under sixty minutes.
• Powerful and Precise The BAT22-6 tool delivers 1.5 tons
of linear crimping force, enough power to crimp up to 6 AWG
terminals. The linear crimping motion gives a symmetric, high
quality crimp every time.
• Accessories Each BAT22-6 tool is equipped with a sturdy,
plastic carrying case for using the tool on the move. Case
includes two 9.6 Volt NiCd batteries and battery charger along
with a sturdy tray for convenient storage of crimp dies.
Utilizes the exact dies of the Comfort Crimp line of ergonomic tools for Sta-Kon®,
Spec-Kon®, and Dragon Tooth®.
157
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 158
Specifications
2900 lbs max.
Wire crimping range:
Up to 6 AWG
Crimp cycle time:
2 seconds
Power supply:
9.6 Volt NiCd battery
Recharging time:
1 hour
Number of crimps per charge:
150
co
m
Crimping force:
ne
nt
Tool weight (with battery):
25.4" (645 mm) Length
3.1" (79 mm) Width
2.1" (53 mm) Height
3
2 /4 lbs.
s.
Dimensions:
po
Sta-Kon® BAT22-6 Ordering Information
Description
UPC
BAT22-6
Battery Crimping Tool 1.5 Tons with 120 VAC Charger
78621092214
DIE2001
DIE2002
DIE2005
DIE2007
DIE2500
Crimp Dies*
Insulated 22-10 AWG Sta-Kon® Terminals
Non-insulated 22-10 AWG Sta-Kon® and Spec-Kon® Terminals
Non-insulated 16-6 AWG Sta-Kon® Terminals
Insulated 8-6 AWG Sta-Kon® Terminals
Insulated 22-10 AWG Spec-Kon® Terminals
78621092215
78621092216
78621093172
78621092546
78621092217
on
l
in
ec
om
Cat. No.
158
Tool purchase includes crimping tool, two 9V batteries, charger and case.
*Dies sold separately.
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 159
Application Tools
Air Operated – Bench Mounted Tools
Cat.
No.
25000
Std.
Pkg.
Description
This compact heavy duty air tool installs nylon and TEFZEL® insulated Sta-Kon®
terminals on wire sizes from 8 AWG to 250 MCM; non-insulated styles are also
installed just as quickly and dependably; to crimp a terminal, you simply insert the
stripped wire into the terminal barrel, position it in the crimping nest, and depress
the foot pedal actuating the crimping dies – it’s that easy
1
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
• Convenience and Economy
co
m
The tool accepts a full range of interchangeable dies, the same as used in the
TBM6 or 6S tools. To install the dies, simply pull the spring-loaded pin and remove
the indentor die. Then, flex the retaining spring and remove the die nest.
• Shure-Stake® Mechanism Means Quality Connections
s.
The Shure-Stake® mechanism senses inlet air pressure, and if insufficient is
designed to prevent the tool from cycling. Thus you avoid “undercrimping.” An 8590 psi air pressure source is required.
• Safety Features Increase Productivity, Reduce Downtime
ne
Safety features include a guard over the die area, an air shutdown switch activated
by a slight push with the finger, and an enclosed foot pedal designed to prevent
unwanted tool operation. In additiion, the tool may be bench mounted for stability
and control. For convenience when crimping large size terminals on heavy wire,
the head assembly may overhang the workbench.
po
GAGING
Gaging
Cat. No.
Nest
Stationary
Die
in
ec
Gaging
GAGING
om
Installing Dies for Non-Insulated Code and Aircraft Sta-Kon® Terminals for 25000 tool
on
l
INDENTOR
Indentor
nt
Nest
NEST
11803
11803
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
Cat. No.
Indentor
Movable
Die
11802
Term.
Size
Gaging
±.010
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
.152
.152
.167
.206
.234
.272
.250
.266
.312
Installing Dies for Nylon Insulated Sta-Kon® Terminals for 25000 tool
Cat. No.
Die Set
Term.
Size
Gaging
±.010
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
RD
RE
RF
RG
RH
RJ
RK
RL
RM
.170
.202
.254
.321
.339
.370
.382
.456
.554
159
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 160
Application Tools
Air Operated – Bench Mounted Tools
Cat.
No.
Std.
Pkg.
Description
Heavy duty, high speed production tool installs a wide range of Sta-Kon® terminals, from
26-10 gauge; uses the 100-1 air tool dies for both non-insulated and insulated terminals; is
supplied complete with foot pedal, air hose-air/lubricator
13500
STA-KON® Installing Dies for 13500 Tool, 11901A–11904A
Type
Crimp
Installs
Term. Type
11951
10, 22 AWG
.062/.070, .081/.089, .106/.114
Double Indent
A, AA, AIA, B, BB
{BIB,
C, CC, CIC
11958
11959
11960
11994
11995
–
–
–
14, 22 AWG
10, 12 AWG
.086/.096
.112/.120
.086/.096, 112/.120
.105/.109, 125/.129
.160/.166
Elliptical
Elliptical
Elliptical
Elliptical
Elliptical
RB4 Wire Joint
RC6 Wire Joint
RB4, RC6
RB, RB Nylon & Vinyl
RC Nylon & Vinyl
co
Air Hydraulic Tool
Closed yoke; hand actuated
Closed yoke; foot actuated
Open “C” yoke; hand actuated
Open “C” yoke; foot actuated
po
11901A
11902A
11903A
11904A
Description
ne
Cat. No.
Cat. Nos. 11902A and 11904A also require two (2) Cat. No. 11913 air hoses and one (1) Cat. No. 11930 foot valve.
Cat. Nos. 11901A and 11903A require one (1) Cat. No. 11913 air hose.
on
l
in
ec
om
11903A
160
m
Gaging
s.
STA-KON® terminals, insulated and
non-insulated #22 thru #10 ire range.
Wire
Range
nt
13500
Die
Cat. No.
1
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 161
Application Tools
Twelve Ton Crimping Tool
Cat.
No.
Std.
Pkg.
Description
Twelve ton crimping tool for installing both insulated and noninsulated Sta-Kon® terminals
#8 to 250 MCM (dies ordered separately)
13400
1
FORGED
co
13400
m
STEEL
s.
Twelve Ton Crimping Tool (Military Spec. MS25441-1)
Cat.
No.
Std.
Pkg.
Hydraulic operated 12 to press installs “D” size through “M” size Sta-Kon® terminals on “AN”
copper wire
1
ne
13642M
nt
Description
po
Hex Dies for 13642M & 13400
13642M
11732
–
11733
–
11734
–
11736
11737
11738
11739
11740
11771
on
l
in
ec
A
om
Die Cat. No.
For
For
Tubular
Brazed
Term
Seam
–
11733
–
11734
–
11735
–
–
–
–
–
–
Sta-Kon®
Size
Wire
Size
D
8
E
6
F
4
G
H
J
K
L
M
2-1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
Hex
Die
Code
A
Gaging
21
24
24
29
29
33
37
42
45
50
54
62
.197 ± .005
.228 ± .005
.228 ± .005
.288 ± .005
.288 ± .005
.332 ± .005
.376 ± .005
.415 ± .005
.453 ± .005
.500 ± .005
.544 ± .009
.623 ± .004
Hex Dies for 13642M (Military Listed)
Die
Cat. No.
11781M
11782M
11783M
11784M
11785M
11786M
11787M
11788M
11789M
Sta-Kon®
Size
Wire
Size
A
Gaging
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
8AN
6AN
4AN
2AN
1AN
1/0AN
2/0AN
3/0AN
4/0AN
.208 – .212
.238 – .242
.297 – .301
.375 – .379
.415 – .419
.454 – .458
.488 – .502
.560 – .564
.616 – .620
161
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 162
Installation Dies
Installing Dies for Insulated Terminals to fit 13642M (Military Listed)
A
Gaging
Cat. No.
.168 – .172
.200 – .204
.252 – .256
.310 – .314
.337 – .341
.368 – .372
.406 – .402
.436 – .440
.471 – .475
21707M
21708M
21709M
21710M
21711M
21712M
21713M
21714M
21715M
1-29/32"
A
REF.
2" REF.
AN-WIRE SIZE IS ENGRAVED
ON THIS SURFACE
m
COLOR CODE
IN COUNTERBORE
21731
8
6
4
Gage
Min.
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
ne
21732
po
21736
21737
21738
21739**
21740**
21741**
Sta-Kon®
Size
nt
21733
21734
21735
Indentor
Cat. No.
Max.
s.
Nest
Cat. No.
co
Gaging for Installing Dies Used to Install Flag Type Sta-Kon® Terminals –
Use With 13642M & 13400
.147
.171
.194
.153
.177
.200
.262
.278
.309
.356
.382
.434
.269
.284
.315
.362
.388
.440
** Cat. Nos. 21739, 21740 and 21741 dies must be left in 13642 head with 21732 indentor when gauging.
CAT. NO.
STAMPED ON
BOTH HALVES
om
Nest and Indentor for Installing One Piece – Non-insulated Terminals to Fit 13642M &
13400
Nest
Cat. No.
A
Gaging
Terminal
Series
13650
13650
13650
13650
13650
13650
13654
13655
13656
13657
13658
13659
.202-.210
.230-.238
.268-.276
.246-.254
.262-.270
.308-.316
G
H
J
K
L
M
on
l
in
ec
Indentor
Cat. No.
162
Nest and Indentors for Installing Sta-Kon® Brazed Seam Type Non-insulated Terminals to
Fit 13642M & 13400
Nest
Cat. No.
Indent.
Cat. No.
Sta-Kon®
Size
Code
Wire
Dia.
13643
13644
13645
13650
D
E
F
8
6
4
.153/.161
.183/.191
.214/.222
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 163
Application Tools
Electric Hydraulic Pump
Cat.
No.
13810A
Electric hydraulic pump, 10000 psi with Shure-Stake® mechanism feature;
this is a heavy duty OEM pump with high flow rate; 115V, 60Hz, 11⁄2 HP,
23 Amps; requires hand or foot control
Hand Switch for 13810A
Foot Switch for 13810A
High Pressure, steel reinforced hydraulic hose; 6 ft.
High Pressure, steel reinforced hydraulic hose; 10 ft.
High Pressure, plastic hydraulic hose; 10 ft.
1
1
1
1
1
1
m
13611
13612
13613
13614
13619
co
13620
13589A
13619
13618
This electric hydraulic pump is for use with all T&B hydraulic heads –
consists of pump with pressure gage and Pioneer type male coupler;
add suffix WG to eliminate gage; output pressure 9800 PSI; order
switch and hose separately
Hand Switch – 10 ft
Foot Switch – 10 ft
10 ft. Non Metallic Hose
20 ft. Non Metallic Hose
nt
s.
13600
13810A
Std.
Pkg.
Description
om
13611
13612
13797
Shure-Stake® electric hydraulic pump has same features as 13600,
but includes the Shure-Stake® control mechanism; prevents under
crimping; (pump pressure must reach 9,800 psi before recycling);
requires hand or foot control; order switch and hose separately
Hand Switch – 10 ft
Foot Switch – 10 ft
In line hydraulic pressure inspection gage with male and female pioneer type coupler
po
13610A
ne
A remote control switch is required. Order Cat. No. 13620 for hand operation or Cat. No. 13589A for foot operation.
All pumps are supplied with a metal carrying case.
on
l
in
ec
A remote control switch is required to operate this unit. Use either a #13611 (hand) or #13612 (foot) switch.
13610A
163
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 164
Tool Charts
Rachet Ergonomic
Hand Tools
Plier
Description
Terminal Series
Nylon
Terminal
RZZ
RA, RAX
RB,
RBC, RC
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
RA
RB
RC
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
•
RAA
RBB
RCC
•
•
• •
• •
• •
RB
RC
RP
PT
Hi-Temp
Terminals
NW-Rings
NW-Splice
Insulation
Grip
A
B
110
Disconnects
A, B
RA, RB
Flag
Terminal
AB
C
D, E, F, G
• •
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
om
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
in
ec
•
•
• •
•
•
• •
on
l
•
•
•
•
•
Bare
Disconnects
A
B
C
Tefzel®
Butt Splices
RAAT
RBBT
RCCT
Tepzel
RD, RE
Self contained rotating die
8 AWG - 1/0 AWG
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
164
•
•
•
Vinyl
Disconnects
®
•
•
•
•
Tefzel® Terminal RAT, RBT, RCT
RA
RB
RC
•
nt
Wire
Joints
•
•
•
ne
A, AA
B, BB
C, CC
•
s.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
po
Bare
Terminal,
Splices
•
•
•
•
•
Heat Shrinkable RAS
Nylon Terminal, RBS
Butt Splice,
RCS
Disconnects
RA, RAA
RB, RBB
RC, RCC, RBC
•
•
•
•
Nylon
RA
Disconnect/
RB
Fully Insul.
RC
Disconnects (except 110 Disconnects
Vinyl
Terminal,
Splices
11901A – 11904A
13500 Die Numbers
m
Nylon/
Parallel
Splices
12050 Die Numbers
co
Nylon/
Butt Splice
Rachet Hand Tool
WT110M
WT111M
WT112M
WT161M
WT2000
ERG-2001
ERG-2002
ERG-2003
ERG-2004
ERG-2005
ERG-2007
ERG-2008
WT1377
WT129
WT145A
WT145C
WT1452
WT465
WT1255
WT2130A
12051
12052
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
11951
11958
11959
11960
11994
11995
Tool
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
• • •
• •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 165
Tool Charts
Tubular
ERG2005
WT3185
Brazed
WT3185
NonInsulated
Flag
Terminals
WT3185
Tubular
WT3185
Brazed
WT3185
G
H
Tubular
Tubular
WT3185
WT3185
11807
J
Tubular
WT3185
11808
K
Tubular
11809
L
Tubular
11810
M
Tubular
11811
RD
Tubular
Brazed
Tubular
Brazed
Tubular
Brazed
Tubular
Tubular
Tubular
Tubular
Tubular
Tubular
RG
RH
RJ
RK
RL
RM
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
11806
11802
ne
ERG2007
ERG2007
po
RF
13651
11735
11784M*/11736
11785M*
11737
11786M*
11738
11787M*
11739
11788M*
11740
11789M*
11771
13645
13654
13655
11805
F
RE
11781M*
11732
11733
11733
11782M*
11734
11734
11783M*
11803
in
ec
TEFZEL
Nylon
Insulated
Terminals
and
Splices
®†
WT3185
Brazed
Nest
Indentor
13652
13652
13653
13653
13650**
13656
13657
13658
13659
11821 (Set)
21707M* (Set)
11822 (Set)
21708M* (Set)
11823 (Set)
21709M* (Set)
11824 (Set)
21710M* (Set)
11825 (Set)
11826 (Set)
11827 (Set)
11828 (Set)
11829 (Set)
21711M* (Set)
21712M* (Set)
21713M* (Set)
21714M* (Set)
21715M* (Set)
WT129
WT129
WT129
WT129
N
E
S
T
on
l
NonInsulated
Terminals
and
Splices
Tubular
Hex
Dies
m
E
13642M (MS25441-1)
and
13400 Hydraulic Tool
co
D
s.
Terminal
nt
Term.
om
Description
25000 Air Tool
TBM6 – Toggle Hand Tool
TBM6S – Toggle Hand Tool
Die Cat. Nos.
Nest (Stationary)
Indentor (Movable)
Hand
Tool
With
Dies
21733
21734
21735
21736
21737
21738
21739
21740
21741
I 21731
N
D
E
N
T 21732
O
R
* Indicates military listed die.
** To order the military version suffix the indentor catalog number with an M (13650M). Nest catalog number does not change.
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
Stud Size and Clearance Hole Chart
Stud Size
2
4
6
8
10
1
⁄4
5
⁄16
3
⁄8
7
⁄16
1
5
3
⁄2
⁄8
⁄4
Min. hole diam. – in.
0.92
.116
.143
.169
.196
.262
.323
.388
.453
.516
.650
.775
Min. hole diam. – mm.
2.337
2.946
3.632
4.292
4.978
6.655
8.204
9.855
11.506
13.106
16.510
19.685
165
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 166
Wire Guide Tables
A
Wire Strip Length Chart
Terminal Series
Vinyl Insulated – Add 1⁄16” for Funnel Entry Type
Nylon Insulated and Tefzel® Insulated
⁄4
⁄4
5
⁄16
RA
RB
RC, RBC
1
⁄4
⁄4
11
⁄32
RA
RB
RC, RBC
7
RD
RE
RF
RG
RH
RJ
RK
RL
RM
1
nt
s.
Nylon Insulated and Tefzel® Insulated when using Aircraft and Code Wire
1
A
B
C, BC
om
po
ne
Non-Insulated, when using Aircraft Code Wire
on
l
in
ec
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
166
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
1
⁄32
⁄32
5
⁄16
7
m
Non-Insulated
co
Wire Strip Length
Recommend
Wire Strip Length “A”
Standard Terminals
17
⁄32
⁄32
9
⁄16
11
⁄16
11
⁄16
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
7
⁄8
1
17
15
⁄32
⁄31
1
⁄2
41
⁄64
43
⁄64
47
⁄64
55
⁄64
55
⁄64
59
⁄64
15
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 167
Wire Guide Tables
Individual Strands
AWG or AN
Whole Conductor
Navy Shipboard3
No.
diam.
cir.mil. area
diam.
diam. mm.
3/5 (1)
3/5 (7)
1
7
7
21
.025
.010
*
.005
642
703
704
525
.025
.030
.032
.028
.635
.762
.813
.711
1
7
10
19
26
7
7
10
26
.032
.012
.010
.007
.006
*
.013
.010
.006
1,022
1,024
1,005
1,022
1,034
1,119
1,119
1,005
1,034
.032
.036
.040
.037
.039
.040
.038
.038
.042
.813
.914
1.016
.940
.991
1.016
.965
.965
1.067
1
7
16
19
41
7
.040
.016
.010
.009
.006
.016
1,624
1,624
1,608
1,624
1,630
1,779
.040
.049
.049
.046
.049
.048
1.016
1.245
1.245
1.168
1.245
1.219
1
7
19
26
65
19
26
.051
.019
.012
.010
.006
.011
.010
2,583
2,583
2,601
2,613
2,580
2,407
2,613
.051
.058
.058
.059
.058
.061
.061
1.295
1.473
1.473
1.499
1.473
1.549
1.549
1
7
19
37
.064
.024
.015
.011
.064
.073
.074
.074
1.626
1.854
1.880
1.880
22 Wire Size
22
22
AN-22*
1
⁄2 (21)
1 (7)
1 (10)
1 (26)
11⁄2 (1)
11⁄2 (7)
11⁄2 (16)
11⁄2 (41)
2 (7)
nt
18 Wire Size
18
18
18
18
18
AN-18*
21⁄2 (19)
21⁄2 (26)
14
14
14
14
14
14
AN-14*
104
19
7
19
1
7
19
41
.009
4,157
.083
2.108
.006
*
.020
.013
.064
.025
.014
.010
4,128
3,830
2,828
3,036
4,107
4,497
3,828
4,121
.074
.076
.060
.063
.064
.076
.072
.077
1.880
1.930
1.524
1.600
1.626
1.930
1.829
1.956
6 (19)
6 (7)
6 (65)
1
7
19
37
49
65
104
165
19
7
65
.081
.031
.019
.013
.012
.010
.008
.006
.018
.031
.010
6,530
6,530
6,530
6,530
6,593
6,533
6,574
6,559
6,088
6,512
6,533
.081
.092
.093
.093
.104
.093
.094
.095
.096
.092
.097
2.057
2.337
2.362
2.362
2.642
2.362
2.388
2.413
2.438
2.337
2.964
9 (7)
9 (37)
9 (90)
1
7
19
37
49
104
37
7
37
90
.102
.039
.023
.017
.015
.010
*
.036
.016
.010
10,380
10,380
10.380
10,443
10,445
10,452
10,380
9,016
9,402
9,045
.102
.116
.117
.117
.131
.116
.117
.108
.109
.120
2.591
2.946
2.972
2.972
2.327
2.946
2.972
2.743
2.769
3.048
12 Wire Size
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
AN-12*
on
l
3 (7)
3 (19)
4 (1)
4 (7)
4 (19)
4 (41)
in
ec
14
4,107
4,107
4,107
4,107
om
14 Wire Size
po
21⁄2 (1)
ne
16 Wire Size
16
16
16
16
16
AN-16*
co
1 (1)
s.
20
20
20
20
20
AN-20*
m
20 Wire Size
10 Wire Size
10
10
10
10
10
10
AN-10*
* MIL-W-5086.
3 MIL-E-16366 A.
* Strand diameter not specified.
167
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 168
Wire Guide Tables
Whole Conductor
Navy Shipboard3
No.
diam.
cir.mil. area
diam.
diam. mm.
14 (7)
7
7
.043
.045
13,090
14,340
.130
.136
3.302
3.454
7
19
37
.049
.030
.021
16,510
16,510
16,510
.146
.148
.148
3.712
3.763
3.763
1
7
140
.144
.045
.010
20,820
14,340
14,070
.144
.136
.145
3.662
3.454
3.787
7
19
37
49
661
.061
.037
.027
.023
.006
25,250
26,250
26,250
26,146
26,274
.184
.186
.186
.208
.259
4.672
4.722
4.722
5.283
6.579
1
7x7
7
19x12
7x7
.181
.020
.057
.010
.023
33,100
19,800
22,800
22,190
26,250
.181
.180
.171
.190
.210
nt
Individual Strands
AWG or AN
4.595
4.570
4.345
4.830
5.330
7
19
37
.077
.047
.034
41,740
41,740
41,740
.232
.235
.235
5.891
5.967
5.967
1
19x16
7x48
19
7x7
19x11
19
.229
.010
.010
.045
.029
.014
.051
52,630
30,550
33,370
38,910
41,740
42,110
49,080
.229
.220
.235
.226
.260
.260
254
5.819
5.590
5.967
5.742
6.600
6.600
6.452
7
19
37
.097
.059
.042
66,370
66,370
66,370
.292
.296
.297
7.421
7.522
7.548
.037
.022
*
.010
66,356
66,140
66,832
53,470
.331
.335
.345
.304
8.405
8.507
8.767
7.772
9 Wire Size
9
8 Wire Size
8
8
8
7
14 (7)
14 (140)
m
7 Wire Size
s.
6
6
6
6
6
20 (49)
23 (7)
23 (228)
26 (49)
4
4
4
po
4 Wire Size
2 Wire Size
2
2
AN-2*
on
l
2
2
2
in
ec
30 (304)
33 (336)
40 (19)
42 (49)
42 (209)
50 (19)
53 (532)
om
3 Wire Size
3
49
133
663
19x28
ne
5 Wire Size
5
60 (37)
37
.040
60,090
.282
7.161
60 (304)
66 (133)
75 (37)
19x16
19x7
37
.014
.022
.045
61,260
66,370
75,780
.310
.330
.317
7.870
8.380
8.048
7
19
37
61
.109
.066
.048
.037
83,690
83,690
83,690
83,690
.328
.332
.333
.333
8.333
8.431
8.456
8.456
83 (418)
133
259
812
19x22
.025
.018
*
.014
83,690
83,916
81,807
84,230
.377
.378
.384
.380
9.578
9.603
9.752
9.650
84 (2107)
2107
*
83,690
.410
10.41
1 Wire Size
1
1
1
1
1
1
AN-1*
* MIL-W-5086.
* Strand diameter not specified.
3 MIL-E-16366 A
168
co
6 Wire Size
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 169
Wire Guide Tables
Individual Strands
AWG or AN
Navy Shipboard3
Whole Conductor
No.
diam.
cir.mil. area
diam.
diam. mm.
7
19
37
61
.123
.075
.053
.042
105,500
105,500
105,500
105,500
.368
.373
.374
.374
9.343
9.476
9.502
9.502
133
259
1033
.028
.020
*
105,761
105,672
104,118
.423
.424
.432
10.721
10.772
10.971
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
AN-0*
100 (61)
61
.040
99,060
.363
9.216
105 (259)
37x7
*
105,500
.410
10.410
105 (2646)
2646
*
105,500
.460
11.680
7
19
37
61
.138
.084
.060
.047
133,100
133,100
133,100
133,100
.414
.419
.420
.420
10.512
10.639
10.670
10.670
133
259
1327
.032
.023
*
132,800
133,462
133,665
.474
.477
.490
s.
61
.045
124,900
.407
10.338
37x7
19x36
*
.014
133,100
137,800
.460
.480
11.680
12.190
133 (3325)
3325
*
133,100
.520
13.210
150 (61)
61
.051
157,600
.457
11.608
7
19
37
61
133
259
.155
.094
.067
.052
.036
.026
.464
.470
.471
.472
.533
.536
11.782
11.940
11.965
11.991
13.536
13.612
3/0
167,800
167,800
167,800
167,800
167,607
167,402
om
in
ec
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
po
125 (61)
133 (259)
133 (684)
3/0 Wire Size
4227
.006
168,023
.610
15.490
19x40
61x7
.014
*
153,100
167,800
.510
.520
12.950
13.210
200 (61)
7
19
37
61
133
259
1661
61
.174
.106
.076
.059
.040
.029
*
.057
211,600
211,600
211,600
211,600
211,736
211,845
167,332
198,700
.522
.528
.529
.530
.599
.601
.548
.514
13.261
13.413
13.439
13.460
15.219
15.265
13.923
13.652
200 (988)
19x52
.014
199,100
.580
14.730
19
37
61
91
2104
37x7
61
.115
2
.064
.052
*
.029
.064
250,000
250,000
250,000
250,000
211,954
220,700
250,000
.574
.575
.576
.576
.615
.610
.577
14.582
14.607
14.632
14.632
15.617
15.490
14.658
150 (760)
168 (427)
on
l
4/0 Wire Size
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
AN-000*
12.042
12.118
12.450
ne
2/0
2/0
AN-00*
nt
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
co
2/0 Wire Size
m
1/0 Wire Size
250 MCM Wire Size
250,000
250,000
250,000
250,000
AN-0000*
220 (259)
250 (61)
* MIL-W-5086.
* Strand diameter not specified.
3 MIL-E-16366 A.
169
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 170
Terminals Military Standard Cross Reference
170
RAX23
RAX43
RAX63
RAX83
RAX103
RA323
RA863
RA713
RA753
RB1323
RB863
RB713
RB753
RC863
RC713
RC753
m
co
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-19
-20
nt
s.
A85G
A87G
B85G
B87G
C26
C70
D10361
D10721
E10711
E10731
F10711
F10731
G971
G973
H971
H973
J971
J973
K972
K973
L973
L975
M973
M975
C73
D10731
E10261
E10721
F10721
G975
H975
J975
K975
D10161
D10711
F10261
G926
G972
G974
H972
J972
J974
K971
K974
L972
L974
M972
M974
C33
C75
ne
po
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105
-106
-107
-108
-109
-110
-111
-112
-113
-114
-115
-116
-117
-118
-119
-120
-121
-122
-123
-124
-128
-129
-130
-131
-132
-133
-134
-135
-136
-140
-141
-144
-146
-147
-148
-149
-151
-152
-153
-154
-155
-156
-157
-158
-165
-166
MIL-T-7928
MS-17143
T&B Cat. No.
Class 1&2
om
RA333
RA853
RA873
RA723
RA733
RB1333
RB853
RB873
RB723
RB733
RC333
RC363
RC703
RC733
RD10361
RD10711
RD10721
RD10731
RE10261
RE10711
RE10721
RE10731
RF10711
RF10721
RF10731
RG9711
RG9731
RG9751
RH9711
RH9731
RH9751
RJ9711
RJ9731
RK9721
RK9731
RK9751
RL9731
RL9751
RM9731
RM9751
MIL-T-7928
MS-20659
in
ec
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105
-106
-107
-108
-109
-110
-111
-112
-113
-114
-115
-116
-117
-118
-119
-120
-121
-122
-123
-124
-125
-126
-127
-128
-129
-130
-131
-132
-133
-135
-136
-137
-138
-139
-140
-141
-142
-143
-144
-145
-146
-147
-148
-149
-150
-151
-152
-153
-154
-155
-156
-157
-158
T&B Cat. No.
Class 1&2
on
l
MIL-T-7928
MS-25036
MIL-T-22909
MS-90485
T&B
Cat. No.
-8
-6
-4
-2
-1
-01
-02
-03
-04
11781M
11782M
11783M
11784M
11785M
11786M
11787M
11788M
11789M
MIL-T-7928
MS-21004
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
T&B
Cat. No.
RA480
RB480
RC480
RA481
RB481
RC481
RA482
RB482
RC482
RA483
RB483
RC483
RA484
RB484
RC484
RA485
RB485
RA486
RB486
T&B
Cat. No.
A486
A483
A482
A481
A485
A484
A480
B486
B483
B482
B481
B485
B484
B480
C486
C483
C482
C481
C485
C484
C480
MIL-T-22909
-MS-23002
T&B
Cat. No.
-8
-6
-4
-2
-1
-01
-02
-03
-04
21707M
21708M
21709M
21710M
21711M
21712M
21713M
21714M
21715M
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 171
Cross Reference for Packaging
Note: All catalog numbers do not appear in this cross reference. This means it may not be available in one of the package options.
T&B
Bulk
Package
T&B
Distributor
Package
T&B
Bulk
Package
T&B
Distributor
Package
T&B
Bulk
Package
A18-6
A18-6F
A18-6FL
A18-8
A18-8F
A18-8FL
A18-10
A18-10F
A18-10FL
A18-12
A18-14
A18-38
A18-110F
A18-111F
A18-250
A18-250A
A18-251T
A18-516
AB14-6A
AB14-8A
AB14-10A
AD18-182
AD18-183
B14-D
B14-4
B14-6
B14-6F
B14-6FL
B14-6FS
B14-8
B14-8F
B14-8FL
B14-10
B14-10F
B14-10FL
B14-10G
B14-12
B14-14
B14-38
B14-110F
B14-111F
B14-250
B14-250A
B14-250F
B14-250T
B14-251T
B14-516
BC14-6
BC14-8
BC14-10
BC14-12
BC14-14
BC14-38
BC14-516
BD14-183
C10-6-SK
C10-6A
C10-6F
C10-6FL
C10-8-SK
C10-8A
C10-8F
C10-8FL
C10-10
C10-10A
C10-10F
C10-10FL
C10-12
A85
A116
A221
A86
A114
A224
A87
A115
A225
A75
A71
A73
A10-TB
A11
A250-TB
A252G
A251
A72
AB51
AB52
AB53
AD182
AD183
B23
B132
B133
B64
B220
B19
B86
B65
B223
B87
B115
B225
B87G
B75TB
B71
B73
B10TB
B11-TB
B250
B252G
B250G
B251G
B251
B72
BC85
BC86
BC87
BC75
BC71
BC79
BC72
BD183
C33
C51
C133
C220-TB
C77
C52
C114
C221
C26
C53
C115
C222-TB
C75
C10-14
C10-14F
C10-38
C10-250A
C10-250F
C10-516
D8-10
D8-12
D8-14-SK
D8-38
D8-516
E6-10
E6-12
E6-14
E6-38
E6-516
F4-10
F4-12
F4-14
F4-38
F4-516
F250TA
G2-12
G2-14
G2-38
G2-516
H10-14
J20-38
K30-38
L40-38
M250-38
NW14-6
NW14-10
NW14-12
NW22-10
RA18D
RA18-4
RA18-6
RA18-6F
RA18-6FL
RA18-6FS
RA18-8
RA18-8F
RA18-8FL
RA18-8FS
RA18-10
RA18-10F
RA18-10FL
RA18-10FS
RA18-12
RA18-14
RA18-14F
RA18-38
RA18-47PT
RA18-110F
RA18-111F
RA18-250A
RA18-250F
RA18-250FP
RA18-516
RAD18-182
RAD18-183
RB14-4
RB14-6
RB14-6F
RB14-6FL
RB14-6FS
RB14-6X
C71
C116-TB
C73
C252G
C250
C70
D36
D75
D71
D73
D72
E26
E75
E71
E73
E72
F26
F75
F71
F73
F72
FTA250
G975
G971
G973
G972
H971
J973
K973
L973
M973
NW81
NW83
NW84
NW23
RA23
RA323
RA853
RA1103
RA2213
RA1203
RA863
RA1123
RA2243
RA1223
RA873
RA1153
RA2253
RA1253
RA753
RA713
RA1163
RA733
RA147PT
RA10SK
RA11
RA2577F
RA250L
RA250P
RA723
RAD1823
RAD1833
RB1323
RB853
RB1113
RB2213
RB1203
RB854
RB14-8
RB14-8F
RB14-8FL
RB14-8FS
RB14-8X
RB14-10
RB14-10F
RB14-10FL
RB14-10FS
RB14-10X
RB14-12
RB14-14
RB14-14F
RB14-14X
RB14-38
RB14-38X
RB14-47PT
RB14-110F
RB14-111F
RB14-250
RB14-250A
RB14-250F
RB14-250FP
RB14-516
RB14-516X
RB44
RBC14-14
RBC14-516
RBD14-182
RBD14-183
RC10-6
RC10-6F
RC10-6FL
RC10-8
RC10-8F
RC10-8FL
RC10-8FS
RC10-8X
RC10-10
RC10-10F
RC10-10FL
RC10-10FS
RC10-10X
RC10-12
RC10-14
RC10-14F
RC10-14FL
RC10-14X
RC10-38
RC10-38X
RC10-55PT
RC10-250A
RC10-250F
RC10-516
RC55
RD8-10
RD8-12
RD8-14
RD8-38
RD8-516
RE6-10
RE6-12
RE6-14
RE6-38
RE6-516
RF4-10
RF4-12
RF4-14
RB863
RB1123
RB2233
RB1223
RB864
RB873
RB1153
RB2253
RB1253
RB874
RB753
RB713
RB1163
RB714
RB733
RB734
RB147PT
RB10-SK
RB11-TB
RBB250
RB2577F
RB250
RB250P
RB723
RB724
RB4-TB
RBC713
RBC723
RBD1823
RBD1833
RC333
RC1113
RC2203
RC863
RC1123
RC2213
RC1223
RC864
RC363
RC1153
RC2223
RC1253
RC364
RC753
RC713
RC1163
RC2233
RC714
RC733
RC734
RC155PT
RC2577F
RC250
RC703
RC6
RD367
RD757
RD717
RD737
RD727
RE267
RE757
RE717
RE737
RE727
RF267
RF757
RF717
co
s.
nt
ne
po
om
in
ec
on
l
m
T&B
Distributor
Package
171
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 172
Cross Reference for Packaging
172
on
l
m
co
s.
RB647
RB2207
RB2207-200
RB647-200
RB857-200
RB867
RB657
RB2237
RB2237-200
RB657-200
RB867-200
RB877
RB1157
RB2257
RB2257-200
RB1157-200
RB877-200
RB717
RB717-200
RB737
RB47PT
RB257
RB2517
RB25177
RB727
RB2573
RBC857
RBC867
RBC877
RBC717
RBC727
RBC797
RBC757
RBD1827
RBD1837
RBD18277
RBD18377
RA77
RA857
RA1167
RA2217
RA2217-170
RA1167-170
RA857-170
RA867
RA1147
RA2247
RA1147-170
RA867-170
RA877
RA1157
RA2257
RA2257-170
RA717
RA737
RA47PT
RA257
RA2517
RA25177
RA727
RA727-170
RA2573
RAD1827
RAD1837
RAD18277
RAD18377
nt
14RB-6F
14RB-6FL
14RB-6FLX
14RB-6FX
14RB-6X
14RB-8
14RB-8F
14RB-8FL
14RB-8FLX
14RB-8FX
14RB-8X
14RB-10
14RB-10F
14RB-10FL
14RB-10FLX
14RB-10FX
14RB-10X
14RB-14
14RB-14X
14RB-38
14RB-47PT
14RB-250F
14RB-250T
14RB-251T
14RB-516
14RB-2577
14RBC-6
14RBC-8
14RBC-10
14RBC-14
14RBC-516
14RBC-38
14RBC-12
14RBD-182
14RBD-183
14RBD-18277
14RBD-18377
18RA-4
18RA-6
18RA-6F
18RA-6FL
18RA-6FLX
18RA-6FX
18RA-6X
18RA-8
18RA-8F
18RA-8FL
18RA-8FX
18RA-8X
18RA-10
18RA-10F
18RA-10FL
18RA-10FLX
18RA-14
18RA-38
18RA-47PT
18RA-250F
18RA-250T
18RA-251T
18RA-516
18RA-516X
18RA-2577
18RAD-182
18RAD-183
18RAD-18277
18RAD-18377
ne
RF737
RF727
RG267
RG757
RG717
RG737
RG727
RP7
AA2
RAA24
A1A
BB2
RBB25
B1B
CC2-TB
RCC26
C1C
DD102
D1D
EE2
E1E
FF2
F1F
GG2
G1G
RAA23
RAA21
RAA217-170
RBB23
RBB21
RBB217-200
RCC23
RCC21
RCC217-250
RDD27
REE28
RC337
RC1337
RC2207
RC2207-250
RC337-250
RC777
RC1147
RC2217
RC2217-250
RC777-250
RC367
RC1157
RC2227
RC2227-250
RC1157-250
RC367-250
RC717
RC1167
RC2237
RC717-250
RC737
RC737-250
RC55PT
RC257
RC2517
RC25177
RC707
RC2573
RB1327
RB857
T&B
Bulk
Package
po
RF4-38
RF4-516
RG2-10
RG2-12
RG2-14
RG2-38
RG2-516
RP12
2A-18
2A20
2A22-20
2B-14
2B-16
2B18-16
2C-10
2C-12
2C14-12
2D-8
2D10-9
2E-6
2E8-7
2F-4
2F6-5
2G21
2G4-2
2RAA
2RA18
2RA18X
2RBB
2RB14
2RB14X
2RCC
2RC10
2RC10X
2RD8
2RE6
10RC-6
10RC-6F
10RC-6FL
10RC-6FLX
10RC-6X
10RC-8
10RC-8F
10RC-8FL
10RC-8FLX
10RC-8X
10RC-10
10RC-10F
10RC-10FL
10RC-10FLX
10RC-10FX
10RC-10X
10RC-14
10RC-14F
10RC-14FL
10RC-14X
10RC-38
10RC-38X
10RC-55PT
10RC-250F
10RC-250T
10RC-251T
10RC-516
10RC-2577
14RB-4
14RB-6
T&B
Distributor
Package
om
T&B
Bulk
Package
in
ec
T&B
Distributor
Package
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 173
Cross Reference for Packaging
T&B
Distributor
Package
T&B
Bulk
Package
T&B
Distributor
Package
A18-110F
A18-111F
A18-10F
A18-14
A18-14F
A18-12
A18-6
A18-8
A18-10
A18-8F
A18-10F
A18-6F
A18-6FL
A18-8FL
A18-10FL
A18-250
A18-251T
A18-250A
2A22-20
2A18
AB14-6A
AB14-8A
AB14-10A
AD18-182
AD18-183
B14-110F
B14-111F
B14-D
B14-6F
B14-8F
B14-14
B14-516
B14-38
B14-12
B14-6
B14-8
B14-10
B14-10G
B14-10F
B14-4
B14-6FL
B14-8FL
B14-10FL
B14-250
B14-250F
B14-251T
B14-250T
B14-250A
2B18-16
2B14
BC14-14
BC14-516
BC14-12
BC14-38
BC14-6
BC14-8
BC14-10
BD14-183
C10-10
C10-6-SK
C10-8A
C10-10
C10-516
C10-14
C10-38
C10-12
C10-8-SK
C10-8F
C115
C116-TB
C133
C220-TB
C221
C222-TB
C250
C252G
C1C
CC2-TB
D36
D71
D72
D73
D75
D1D
DD102
E26
E71
E72
E73
E75
E1E
EE2
F26
F71
F72
F73
F75
F1F
FF2
FTA250
G971
G972
G973
G975
G1G
GG2
H971
J973
K973
L973
M973
NW23
NW83
NW84
RA10SK
RA11
RA23
RA47PT
RA77
RA147PT
RA250L
RA250P
RA257
RA323
RA713
RA717
RA723
RA727
RA733
RA737
RA753
RA853
RA857
RA857-170
RA863
RA867
C1010F
C10-14F
C10-6F
C10-6FL
C10-8FL
C10-10FL
C10-250F
C10-250A
2C14-12
2C10
D8-10
D8-14-SK
D8-516
D8-38
D8-12
2D10-9
2D8
E6-10
E6-14
E6-516
E6-38
E6-12
2E8-7
2E6
F4-10
F4-14
F4-516
F4-38
F4-12
2F6-5
2F4
F250-TA
G2-14
G2-516
G2-38
G2-12
2G4-2
2G21
H10-14
J20-38
K30-38
L40-38
M250-38
NW22-10
NW14-10
NW14-12
RA18-110F
RA18-111F
RA18-D
18RA-47PT
18RA-4
RA18-47PT
RA18-250F
RA18-250FP
18RA-250F
RA18-4
RA18-14
18RA-14
RA18-516
18RA-516
RA18-38
18RA-38
RA18-12
RA18-6
18RA-6
18RA-6X
RA18-8
18RA-8
RA867-170
RA873
RA877
RA877-170
RA1103
RA1123
RA1147
RA1147-170
RA1153
RA1157
RA1163
RA1167
RA1167-170
RA1203
RA1223
RA1253
RA2213
RA2217
RA2217-170
RA2243
RA2247
RA2253
RA2257
RA2257-170
RA2517
RA2573
RA2577F
RA25177
RAA21
RAA23
RAA24
RAA217-170
RAD1823
RAD1827
RAD1833
RAD1837
RAD1887F
RAD18277
RAD18377
RB4-TB
RB10-TB
RB11-TB
RB23
RB47PT
RB197
RB147PT
RB250
RB250P
RB257
RB647
RB647-200
RB657
RB657-200
RB713
RB714
RB717
RB717-200
RB723
RB724
RB727
RB733
RB734
RB737
RB753
RB853
RB854
RB857
RB857-200
18RA-8X
RA18-10
18RA-10
18RA-10X
RA18-6F
RA18-8F
18RA-8F
18RA-8FX
RA18-10F
18RA-10F
RA18-14F
18RA-6F
18RA-6FX
RA18-6FS
RA18-8FS
RA18-10FS
RA18-6FL
18RA-6FL
18RA-6FLX
RA18-8FL
18RA-8FL
RA18-10FL
18RA-10FL
18RA-10FLX
18RA-250T
18RA-2577
RA18-250A
18RA-251T
2RA18
2RAA
2A20
2RA18X
RAD18-182
18RAD-182
RAD18-183
18RAD-183
RAD18-188A
18RAD18277
18RAD18377
RB44
RB14-110F
RB14-111F
RB14-D
14RB-47PT
14RB-6FS
RB14-47PT
RB14-250F
RB14-250FP
14RB-250F
14RB-6F
14RB-6FX
14RB-8F
14RB-8FX
RB14-14
RB14-14X
14RB-14
14RB-14X
RB14-516
RB14-516X
14RB-516
RB14-38
RB14-38X
14RB-38
RB14-12
RB14-6
RB14-6X
14RB-6
14RB-6X
co
s.
nt
ne
po
om
m
T&B
Bulk
Package
in
ec
A10-TB
A11
A115
A71
A71F
A75
A85
A86
A87
A114
A115
A116
A221
A224
A225
A250-TB
A251
A252G
A1A
AA2
AB51
AB52
AB53
AD182
AD183
B10TB
B11-TB
B23
B64
B65
B71
B72
B73
B75TB
B133
B86
B87
B87G
B115
B132
B220
B223
B225
B250
B250G
B251
B251G
B252G
B1B
BB2
BC71
BC72
BC75
BC79
BC85
BC86
BC87
BD183
C26
C33
C52
C53
AC70
C71
C73
C75
C77
C114
T&B
Distributor
Package
on
l
T&B
Bulk
Package
173
(ang part 4) Stakon.qxd
8/18/05
3:33 PM
Page 174
174
T&B
Bulk
Package
T&B
Distributor
Package
RB863
RB864
RB867
RB867-200
RB873
RB874
RB877
RB877-200
RB1113
RB1123
RB1153
RB1157
RB1157-200
RB1163
RB1203
RB1223
RB1253
RB1323
RB1327
RB2207
RB2207-200
RB2213
RB2233
RB2237
RB2237-200
RB2253
RB2257
RB2257-200
RB2517
RB2573
RB2577F
RB25177
RBB21
RBB23
RBB25
RBB217-200
RBB250
RBC713
RBC717
RBC723
RBC727
RBC757
RBC797
RBC857
RBC867
RBC877
RBD1823
RBD1827
RBD1833
RBD1837
RBD18277
RBD18377
RC6
RC55PT
RC155PT
RC250
RC257
RC333
RC337
RC337-250
RC363
RC364
RC367
RC367-250
RC703
RC707
RB14-8
RB14-8X
14RB-8
14RB-8X
RB14-10
RB14-10X
14RB-10
14RB-10X
RB14-6F
RB14-8F
RB14-10F
14RB-10F
14RB-10FX
RB14-14F
RB14-6FS
RB14-8FS
RB14-10FS
RB14-4
14RB-4
14RB-6FL
14RB-6FLX
RB14-6FL
RB14-8FL
14RB-8FL
14RB-8FLX
RB14-10FL
14RB-10FL
14RB-10FLX
14RB-250T
14RB-2577
RB14-250A
14RB-251T
2RB14
2RBB
2B16
2RB14X
RB14-250
RBC14-14
14RBC-14
RBC14-516
14RBC-516
14RBC-12
14RBC-38
14RBC-6
14RBC-8
14RBC-10
RBD14-182
14RBD-182
RBD14-183
14RBD-183
14RBD-18277
14RBD-18377
RC55
10RC-55PT
RC10-55PT
RC10-250F
10RC-250F
RC10-6
10RC-6
10RC-6X
RC10-10
RC10-10X
10RC-10
10RC-10X
RC10-516
10RC-516
RC713
RC714
RC717
RC717-250
RC733
RC734
RC737
RC737-250
RC753
RC777
RC777-250
RC863
RC864
RC1113
RC1123
RC1147
RC1153
RC1157
RC1157-250
RC1163
RC1223
RC1253
RC1337
RC2203
RC2207
RC2207-250
RC2213
RC2217
RC2217-250
RC2223
RC2227
RC2227-250
RC2233
RC2237
RC2517
RC2573
RC2577F
RC25177
RCC21
RCC23
RCC26
RCC217-250
RD367
RD717
RD727
RD737
RD757
RDD27
RE267
RE717
RE727
RE737
RE757
REE28
RF267
RF717
RF727
RF737
RFF29
RG267
RG717
RG727
RG737
RG757
RP7
RC10-14
RC10-14X
10RC-14
10RC-14X
RC10-38
RC10-38X
10RC-38
10RC-38X
RC10-12
10RC-8
10RC-8X
RC10-8
RC10-8X
RC10-6F
RC10-8F
10RC-8F
RC10-10F
10RC-10F
10RC-10FX
RC10-14F
RC10-8FS
RC10-10FS
10RC-6F
RC10-6FL
10RC-6FL
10RC-6FLX
RC10-8FL
10RC-8FL
10RC-8FLX
RC10-10FL
10RC-10FL
10RC-10FLX
RC10-14FL
10RC-14FL
10RC-250T
10RC-2577
RC10-250A
10RC-251T
2RC10
2RCC
2C12
2RC10X
RD8-10
RD8-14
RD8-516
RD8-38
RD8-12
2RD8
RE6-10
RE6-14
RE6-516
RE6-38
RE6-12
2RE6
RF4-10
RF4-14
RF4-516
RF4-38
2RF4
RG2-10
RG2-14
RG2-516
RG2-38
RG2-12
RP12
nt
ne
po
om
in
ec
on
l
co
T&B
Distributor
Package
s.
T&B
Bulk
Package
m
Cross Reference for Packaging
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 175
Grounding Connectors
RSK Connectors and Installation Tools ....... 176 - 178
Two-Piece Grounding Connectors for
Shielded and Coaxial Cable ................... 179 - 181
Color-Coded Tool and Die
Selection System .................................... 182 - 183
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
co
m
Connector for Multiple or Overall
Shielded Cables Grounded with
One Compression................................... 184 - 187
on
l
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 176
RSK Connectors and Installation Tools
RSK Connector for Shielded
or Coaxial Cable
Ground-lead trap accommodates multiple ground
wires
One piece. Epsilon shaped
connector is insulated with
color-coded Mylar*
co
m
Large radius of connector
holds shield
This solderless, wrap-around
connector terminates shielded cable in
seconds … with uniform precision. It is
particularly well suited for production
work in aircraft, aerospace and
electronic industries where size and
weight are of importance.
Once crimped, it provides a compact,
lightweight, low resistance, high
strength connection. It meets and
exceeds the performance
requirements of MIL-F-21608. The
connector works equally well on
braided, wrapped, or foil shields and
has the added advantage of being
able to be used as a mid-span
termination. Only four sizes are
needed over the range of .050" to
.300" diameter.
• Requires no heat to install.
• Low installed cost.
• Compact, low profile connector.
• One piece “Wrap-around” design.
• Inventory savings.
• Easily inspected.
Conductor Dielectric
2. Insert ground wires into ground-lead trap,
and shielded cable into large opening.
Squeeze handle of WT-740 or 13300 tool to
form connector around the shield.
on
l
in
ec
om
1. After handles are fully opened, insert
connector into plastic die … small radius on
the top.
po
ne
nt
s.
* DuPont Registered Trademark
176
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 177
RSK Connectors and Installation Tools
Red
➤
➤
separation
spring
➤
lower die
➤
die stop
➤
lower die stem
➤
ram
RSK301
Yellow
(1.27-1.78 mm)
.050-.070 in.
101A
1 or 2
#24 AWG STR
or 1
#22 AWG STR
101AG
(1.80-2.26 mm)
.071-.089 in.
101B
(2.29-2.54 mm)
.090-.100 in.
201C
(2.56-3.00 mm)
.101-.118 in.
201D
(3.022-3.33 mm)
.119-.131 in.
201E
(3.35-3.63 mm)
.132-.143 in.
201F
(3.66-4.11 mm)
.144-.162 in.
301G
(4.14-4.70 mm)
.163-.185 in.
301H
(4.72-5.10 mm)
.186-.201 in.
Insulation
INSULATION
1 or 2
#22 AWG STR
or 1
#20 AWG STR
201DG
201EG
201FG
301GG
1 or 2
#22 AWG STR
or 1 or 2
#20 AWG STR
301HG
301JG
(5.13-5.84 mm)
.202-.230 in.
401K
401KG
(5.87-6.35 mm)
.231-.250 in.
401L
(6.37-6.98 mm)
.251-.275 in.
401M
(7.01-7.62 mm)
.276-.300 in.
401N
ne
Hand
Tool
WT740
1 or 2
#20 AWG STR
or 1
#18 AWG STR
Air Tool
13300
401LG
401MG
401NG
om
.59 - -.64
.59
.64
101BG
301J
po
RSK401
Green
Application
Tool
201CG
nt
The WT-740 hand tool and 13300 pneumatic
tool both feature interchangeable dies for
forming the full line of RSK connectors. The
Shure-Stake® mechanism (on the WT-740)
assures positive, controlled forming of
connectors.
RSK201
Blue
Die
Gage
Cat. No.
m
➤
upper die
RSK101
Ground
Wire
Range
Die
Cat. No.
co
stem
Dia.
of
Shield
s.
Connector
Cat. No.
& Color
on
l
Sides
in
ec
.11.11 Both
BOTH SIDES
How to use connector die and tool selection chart
1. Use a calibrated measuring tool lightly over shield for most accurate measurement. Rotate shielded wire to pick up high spots on
cable. Use “Diameter of Shield” column to match the measured dimension.
2. Select connector and die for WT-740 or 13300 tool from appropriate column.
Notes: 1. Do not solder-dip ends of ground leads.
2. For ground wire combinations not covered in table, consult Technical Service.
C
D
Dimensions
Cat.
No.
A
B
C
D
E
Copper
Thickness
Color
RSK-101
RSK-201
RSK-301
RSK-401
.31
.38
.47
.69
.16
.22
.28
.43
.18
.18
.24
.37
.06
.06
.07
.08
.15
.18
.22
.37
.02
.02
.03
.03
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
A
E
B
GROUND
Ground
LEAD TRAP
Lead Trap
177
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 178
RSK Connectors and Installation Tools
Open Yoke Design
Upper Die
(Dies not included
with tool)
→
→
→
Lower Die
→
Ram
Swivel Head
→
→
Air Cylinder
Trigger
Trigger Safety
Valve
Air Hose Coupler
(Hansen “13”)
Air Hose
Performance Specification for
Shield-Kon® RSK Connectors
Installs RSK Series wrap-around
connectors and ground wire to shielded
cable in seconds
• Accepts 13 color-coded precision
wrap-around installing dies.
• Lightweight, compact, portable or
bail-mounted.
• Bench mountable option.
• Applicable installations meet
MIL-F-21608.
Construction
Material: Copper conforming to CDA
No. 110.
Finish: Electro-deposited tin in
accordance with MIL-T-10727A.
Insulation: Type A Mylar* polyester
film, color-coded for size identification.
* DuPont reg. trademark.
Specifications
Operating Air Pressure*: 120 psi*
(8.3 Bar) max.
Output Force (at 120 psi): 1250 lb.
(567 kg).
Ram Stroke: d in. (1.3 cm) minimum.
Weight: 3b lb. (1.4 kg).
Finish: Anodize & Nickel.
Air Hose: 8 ft. (2.44 m.).
Air Hose Coupler: Hansen “13”.
* Actual operating pressure required is
60-80 psi (4.1-5.5 Bar.).
nt
ne
Operation
Operation is quick and easy; however,
you must follow the detailed
instructions enclosed with the 13300
tool. Briefly, this is what you do:
1. Select the proper die set and install
it into the tool. Refer to Table on
page 177).
2. Select the proper connector and
position it in the dies.
3. Insert the ground wire(s) and
shielded cable in the connector.
4. Squeeze the trigger to complete the
installation.
Warning: Keep hands clear of dies to
avoid injury.
in
ec
13301 Bench Mounting Kit Converts Easily
to Foot Control
po
mounting
bracket
om
→
→
foot
controller
on
l
The “13300” tool may be converted easily from
a hand actuated type to a foot actuated type by
the addition of the bench mounting kit, Cat. No.
13301. The kit contains the foot controller,
mounting bracket, and all other required
hardware.
178
Test Criteria
Shield-Kon RSK connectors meet the
requirements of MIL-F-21608 for the
following environmental and functional
criteria:
Voltage drop: 9 millivolts maximum at
1 ampere after environmental
exposure.
Insulation dielectric strength: 500
VRMS at 60 Hz for one minute.
Temperature Cycling: Between the
limits of -65 degrees C and +125
degrees C.
Vibration: .03 inch double amplitude
between 10 and 55 Hz for 6 hours on
each of two axis.
Pullout strength: 15 pounds minimum
for 22 AWG, and 19 pounds min. for
20 AWG.
Corrosion resistance: 48 hours in 5%
salt fog.
In addition, hypot tests have shown
that the cable manufacturers’
specified working voltage rating is
maintained after the installation of
Shield-Kon RSK connectors. It is,
however, still advisable to evaluate the
suitability of these connectors and
verify their performance for the
particular application.
s.
→
Bail for Overhead
Suspension
→
→
“13300” Portable Pneumatic
Crimping Tool
m
→
co
21⁄4" (5.7 cm)
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 179
Two-Piece Grounding Connectors for Shielded and Coaxial Cable
Installation Method
1. Slip outer sleeve over insulation
jacket, after stripping. Trim braid to
within 1⁄2 ˝ of insulation.
m
2. Fan braid by rotating center
conductor and slip inner sleeve
under braid.
3. Position inner sleeve to extend
about 1⁄16˝ beyond braid.
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
co
A reliable method for grounding,
terminating and insulating shielded and
coaxial cable
All-around hex compression is applied
with a simple tool. The result: a
permanent, compression joint. With or
without grounding wire (insertable from
front or back), reliable grounding of
termination is done quickly, neatly,
and accurately.
The Thomas & Betts hex compression
is a permanent method which has
reliably connected literally hundreds of
millions of installations in
communications, aerospace,
electronic, telephone, radio and TV.
The termination is completed quickly,
neatly, accurately … at a greatly
reduced production cost.
4. Slip one No. 22 or No. 20 ground
wire under outer sleeve (front or
back), and slide outer sleeve over
braid.
For Daisy chain grounding, two
ground wires can be
accommodated by selecting the
proper size outer sleeve.
5. Outer sleeve covers all exposed
strands.
6. Compress in specified tool. (Tool will
not release until full compression
stroke is completed.)
179
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 180
Two-Piece Grounding Connectors for Shielded and Coaxial Cable
O.D. Inner Insulation
Connector Inner Sleeve
Military
Spec. No.
GSB-046
GSB-058
GSB-063
GSB-071
GSB-080
GSB-090
GSB-096
GSB-101
GSB-109
GSB-115
GSB-124
GSB-128
GSB-134
GSB-149
GSB-156
GSB-165
GSB-175
GSB-187
GSB-194
GSB-205
GSB-219
GSB-225
GSB-232
GSB-250
GSB-261
GSB-266
GSB-275
GSB-281
GSB-287
GSB-297
GSB-312
GSB-348
GSB-375
Tin
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Red
Tin
Green
Tin
Orange
Blue
Red
Tin
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Tin
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Tin
Orange
Yellow
Tin
Red
Purple
Orange
Blue
.046
.058
.063
.071
.080
.090
.096
.101
.109
.115
.124
.128
.134
.149
.156
.165
.175
.187
.194
.205
.219
.225
.232
.250
.261
.266
.275
.281
.287
.297
.312
.348
.375
.075
.083
.088
.096
.103
.113
.119
.124
.131
.146
.145
.152
.156
.179
.193
.194
.215
.227
.226
.245
.250
.256
.263
.281
.297
.297
.306
.331
.327
.335
.362
.400
.406
21981-046
21981-058
21981-063
21981-071
21981-080
21981-090
21981-096
21981-101
21981-109
21981-115
21981-124
21981-128
21981-134
21981-149
21981-156
21981-165
21981-175
21981-187
21981-194
21981-205
21981-219
21981-225
21981-232
21981-250
21981-261
21981-266
21981-275
21981-281
21981-287
21981-297
21981-312
21981-348
21981-375
nt
s.
co
m
O.D.
om
Hard bronze inner sleeve is installed under
braid.
Length 5⁄16˝
Tin Plated as standard.
I.D.
ne
Inner Sleeve-Cat. GSB
Color
Code
po
O.D. Inner Insulation
Determine O.D. of inner conductor insulation
with measuring tool.
Cat.
No.
on
l
in
ec
Inner sleeve
1. Use a measuring tool over the inner conductor insulation. Rotate wire to pick up high spots on cable that are non-symmetrical.
2. Add .005 to the diameter of the conductor insulation. Select inner sleeve with this I.D. or nearest larger I.D.
180
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 181
Two-Piece Grounding Connectors for Shielded and Coaxial Cable
Non-insulated Outer Sleeve-Cat. GSC
Connector Outer Sleeves
po
on
l
in
ec
om
Insulated
GSR-101
GSR-128
GSR-149
GSR-156
GSR-175
GSR-187
GSR-194
GSR-199
GSR-205
GSR-219
GSR-225
GSR-232
GSR-261
GSR-275
GSR-281
GSR-287
GSR-297
GSR-312
GSR-327
GSR-348
GSR-359
GSR-375
GSR-405
GSR-415
GSR-460
GSR-500
Tin
Blue
Purple
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Red
Tin
Yellow
Green
Purple
Orange
Yellow
Tin
Purple
Blue
Green
Yellow
Tin
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Red
Blue
Tin
Tin
Green
.101
.128
.149
.156
.175
.187
.194
.199
.205
.219
.225
.232
.261
.275
.281
.287
.297
.312
.327
.348
.359
.375
.405
.415
.425
.460
.500
.124
.152
.179
.193
.215
.227
.226
.235
.245
.250
.256
.263
.297
.306
.331
.327
.335
.362
.372
.393
.399
.406
.453
.463
.475
.510
.550
21980-101
21980-128
21980-149
21980-156
21980-175
21980-187
21980-194
21980-199
21980-205
21980-219
21980-225
21980-232
21980-261
21980-275
21980-281
21980-287
21980-297
21980-312
21980-327
21980-348
21980-359
21980-375
21980-405
21980-415
.124
.152
.179
.193
.215
.227
.226
.235
.245
.250
.256
.263
.297
.306
.331
.327
.335
.362
.372
.393
.399
.406
.453
.463
.510
.550
18121-101
18121-128
18121-149
18121-156
18121-175
18121-187
18121-194
18121-199
18121-205
18121-219
18121-225
18121-232
18121-261
18121-275
18121-281
18121-287
18121-297
18121-312
18121-327
18121-348
18121-359
18121-375
18121-405
18121-415
18121-460
18121-500
co
m
O.D.
s.
Soft bronze outer sleeve with nylon insulator
slips over the braid and ground wire.
I.D.
ne
Soft bronze outer sleeve slips over the braid
and ground wire.
Length 1/4"
Insulated Outer Sleeve-Cat. GSR
Non-insulated
GSC-101
GSC-128
GSC-149
GSC-156
GSC-175
GSC-187
GSC-194
GSC-199
GSC-205
GSC-219
GSC-225
GSC-232
GSC-261
GSC-275
GSC-281
GSC-287
GSC-297
GSC-312
GSC-327
GSC-348
GSC-359
GSC-375
GSC-405
GSC-415
GSC-425
GSC-460
GSC-500
Color
Code
nt
Cat.
No.
Tin
Blue
Purple
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Red
Tin
Yellow
Green
Purple
Orange
Yellow
Tin
Purple
Blue
Green
Yellow
Tin
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Red
Blue
Tin
Green
Outer sleeve
1. Add .060 to O.D. of inner sleeve selected. Use this dimension
to select outer sleeve with this I.D. or the nearest larger I.D.
2. Use GSC prefix to order non-insulated outer sleeve. Use
GSR prefix to order nylon insulated outer sleeve.
Note: All parts are standard tin plated per MIL-T-10727A
Note: Inner and outer connector catalog nos. conform to
MIL-F-21608.
.101
.128
.149
.156
.175
.187
.194
.199
.205
.219
.225
.232
.261
.275
.281
.287
.297
.312
.327
.348
.359
.375
.405
.415
.460
.500
Military
Spec. No.
21980-460
21980-500
These suffixes are NOT color-coded. They are not stock items.
Add suffix PF for plain finish.
Add suffix T for tin plate with no color code.
Add suffix NP for nickel plate.
Consult regional sales office for delivery and minimum
quantities.
181
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 182
Color-Coded Tool and Die Selection System
Hand Tools WT-440 and WT-540
Non-insulated Outer Sleeve Connector
“GSC” Tools
Die Nos.
For 11901A
GSC-101
GSC-128
GSC-149
GSC-156
GSC-175
GSC-187
GSC-194
GSC-199
GSC-205
GSC-219
GSC-225
GSC-232
GSC-261
GSC-275
GSC-281
GSC-287
GSC-297
GSC-312
GSC-327
GSC-348
GSC-359
GSC-375
GSC-405
GSC-415
GSC-425
GSC-460
GSC-500
Tin
Blue
Purple
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Red
Tin
Yellow
Green
Purple
Orange
Yellow
Tin
Purple
Blue
Green
Yellow
Tin
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Red
Blue
Tin
Tin
Green
WT-419
WT-400
WT-401
WT-402
WT-403
WT-406
WT-406
WT-406
WT-408
WT-408
WT-409
WT-410
WT-411
WT-412
WT-414
WT-414
WT-414
WT-415
WT-416
WT-417
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4419
4400
4401
4402
4403
4406
4406
4406
4408
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4414
4414
4414
4415
4416
4417
5450
5451
5452
5452
5454
5456
5457
11989
11970
11971
11972
11973
11976
11976
11976
11978
11978
11979
11980
11981
11982
11984
11984
11984
11985
11986
11987
–
–
11988
11988
–
–
–
on
l
182
ne
nt
s.
co
m
Die Nos.
For WT-440
WT-540
Note: Die Nos. 5450 – 5459 are only for WT-540 tool.
in
ec
This series is ideal for production installation
since it is small and light enough to be hand
held … 10" in length, 3 lbs. 2 ozs. These air
hydraulic tools develop 2,000 lbs. crimping
pressure from operating pressure of 90 lbs.
Installs GSC, GSR connectors.
11901A – Hand Actuated – Closed yoke
11902A – Foot Actuated – Closed yoke
11903A – Hand Actuated – Hand held or bench
mounted – Open yoke
11904A – Foot Actuated – Hand held or bench
mounted – Open yoke
Tools With
Fixed Dies
po
Power Tool
Color
Code
om
This series features interchangeable dies for
minimum tool investment. Dies are available
for a range of GSC, GSR and GSW series connectors. The steel frame cushion-grip handles
combine to provide greater operator efficiency.
This series features straight-line action and
Shure-Stake® design. Order dies separately.
WT-440 – 8" long, 1 lb., WT-540 – 10 3/8" long,
1 lb. 9 ounces.
Cat.
No.
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 183
Color-Coded Tool and Die Selection System
4400
4401
4403
4406
4408
4410
4410
4410
4411
4411
4411
4412
4414
4415
4417
4417
4417
5451
5452
5452
5452
5453
5455
5455
5458
5459
s.
co
m
WT-400
WT-401
WT-403
WT-406
WT-408
WT-410
WT-410
WT-410
WT-411
WT-411
WT-411
WT-412
WT-414
WT-415
WT-417
WT-417
WT-417
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Die Nos.
For 11901A
Power Tool
11970
11971
11973
11976
11978
11980
11980
11980
11981
11981
11981
11982
11984
11985
11987
11987
11987
–
11988
11988
–
–
–
–
–
–
Note: Die Nos. 5450 – 5459 are only for WT-540 tool.
on
l
in
ec
This series is ideal for production installation
since it is small and light enough to be hand
held … 10" in length, 3 lbs. 2 ozs. These air
hydraulic tools develop 2,000 lbs. crimping
pressure from operating pressure of 90 lbs.
Installs GSC, GSR connectors.
11901A – Hand Actuated – Closed yoke
11902A – Foot Actuated – Closed yoke
11903A – Hand Actuated – Hand held or bench
mounted – Open yoke
11904A – Foot Actuated – Hand held or bench
mounted – Open yoke
GSR-101
GSR-128
GSR-149
GSR-156
GSR-175
GSR-187
GSR-194
GSR-199
GSR-205
GSR-219
GSR-225
GSR-232
GSR-261
GSR-275
GSR-281
GSR-287
GSR-297
GSR-312
GSR-327
GSR-348
GSR-359
GSR-375
GSR-405
GSR-415
GSR-460
GSR-500
nt
Power Tool
Tools With
Fixed Dies
ne
This series features interchangeable dies for
minimum tool investment. Dies are available
for a range of GSC, GSR and GSW series
connectors. The steel frame cushion-grip
handles combine to provide greater operator
efficiency. This series features straight-line
action and Shure-Stake® design. Order dies
separately.
WT-440 – 8" long, 1 lb., WT-540 – 10 3/8" long,
1 lb. 9 ounces.
Cat.
No.
“GSR” Tools
Die Nos.
For WT-440
WT-540
po
Hand Tools WT-440 and WT-540
Insulated Outer Sleeve
om
Hand Tools WT-440 and WT-540
183
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 184
Connector for Multiple or Overall Shielded Cables Grounded With One Compression
m
The design advantages are:
1. Positive selection of inner and outer
sleeves and installing die by a
complete color-coded system.
2. A more reliable grounding
termination because only one
ground wire connection is made –
conventional daisy chain jumper
method is eliminated.
3. Smaller, more compact bundle is
easy to inspect.
4. Only one ground wire is required,
however additional ground wires
may be used if needed.
5. Smooth insulator protects conductor
insulation.
6. With one stroke of the tool, the
interlace die will produce a 360°
compression uniformly securing all
individual shields around the
connector.
ne
nt
s.
A special feature is the smooth, heat stabilized
nylon insulator which acts as a cushion to
protect conductor insulation from abrasion.
This molded blue nylon insulator is wedgefitted to the hard brass inner collector rings.
The Shield-Kon Connector System for
multiple-conductor shielded cable is
based on the principle of cold
swaging. It utilizes a two-piece
compression connector color-coded to
match the proper die. The connector
consists of a hard brass collector inner
ring with a tough, smooth insulator and
a soft copper compression outer ring.
Each set of rings and matching
installing die will connect a minimum of
5 shielding braids with one ground
wire. The maximum number of braids
is limited only by the space between
the inner and outer rings.
co
Cushioned Shield-Kon® Connector
Outer Compression
Ring
Inner Collector
Ring
Grounding Wire
Braid
om
in
ec
Particularly useful in small space applications
as in this 90° connector. The three different ring
techniques ground the multiple conductor
shields as well as the overall outer braid.
po
Overall Shield and Multiple-Conductor
Shield
Diameter
Conductor
Insulation
Braided
Pigtails
Conductor
Conductor
Insulation
on
l
Conductor
Fold Forward Method
Typical installation for multi-pin connector
application. After shielding is extracted, attach
ground wire(s) to connector pin and place
between collector and compression rings.
Color-coded die will make a 360° compression
in one stroke. For complete assembly
procedures refer to instructions enclosed with
the product.
184
Shielded Cable
Outer Insulation
Grounding Wire
Hairpinned
Inner Collector
Ring
Outer Compression
Ring
Fold Back Method
Single Fold Shield Methods
Diameter
Inner Collector
Ring
Color Coded Outer
Compression Ring
Connector
Shielded Cable
Outer Insulation
Outer
Compression
Ring
Grounding Wire
Inner Collector
Ring
Outer Compression
Ring
Outer Insulation
Folded Back
Braids
Conductor
Insulation
Grounding Wire
(Stripped and
Hairpinned)
Trimmed Braid
Pigtails
Inner
Collector
Double Fold Method
Grounding wire can be inserted from front or back
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 185
Connector for Multiple or Overall Shielded Cables Grounded With One Compression
6. Completed installation of the “single
fold”-“fold forward” method typifies
the reliability, compactness and
neatness which is obtained with all
Thomas & Betts recommended
installation methods.
• Easier and quicker to install – one
compression grounds all conductors
simultaneously.
• Improved reliability – multiple
connector errors eliminated.
• Smaller, less bulky bundle diameter –
eliminates individual connectors and
daisy chained jumpers.
• Reduce installed cost – fewer parts,
less installation and inspection time.
• Smooth nylon insulator acts as
cushion to protect conductors.
ne
nt
s.
co
3. Position outer compression ring over
the flattened shielding braid,
locating it over the center of the
inner collector ring. Braid may be
trimmed even with the edge of the
outer compression ring before or
after compression. Ground wire or
wires may be inserted between the
outer compression ring and the
shield prior to compression.
om
po
1. After overall insulation is removed to
expose shielded cables, each
conductor must be freed from the
shielding braid. The Thomas & Betts
lead extractor tool simplifies this
operation by pushing the inner
conductor through an opening in the
shielding braid. The braid is then
folded back until all conductors are
freed. See Lead Ext. Table, page 187.
m
Multi-Shielded Cable Connector Installation Procedure
in
ec
4. Selection of compression dies is
determined by color code on rings.
The dies are color coded to match
the rings. The appropriate dies are
easily inserted or removed by
depressing die locking button
shown.
on
l
2. Flattened shielding braids are
evenly distributed around the
periphery of the inner collector ring.
5. The prepared cable is placed in the
installing die and compressed. Tool
operates on hydraulic power output
developing 9800 ±200 psi operating
pressure.
185
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 186
Connector for Multiple or Overall Shielded Cables Grounded With One Compression
Inner
Collector Ring
Connectors for Shielded Cable
Color-coded marking
Outer
Compression Ring
Cat.
No.
I.D.
O.D.
Inner Ring
GSB-430
GSB-550
GSB-670
GSB-810
GSB-920
GSB-1040
GSB-1122
GSB-1224
GSB-1353
GSB-1425
.430
.550
.670
.810
.920
1.040
1.122
1.224
1.353
1.425
.500
.620
.750
.880
1.000
1.120
1.192
1.294
1.423
1.545
Outer Ring
GSC-590
GSC-710
GSC-840
GSC-1010
GSC-1130
GSC-1250
GSC-1332
GSC-1440
GSC-1563
GSC-1670
GSC-1795
GSC-1920
.590
.710
.840
1.010
1.130
1.250
1.332
1.440
1.563
1.670
1.795
1.920
s.
.670
.790
.920
1.090
1.210
1.330
1.412
1.520
1.643
1.750
1.875
2.000
nt
ne
po
Color-coded marking
co
.440 ± .015
Installing
Die
Cat. No.
ColorCode
GS590
GS710
GS840
GS1010
GS1130
GS1250
GS1332
GS1440
GS1563
Red
Blue
Gray
Brown
Green
Pink
Orange
Purple
Yellow
GS590
GS710
GS840
GS1010
GS1130
GS1250
GS1332
GS1440
GS1563
Red
Blue
Gray
Brown
Green
Pink
Orange
Purple
Yellow
m
.600 ± .015
OD
on
l
in
ec
ID
om
Materials: Inner ring; Copper Alloy ASTM B135, Alloy 2
Outer ring; Copper ASTM B188
Finish: Electro Tin, MIL-T-10727 A, Type 1. For temp. up to 260°C (500°F), nickel; QQN290.
Note: The inner ring, outer ring and installing die are a matched set.
186
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 187
Connector for Multiple or Overall Shielded Cables Grounded With One Compression
Lead Extractor
After insulation is stripped off, flare exposed
braid. Push flared end of braid back causing
braid to bulge.
Cat.
No.
For Lead
Dia.
Up To
Plunger
Color-code
WT-045B
WT-060W
WT-080G
WT-100B
WT-130Y
.045
.062
.093
.125
.140
Red
White
Blue
Green
Yellow
co
m
Retract plunger and slide tube over wire until
desired breakout point is reached.
ne
Installing Tool
nt
s.
Retract plunger and slide tube over wire until
desired breakout point is reached.
Cat.
No.
po
Description
Installing Head (order dies separately)
Hand-Foot Pump
Electric Hydraulic Pump
Hand Switch
Foot Switch
Hydraulic Hose 10 ft.
Air-Operated Hydraulic Pump
in
ec
om
13640
13606
13600
13620
13589A
13619
13760
on
l
One Installing Tool Accommodates All
Die Sizes
• Thomas & Betts installing tool can be used as
a bench mounted or portable tool.
• Twenty-two color-coded dies install complete
range of all commonly used shielded cables;
dies are easily snapped in or out.
• Interlace die with 360° compression provided
uniform pressure around circumference of
connector.
• Narrow silhouette head permits complete
operator visibility during compression cycle.
187
8/18/05
3:34 PM
Page 188
on
l
in
ec
om
po
ne
nt
s.
co
m
(ang part 5) Shield-kon
188
• ISO 9001-2000 VERSION REGISTERED MANUFACTURER •
m
co
s.
nt
ne
po
om
ec
lin
2000 version
Thomas & Betts is dedicated to improving its already high quality standards. To date, we have
achieved ISO 9001-2000 version certification for more than 50 plants and distribution centers
worldwide and continue to commit resources to the ISO certification program.
on
ISO 9001
WARRANTY
Thomas & Betts manufactures its goods and tools in a manner to be free from defects.
Should any defect occur in its goods (within two years) or tools (within ninety days),
Thomas & Betts, upon prompt notification, will at its option, exchange or repair the
goods or tools or refund the purchase price.
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, CONDITIONS AND
WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING
STATUTORY IMPLIED CONDITIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL
THOMAS & BETTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OR LOSSES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, PERSONAL INJURY CAUSED BY
IMPROPER USE OR APPLICATION OF ANY THOMAS & BETTS PRODUCT.
Download PDF
Similar pages